This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at|http : //books . google . com/
The Admiral frawkliu Hanford
Coih^foit in
Tkt yVrw York Fuhlic Lihrory
- J929 '
Uic
fOO
Digitized by
Google
*
) Digitized by
Google
^
Digitized by
Google
- 7
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
ACCOUNT
nr-
d '
OF
A VOYAGE OF DISCOVERY
TO THB
WEST COAST OF COREA,
AND
THE GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND;
WITH
AN APPENDIX,
COMTAIMINO
CHARTS, AND VARIOUS HYDROGRAPHICAL AND SCIENTinC NOTICES.
BY CAPTAIN BASIL HALL, iH6->\?^^A^>
ROTAL NAYT, F.Il.8. LONB. & BDIN. ' C • C.
MBMBBR or THE ASIATIC SOCIETY OF CALCtriTA, OF THB UTBRART SOCIErT OF BOMBATi
AMD OF THB SOCIETY OF ABTS AND SaBNCBS AT BATAYIA.
AND
A VOCABULARY OF THE LOO-CHOQ LANGUAGE,
BY H. J. CLIFFORD, ESQ.
UEUTBNAMT ROTAL IJAYT.
4~
L.
c
LONDON:
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE-STREET.
1818.
Digitized by
Google
TBI KEW YORK
PUBLIC UBRARJ
5073324
AITOa, LBMOX AMD
TILDKN FOUNDATIONS
K 1030 L i
Digitized by
Google
TO
CAPTAIN MURRAY MAXWELL,
\' • • •
TO WHOSE
ABILITY IN CONDUCTING THIS VOYAGE,
ZEAL IN GIVING ENCOURAGEMENT TO EVERY INQUIRY,
SAGACITY IN DISCOVERING THE DISPOSITION OP THE NATIVES,
AND ADDRESS IN GAINING THEIR CONFIDENCE AND GOOD WILL,
IS TO BE AlTRIBUrED
WHATEVER MAT BE FOUND IMTERESTEN0 OR DI8EFUL
IN THE lOLLOWINO PAGES,
THIS WORK
IS MOST RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED,
BY
THE AUTHORS.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
PREFACE.
The following work contains a Narrative of the
Voyage to the West Coast of Corea, and the
Great Loo-choo Island ; an Appendix^ containing
Nautical details; and a Vocabulary of the Lan-
guage spoken at Loo-choo.
In drawing up the Narrative from journals
written at the time, I have derived great as-
sistance from notes made by Lieutenant H. J.
Clifford, of the Navy. This officer obtained
permission from the Admiralty to accompany
me, though on half pay, and having no specific
duty to perform, he was enabled to devote him-
self entirely to the acquisition of knovirledge ;
and had it in his power to record many interest-
ing occurrences of the voyage, which the nu-
j Digitized by
i
Google
viii PREFACE.
merous duties of my station left me but little
leisure to observe or describe.
All the Charts, Tables, and Nautical Notices
have been placed in an Appendix, in order to
avoid the interruption which such details are apt
to occasion when inserted in a jouri!iai ; and the
Nautical reader will perhaps consider it advan-
I
tageous, to have this part of the subject set
apart, and condensed, instead of being scattered
over the pages of the narrative.
I am indebted to Mr. Clifford for very import-
ant assistance in collecting and arranging the
materials which form this Appendix.
The northern psirt of the Chart of the Yellow
Sea, given in the Appendix, was taken from a
Chart by Captain Daniel Ross, of the Bombay
marine, the scientific dnd able surveyor com-
manding the squadron which the Honourable
■ Digitized by
Google
PREFACE. ix
East Id dia Company, in. the spirit of a liberal
and enlarged policy; have emiployed for upwards
of. nine years, in surveying the China Seas.
The Vocabulary is exclusively compiled by
Mr. Clifford, who took the greatest painfs to
collect words and sentences in common use ;
and though, from the shortness of our stay, this
pai't of the; work is necessarily incomplietej it is
hoped that a future voyager will derive consi-
derable assistance from it, in his intercourse with
the natives.
The drawings of scenery and costume vvere
made by Mr. William Havell, the eminent artist
who accompanied the Embassy, from sketches
taken on the spot, by Mr. C. W. Browne, mid-
shipman of the Alceste, and myself.
Nothing respecting the west side of Corea
has hitherto been accurately known to Europeans.
b
Digitized by
Google
X PREFACE.
The coast laid down in most Charts has been
taken from the celebrated map of the Jesuits,
which is very correct in what relates to China,
but erroneous with respect to Corea. The Je-
suits, indeed, did not survey this country, but
have inserted it in their map, I believe, from
Japanese authorities.
Captain Broughton in his voyage to the
North Pacific Ocean visited the South Coast of
Corea, and his account of the inhabitants agrees
with ours in most particulars.
The same distinguished voyager visited the
Great Loo-choo Island in 1797> after having
been shipwrecked near Tjrpinsan, one of its de-
pendant islands* He was at Napakiang for a
few days, and his account of the natives is highly
interesting.
There is au article by Pere Gaubil, a mis-
Digitized by
Google
PREFACE. xi
sioDary, on the subject of the Loo^hoo Islands,
in the ^3d vol. of the ** Lettres Edifiantes et
Curieuses/' It is a translation from the official
report of a Chinese embassador sent to Loo-choo
by the Emperor Kang Hi ; our opportunities,
however, were not sufficient to enable us to judge
of the accuracy of this curious memoir.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
CONTENTS.
NARRATIVE.
CHAPTER I.
H. M. S. Aloeste and Lyra leave the Yellow Sea on a Voyage of Dib-
oovery— Sir James Hallos Group on the Coast of Corear- UnsodaUe Chi^
racter of the Natives— Hutton^s Island-— Interesting geological Structuie— -
' Anchor near the Main Land— Corean ChieTs Visit — Objections made to
Strangers landing — ^Distress of the Chief— His Character — Departure from
Basil^s Bay — Clusters of Islands— Murray^s Sound — Deserted Corean Village
— View from the Summit of a high Peak — Interview with the Coreans—
Peculiarities of their Character — Language — ^Erroneous geographical Po-
sition of this Coast — Leave Corea , • Page 1
CHAPTER II.
Enter the Jq>an Sea-— Sulphur Island— Volcano— See the Great Loo*choo
Island — Lyra nearly wrecked — ^First Interview with the Natives — Anchor
at Napakiang — ^Natives , crowd on Board — Their interesting Appearance
and Manners — Several Chiefs visit the Alceste — Land to make Ob-
servations— ^Astonishment of the Natives — Six Chiefs visit the Ships —
Alceste and Lyra proceed farther in Shore — ^A Chief of high Rank waits
upon Captain Maxwell — Return his Visit — ^Feast — Projected Survey of the
Anchorage--p-Visit Reef Island — The Lyra sent to look for another Harbour
Digitized by
Google
xiv CONTENTS.
— Arrangements for landing the Alceste^s Stores — Description of the Temple
and Garden— First Acquaintance with M&dera — Study of the Language 58
CHAPTER III.
The Lyra sent to survey the Island of Loo-choo — ^IMscovery of Port MelviUe
-^Deacription of that Harbour, and the Villages on its Banks — Lyra
nearly wrecked — Interview with Natives at the South P<Hnt — Return to
Napakiang"— Behaviour of the Natives at a Seaman's Funeral — M&dera's
Character and Conduct — Sociable Habits of the Natives — ^Dinner given to
the Chiefs of the Island by Captain Maxwell-- Mddera's Behaviour on this
Occasion — Two Women seen — ^A Lady of Rank viats the Boatswain's Wife
—Captain Maxwell fractures his Finger — Loo-choo Surgeon — Concern of
the Natives — ^Visit of the Prince — Discusfflon about the King of Loo-choo's
Letter— -M&dera appears in a new Character — Feast given by the Prince —
List of Supplies ^ven to the Ships — ^Behaviour of the Prince on taking
Leaver-Preparations for Departuie — M&dera^s Distress-^Last Interview with
the ChieAH«*Brief Memorandums upon the BeUgion, Manners, and Customs
of Loo-dioo — Advice to a Stranger visiting this Island 135
APPENDIX.
Notice explanatory of a Chart of the Gulf of Pe-chee^Iee v
Notice to accompany the Chart of the West Coast of Corea . x
Notice to accompany the general Chart of the Great Loo-choo Island in the
Japan Sea, and the Charts of Napakiang Roads and Port Melville . xvii
Observations made at the Observatory at Napakiang xxix
Table of Observations made with Dr. Wcdlaston'^s Dip Sector : with an En-
graving, and a Description of this Instrument, and Diiectiona for its
Use ....•• xxxi
Meteorological Journal, from July to November 1816, while the Ships were
in the Yellow and Japan Seas ..... li
Abstract of the Lyra^s Voyage, from leaving England till.ber Return ; shew-
ing the Distance between the different Places at whidi she touched, and the
Time takoi in performing each Passage ... . dx
Geol(^ical Memorandum ; being a Description a( the Specimens of Rocks col-
Digitized by
Google
CONTENTS. XV
lected at Macao and the Ladrone Islands, on the Shores of the Yellow Sea,
the West Coaat of Corea, and the Great Loo-choo Island cxix
VOCABULARY.
Paht I.^-English and Loo-choo words.
Part II. — Sentences in English and Loo-choo^ with a literal Translatioii*
Loo«choo and Japanese Numerals — ^Names of Persona at Napakiang-— Names
of Places— Days of the Moon— Orders of Bank^Tattoo Mark»— Hottn of
the Day.
Comparison between the Japanese and Loo-choo Languages.
Cmnpariaon between the Loo-choo and Insu Languages
Comparison between the Loo-choo, Japanese, and Insu Languages.
Corean Words.
Digitized by
Google
DIRECTIONS FOE PLACING THE PLATES.
Sulphur Island, to face the Title Page.
Corean Chief and Secretary
Napakiahg
Loo-choo Chief and his two Sons
Priest and Grentleman of Loo-choo
The Prince of Loo-choo
Scene after the Princess Feast
Grentleman of Loo-choo in his Cloak
Bridge of Napakiang
To face Page 16
77
97
132
176
196
815
82S
Appendix.
Chart of the Gulf of Pe-chee-lee
Coast of Corea
Chart of the Great Loo-choo Island
Napakiang Roads
Port Melville
WoUaston's Dip Sector
V
X
xix
xxi
. xxiv
xxxiii
£RRATA.
Page 1^ line 2 from bottom^ for ll^A August, read gtk August,
Page 6b> top line^ for wasy read iaxv,
Appsndix.
Meteorological Journal.— -Longitude on the ist Sept. for 124.20^ read 124.48.
The longitudes in the Met. Joum. from the 3d to the 7th of Sept. inclusive are
too small by 15'.
VOCABULAKT.
For Tatesee, read Tatsee.
For Teetesee^ read Tedtee. $
For Meetesee, read Meetsee,
For Eeotesee, read Eeotsee,
For Eeyatesee, read Eeyattee,
For oftponte, read utukr, in the note on the word Hour.
Digitized by
Google
VOYAGE
TO THE
WEST COAST OF COREA AND THE LOO-CHOO
ISLANDS.
CHAPTER I.
H. M. S. Aloeste and Lym leave the Yellow Sea on a Voyage of DisooveiT^-i
Sir James Hall's Group on the Coast of Coreft— Unsociable Character of the
Natives — HutUm^s Island — Interesting geological Structure— Anchor near
the Main Land — Corean Chiefs Viot — Objections made to Strangers land^
ing — ^Distress of the Chief— Hb Character— Departure from Basil's Bay —
Clusters of Islands— Murray's Sound — ^Deserted Corean Villager-View fifom
the Summit of a high Peak — ^Interview with the Coreans — ^Peculiarities of
Ihdr Character— Language — Erroneous geographical Position of this Coast
— ^LeaveCorea.
The embassy to China, under the Right Honourable Lord
Amherst, left England in his Majesty's frigate Alceste,
Captain Murray Maxwell, C. B., on the 9th of February,
1816, and landed near the mouth of the Pei-ho river, in the
Yellow Sea, on the 11th of August Shortly afterwards the
Alceste and Lyra sloop of war, which had accompanied the
B
Digitized by
Google
2 VOYAGE TO THE
embassy, proceeded to the coast of Corea, the eastern
boundary of the Ydlow Sea ; for as these ships were not
, required in China before the return of the Embassador by
land to Canton, it was determined to devote the interval
to an examination of some plapes in those seas, of which
little or no precise infonnation th^ existed. The following
pages give the details of this voyage.
1st of September. — ^This morning at daylight the land
of Corea was seen in the eastern quarter. Having stood
towards it, we were at nine o'clock near three high islands,
differing in appearance from the country we had left, being
wooded to the top, and cultivated in the lower parts, but
not in horizontal terraces as at the places we had last visited
in China. We proceeded to the southward of the group,
and anchored in a fine bay at the distance of two or three
miles from the southern island. Shortly after anchoring, a
boat came from the shore with five or six natives, who
stopped, when within fifty yards of the brig, and looking at
us with an air of curiosity and distrust, paid no attention to
the signs which were made to induce them to come along-
side. They expressed no alarm when we went to them in
our boat ; and on our rowing towards the shore, followed us
till we landed near a village. The inhabitants came in a
body to meet us, forming an odd assemblage, different in
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA. 8
many respects from any thing we had seen ; thdr colour
was a deep copper, and their appearance forbidding, and
somewhat savage. Some men, who appeared to be superior
to the rest, were distinguished by a hat, the brim of which
was nearly tlnree feet in diameter, and the crown, which was
about nine inches high, and scarcely large enough to admit
the top of the head, was shaped like a sugar-loaf with the
end cut off. The texture of this strange hat is of a fine
open work like the dragon-fly's wing; it appears to be
made of horse-hair varnished over, and is fastened under
the chin by a band strung with large beads, mostly black
and white, but occasionally red or yellow. Some of the
elderly men wore stiff gauze caps over their hair, which was
formed into a high conical knot on the top of the head«
Their dress consisted of loose wide trowsers, and a sort of
frock reaching nearly to the knee, made of a coarse open grass
doth, and on their feet neat straw sandals. They wei^e of
the middle size, remarkably well made, and robust looking.
At first they expressed some surprise on examimng our
clothes, but afterwards took very little interest in any thing
bdonging to us. Thdr chief anxiety was to get rid of us
as soon as possible. This they expressed in a manner too
obvious to be mistaken; for, on our wishing to enter the
village, they first made motions for us to go the other way ;
Digitized by
Google
4 VOYAGE TO THK
and when we persevered, they took us rudely by the arms
and pushed us off. Being very desirous to conciliate them,
we shewed no impatiencd at this treatment; but our for-
bearance had no effect; and after a number of vain at-
tempts to make ourselves understood, we went away not
much pleased at their behaviour. A Chinese *, who accom^
panied us, was of no use, for he could not read what the
Coreans wrote for him, though in the Chinese character;
and of their spoken language he did not understand a word.
On leaving these unsociable villagers, we went to the top
of the highest peak on the island, the ascent being easy by
a winding foot-path. From this elevation we saw a number
of islands to the eastward, and the main land at a great
distance beyond them. The top of the hill being covered
with soft grass and sweet-smelling shrubs, and the air,
which had been of a suffocating heat below, being here
Gool and refreshing, we were tempted to sit down to our
pic-nic dinner. We returnjed by the other side of the hill ;
but there being no path, and the surface rocky and steep,
and covered with a thick brush-wood, we were not a little
scratched and bruised before we reached a road which runs
along the north face of the hill about midway. By fol-
lowing this, we came to a spot from whence we were en-
* A servant of the embassy, left behind by accident at the PeUho river.
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA. 5
abled to look down upon the viUage, without being ourselves
perceived by the natives. The women, who had deserted th(e
village on our landing, had now returned ; most of them were
beating rice in wooden mortars, and they had all children
tied on their backs. On a sudden they quitted their work
and ran off to their huts, like rabbits in a warren ; and in
a few minutes we saw one of the ship's boats row round the
point of land adjacent to the village, which explained the
cause of their alartn. After remaining for some time in
expectation of seeing the women again, we came down to
the village, which the natives now permitted us to pass
through. On this occasion one of the gentlemen of our party
saw, for an instant, a woman at no great distance, whose feet
he declared were of the natural size, and not cramped as
in China. The village consists of forty houses rudely con-
structed of reeds plaistered with mud, the roofs are of all
shapes, and badly thatched with reeds and straw, tied down
by straw ropes. These huts are not disposed in streets, but
are scattered about without order, and without any neatness,
or cleanliness, and the spaces between them are occupied by
piles of dirt and pools of muddy water. The valley in which
this comfortless village is situated is, however, pretty enough,
though not wooded ; the hills forming it are of an irregular
shape, and covered at top with grass and sweet-scented
flowers; the lower parts are cultivated with millet, buck-
Digitized by
Google
6 VOYAGE TO THE
wheat) a kind of French bean, and tobaccoi which last grows
in- great quantity ; and here and there is a young oak-tree.
We saw bullocks and poultry, but the natives would
not exchange them for our money, or for any thing we had
to offer. They refused dollars when offered as a present,
and, indeed, appeared to set no value upon any thing we
shewed them, except wine glasses; but even these they
were unwilling to receive. One of the head men appeared
particularly pleased with a glass, which, after a good deal of
persuasion, he accepted, but, in about five minutes after,
he, and another man to whom a tumbler had been given,
came back and insisted upon returning the presents; and
then, without waiting for further persuasion, returned to
the village, leaving with us only one man, who, as soon as
all the rest were out of sight, accepted one of the glasses
with milch eagerness.
l^ese peof)le have a proud sort of carriage, with an air
<^ composure and indifference about them, and an absence
of curiosity which struck tis as being very remarkable*
Sometimes when we succeeded, by dint of signs and draw-
ings, in expressing the nature of a question, they treated
it with derision and insolence. On one occasion, being
anxious to buy a clumsy sort of rake mad€ of reeds,
which appeared Xo me curious, I succeeded in explaining
my wish to the owner, one of the lowest class of vil-
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF CORBA. 7
lagers ; hie laughed at first good humpuredly, but imme*
diately afterwards seized the rake which was in my hand,
and gave it a rude push towards me with a disdainful fling
of the arm, accompanying this gesticulation by words,
which seemed to impij a desire to give any thing upon
condition of our going away. One man expressed the
general wish for our departure, by holding up a piece of
paper like a sail> and then blowing upon it in the direction
of the wind, at the same time pointing to the ships, thereby
denoting that the wind was fair, and that we had only to
set sail and leave the island. Several of the people were
marked with the small-pox. The children kept out of our
reach at first, but before we went away, their fears had»
in some degree, subsided, for the boys, who, from their
feminine appearance, were mistaken at first for girls, ac-
companied us to some distance from the village.
Captain Maxwell named these islands Sir James Hallos
group, in compliment to the President of the Royal So-
ciety of Edinburgh. They lie in longitude 124* 46^ E, and
latitude 37' 5(f N.
At eight o^clock in the evening we weighed and stood to
the southward, but as the coast was quite unknown, we kept
rather ofi* shore during the night, and in the morning no land
was in sight. On the 2d we stood to the eastward, but not
Digitized by
Google
8 VOYAGE TO THE
having daylight enough to get in with the coast, it becajne
necessary to anchor for the night, though in deep water.
3d of September, — Having reached nearly lat. 365 N.
and long. 126 E. we sailed this morning amount a range
of islands extending as far as the eye could reach, both to
the southward and northward, at the distance of six or
seven leagues from the main land. By two o'clock we
were close to the outer cluster of the islands, and the pas-
sages appearing clear between them, we sailed through
and anchored inside. While passing one of these islands
in the ships, at no great distance, it looked so curiously
formed, that, on anchoring, we went in the boats to examine
its structure more minutely *. While we were thus engaged,
* We found the north-east end oompoeed of a fine-grained granite; the
middle of the ialand of a brittle micaceous schistus of a deep blue colour ; the
strata are nearly horizontal, but dip a little to the S. W. This body of strata
is cut across by a granite dyke, at some places forty feet wide, at others not
above ten ; the strata in the vidnity of the dyke are broken and bent in a re-
markable manner ; this dislocation and contortion does not extend far fix>m the
walls of the dyke, but v^s of granite branch out from it to a great distance,
varying in width from three feet to the hundredth part of an inch : the dyke is
idfiible from the top of the cliff to the water^s edge, but does not re-appear on
the corresponding cliff of an island opposite to it, though distant only thirty
yards. This island is composed of the same schistus, and is cut in a vertical
direction by a whin dyke, four feet wide, the planes of whose sides lie N. E.
and S. W.) being at right angles to those of the great granite dyke in the nei^-
bourhood, which run S. E. and N. W. The strata contiguous to the nHiin
dyke are a good deal twisted and IndLen, but not in the same d^ree as at their
contact with the granite dyke.
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA. 9
the natives had assembled in a cro\^d on the edge of the
ctifF above us ; they did not seem pleased with our, oc-
cupation of breaking their rocks, for, from the moment we
The whin dyke is formed of five layers or sets of prisms laid across in. the
usual way. Beyond the small island cut by the whin dyke, at the distance of
only forty or fifty feet, we came to an island rising abruptly out of the sea^ and
presenting a high rugged pliffof breccia, fronting that on which the granite dyke
is so conspicuous : the junction of this rock with the schistus cut by the granite
and the whin would have been interesting; but although we must have been at
times within a few yards of it, the actual contact was every where hid by the sea;
The whole of the S. W. end of this island is formed of breccia, being an, as-
semblage of angular and water-worn pieces of schistus, quartz, and some other
rocks, the whole having the appearance of a great shingle beach . The fragments
of the schistus in this rock are nmilar to that which form^ the difF first spoken of.
The theory which presented itself to us on the spot was, that the great mass
of .strata which forms the centre of the island was formerly at the bottom of the
ocean ; and that the western part, which is now a firm breccia, had been a beach
shingle produced by the action of the waves on the strata: the granite which
forms the eastern end of the island had been forced into its present situation
firom beneath the strata, with sufficient violence to dislocate and contort the beds
nearest to it, and to inject the liquid granite into the rents formed by the heaving
action of the strata as they were raised up. It is natural to suppose that the ragged
edges of the strata forming the sides of these cracks would be subjected 'to a
grinding action, from which the strata more remote might be exempted ; and in
this way we may account for the extraordinary twisting, and separation of masses
along the whole course of the granite dyke. In the dyke, as well as in the veins
which branch from it, there are numerous islands of schistus. That this last
was softened, seems to follow from the frequent instances which occiu* of its
being bent back upon itself without producing cracks. The same heat, pro-
pagated by the melted granite in the neighbourhood, may also be supposed to
have reduced the shingle beach to a state of semifiision by the aid of some flux
contained in the sand scattered amongst it We could not discover any drcum-
stance by which the relative antiquity of the two dykes mentioned above, could
be ascertained.
Digitized by
Google
10 VOYAGE TO THE
landed^ they never ceased to indicate by shouts, screams,
and all kinds of gesticulations, that the sooner we quitted
the island the better; the cliff being 200 feet high, and
nearly perpendicular, it was fortunate for us that they con-
fined themselves to signs and clamour, and did not think of
enforcing their wishes by a shower of stones.
As soon as we had completed our investigation of this
spot, we went round in the boats to a small bay where there
was good landing. Here we were met by the natives, who
addressed several long speeches to us in a very loud tone of
voice ; to which we replied in English, that our wish was
merely to look at the island, without interfering with any
body ; at the same time we proceeded up a foot-path to
the brow of a hill. This the natives did not seem at all to
relish, and they made use of a sign which was sufficiently
expressive of their anxiety, though we could not determine
exactly to whom it referred. They drew their fans across
their own throats, and sometimes across ours, as if to
signify that our going on would lead to heads being cut
off; but whether they or we were to be the sufferers was
not apparent. It was suggested by one of our party that
they dreaded being called to account by their own chiefs
for permitting us to land. All tliese signs, however, did not
prevent our advancing till we had reached the brow of the
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF CORBA. 11
hill to which the path led ; from this place we had a view
of a village at the distance of half a mile^ of a much better
appearance than that above described. Trees were in-
terspersed aniong the houses, which weiie pleasantly situated
at the bottom of a little cove, with fishing-boats at anchor
near it. We explained readily enough that our wish was to
go to the village, but it was all in vain, for their anxiety
increased every moment, and we desisted from any further
attempts to advance*
The dress of these people is a loose white robe> cloth
shoes, and a few wear the broad hats before described; by
most the hair is tied in a high conical knot on the top of
the head, but by others it is allowed to fly loose» so S3 to
give them a wild appearance* Some confine the short hair
by a small gauze band with a star on one side» forming, along
with the top knot, rather a beccwiing head-dress* Their
beards and whiskers which, ^parently^ liad nev^^r bei^Pt cuiU
and their fans wnd long tobacco«pipes, and their strange
language and naamiers, gave a grotesque air to the whok
group, which it is impossible to describe. Th^y crt>wd^
about us, and, by repeated shouts, manifested their surprip^
at the form and textui^ of our clothes; but <m » watdi being
shewn, they disregarded everj thing else^ aod entreated to
be allowed to examine it closely. It wad evide&tly the first
Digitized by
Google
12 VOYAGE TO THE
they had seen, and some of them while watching the second-
hand, looked as if they thought it alive. From the watch
they proceeded to examine the seals iand keys; with the
former they shewed themselves acquainted by pressing them
on their hands, so as to cause an impression. Their attention
was drawn away from the watch by our firing a musket^
which made the whole party fall back several paces.
After amusing ourselves in this manner for some time,
we walked back to the boats, to the great joy of the natives,
who encouraged us by all means to hasten our departure.
They took our hands and helped us over the slippery stones
on the beach; and, on perceiving one of the boats aground,
several of them stript and jumped into the water to push
her off. This gave us an opportunity of observing their re-
markable symmetry and firmness of limb ; yet, as their long
hair was allowed to flow about their neck and shoulders,
their appearance was truly savage. During this visit we saw
no women ; but the children came round us without shewing
any symptoms of fear. The people, upon the whole, are
more free, and not so surly as our acquaintance on Sir James
Hall's group. They have a singular custom of speaking with
a loud tone, amounting almost to a shout. Captain Max^
well named this island after Dr« Hutton the geologist.
4th of September. — During all last night it remained per-
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA. 13
fectly calm. At nine o'clock in the morning we gCt under
weigh with a fine sea breeze, and stood in for the land,
leaving on either hand many well cultivated islands. The
main land seems to be populous, from the number of large
villages which' we passed, and the cultivation which extends
a considerable way up the mountains. Our object this
morning was to discover some safe anchoring place in the
main land, but we were obliged to coast along for a consi^-
derable distance before any opening appeared. About three
o^clock we sailed round a point of land and discovered a bay,
which, at first sight, promised shelter, but the water proved
too shallow even for the Lyra, and we anchored far out in
five ^thorns* The natives who had assembled in crowds on
the point shouted to us as we passed^ in seeming anger at
our approaching so near. This bay is about four miles in
diameter, and is skirted, by large villages built amongist
trees, and surrounded by cultivated districts, forming al^
together a scene of considerable beauty.
As soon as the Alceste had anchored. Captain Maxwell,
Mr. Clifford, and I, went towards the nearest village in
the bay. On approaching the shore we observed a great
bustle among the inhabitants on the shore, as well as in the
boats at anchor off the village* The people on the beach
hastily jumped into canoes, whilst those in the large boats
weighed the anchors, and pulled out with such expedition, as
Digitized by
Google
14 VOYAGE TO THE
to meet us in a body before we were near the landing-place.
Every boat was crowded with people^ and ornamented with
numerous flags and streamers ; but one of them being dis-
tinguished by a large blue umbrella, we steered towards
it, on the supposition that this was an emblem of rank ; in
which opinion we were soon craifirmed by the sound of
music, which played only on board this boat. On coming
closer, we saw a £ne patriarchal figure seated under the um«
brella; his full white beard covered his breast, and reached
below his middle ; his robe or mantle, which was of blue
silk, and of an immense size, flowed about him in a mag-
nificent style. His sword was suspended from his waist by
a small belt, but the insignia of his ofiSice appeared to be
a slender biack rod tipped with silver, about a foot and a
half long, with a small leather thong at one end, and a
{uece of black crape tied to the other : this he held in his
hand. His hat exceeded in breadth of brim any thing we
had yet met with, being, as we supposed, nearly three feet
across.
As this was evidently the chief of the party, we pulled
ak>ngside and got into his boat, where he received us with
mudi politeness ; but as he looked dissatisfied at this pro*
ceeding, we returned to our own boat, and there carried
on the conference. While we were endeavouring to make
ourselves understood, the other boats gradually separated,
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA. 15
and began to form a circle round us. Appr^ending
treachery, we prepared our arms, and pushed off to a little
distance. The old gentleman^ perceiving this, looked about
Very innocently to discover the cause of our alarm ; and at
length being made aware by our signs of what was the
matter, he commanded all the boats to go to the other side.
We now remained a considerable time without being able to
make ourselves understood ; for the Chinese whom we had
with us was quite ignorant of their language. We endea-
voured, by pointing to the shore, to signify our desire to
land, while the old Chief, by similar signs, expressed hi^
wish to go to the ships. We accordingly rowed to the Lyra^
which lay nearer to the shore than the Alceste. When the
Chiefs boat was within ten yards of the brig, they let go
their anchor, and threw a rope on board her, by which thej
drew the boat alongside in a very seaman^like style. The
old man did not find it an easy matter to get up the ship^s
side, encumbered as he was with his splendid robes; he was
ao sooner on board,, however, than we were ciX)wded with
the natives, who boarded us on all sides. Some climbed up
the rigging, so as to overlook the quarter-deck ; others got
on the poop, and a line was formed along the hammock
letting from one end of the brig to the other. As the eveor
ing was fine, it was thought best to entertain the venerable
Digitized by
Google
16 VOYAGE TO THE
Chief upon deck, rather than give him the trouble of going
down to the cabin, which, indeed, we had reason to fear
would prove too small for the party. Chairs were accord-
ingly placed upon the deck ; but the Chief made signs that
he could not sit on a chair, nor would he consent for a
time to use his mat, which was brought on board by one of
his attendants. He seemed embarrassed and displeased,
which we could not at the moment account for, though it
has since occurred to us that he objected to the publicity
of the conference. At length, however, he sat down on
his mat, and began talking with great gravity and com*
posure, without appearing in the smallest degree sensible,
that we did not understand a single word that he said. We
of course could not think of interrupting him, and allowed
him to talk on at his leisure; but when his discourse was
concluded, he paused for our reply, which we made with
equal gravity in English ; upon this he betrayed great im*
patience at his harangue having been lost upon us, and
supposing that we could, at all events, read, he called to
his secretary^ and began to dictate a letter. The secretary
sat down before him with all due formality, and having
rubbed his cake of ink upon a stone, drawn forth his pen^
and arranged a long roll of paper upon his knee, began
the writing, which was at length completed, partly from the
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
.9m«t ^ HTMtitmU. Ckl^Ou.
S^ra»»d J(j JL*!iravfa XSft
CORIEAI^ CIHIIEF andlnis SECRETARY
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA. 17
^directions of the Chief, and partly from his own ideas, as
well as the occasional suggestions of the bystanders. The
written part was then torn off from the scroll and handed
to the Chief, who delivered it to me with the utmost con-
fidence of its being understood : but his mortification and
disappointment were extreme on perceiving that he hiFid
overrated our acquirements *.
^ Note on the peculiar character ofihe written language in ffuU qfiorter
qf the globe.
In China, Japan, Corea, and the islands in the adjacent seas, the spoken
languages are different from one another ; the written language, on the con-
trary, is the same in all. Thus a native of China is unintelligible to a Corean
or Japanese, while he is speaking, but they mutually understand one another
when their thoughts are expressed in writing. The cause of this may be thus
explained. We in £urope form an idea in the mind, and this we express by
certain sounds, which differ in different countries ; these sounds are committed
to writing by means of the letters of the alphabet, which are only symbols of
i^ounds, and, consequently, a writing in Europe is unintelligible to every one
who is ignorant of the spoken language in which it happens to be written. The
Chinese and the other natives in these seas have, on the contrary, no alphabet ;
no symbols of sounds ; thor ideas are committed to writing at once without the
mtervention of sound, and their characters may therefore be called symbols of
ideas. Now, as the same characters are adopted in all these countries to express
the same ideas, it is dear that their writings will be perfectly intelligible to each
other, although th^ spoken languages may be quite incomprehensible*
The case of the Roman numerals in Europe furnishes a ready illustration of
this symbolical language. There is nothing in the symbols 1, S, 8, &c by which
thar pronunciation can be ascertained when presented to the eye, yet they com-
municate meanmg independent of sound, and are respectively inteUigible to the
inhabitants of the different countries of Etttope; while, at the same time, the
liounds by which a native of one country distinguishes the written symbols 1, S,
S, &c. are unintelli^ble to all the rest
Digitized by
Google
18 VOYAGE TO THE
A debate now appeared to take place between the Chief
and his followers, as to the mode of communicating with us;
meanwhile, as we ourselves were equally at a loss, we
became anxious to relieve the old man's embarrassment,
by shewing him all the attention in our power, and com-
pletely succeeded in putting him into a good humour, by
giving him some cherry brandy, and distributing rum to
his .people.
While these attempts at explanation were going on, the
crowd of natives increased, and their curiosity became so
great, that they pressed round us in a way nowise agreea-
ble. Some of them roved about the ship, and appeared
highly entertained with every thing they saw. The Chief
himself, however, did not appear at ease, but continued
giving directions to his officers and people about him with
an air of impatience. He more than once ordered them
all into their boats, but they always returned after a few
minutes. One man persevered in climbing over the ham-
The knowledge of writing is suppoeed to be very generally diffused over the
countries using what b called the Chinese character, and, as probably none but
the lowest vulgar ore ignorant of it, the surprise of these people on discovering
our inability to read their papers is very natural* The case, we may imagine,
had never occurred to them before, and it was highly interesting to watch the
eflbet which so novel an incident produced. At first they appeared to doubt the
fact of our ignorance, and idiewed some symptoms of impatience; but this
opuiion did not last long, and they remidned completely puzzled, looking at
each other with an odd expression of surprise.
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA. 1ft
mocks, close to the Chief, to see what was going on. The
noise made to keep him back attracted the Chiefs attentioQ^
who immediately gave orders to one of the attejicJants for
his being taken away ; it will be seen by and by what was
his fate.
The persons forming the suite of the Chief were dressed
nearly in the same manner as himself, excepting that their
robes were white, and did not contain such a profusion of
doth. They wore the large hats and wide trowsers tied
above the ancle, with cotton shoes turned up a little at the
toe. The immediate attendants, who seemed also to be
soldiers, were differently clothed : over a loose pink frock
with wide sleeves, they have another which fits closer, and is
without sleeves, the comers being tucked up^ Uke the skirts
of some military uniforms. Their hat is a broad flat cone
made of thick grass, the under part being embossed with
different coloured silks, and from a gilt ornament on th^
peak there hangs a tassd made of peacock's feathers, and
another of hair dyed red : some are armed with bows and
arrows, others with only a straight sword, having no guard
for the hand. A coarse frock without sleeves, and trowsers,
or rather drawers, covering the thigh, are worn by the
lower orders.
It was nearly dark when the Chief gave directions for
Digitized by
Google
50 VOYAGE TO THE
preparing the boats, at the same time calling to two of his
attendants to assist him to get on his legs. Each took an
arm, and in this way succeeded in raising him up, which
was no sooner observed by the people, than they jumped
into their boats with the utmost alacrity, and the Chief,
after many bows and salams, walked into his boat. This
did not give him so much trouble as he had experienced on
coming on board, for a platform of gratings and planks had
been prepared for his accommodation during his visits an
attention with which he seemed much pleased. - So far all .
seemed well ; but there was still something amiss, for the old
man, seated in state under his umbrella, remained alongside
with his attendants ranged on the deck about him, he and his
people preserving the most perfect silence, and making no
signs to explain his wishes. We were greatly puzzled to
disbover what the old gentleman wanted, till at length it
was suggested, that having paid us a visit, he expected a
similar compliment in return. This idea was no sooner
started, than we proceeded to pay our respects to him in
his boat. He made signs for us to sit down, honouring us
at the same with a comer of his own mat. When we were
seated, he looked about as if in distress at having nothing
to entertain us with, upon which a bottle of wine was sent
for and given to him. He ordered an attendant to pour it
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA. 21
into several bowls, and putting the bottle away, made signs
for us to drink, but would not taste it himself till all of us
had been, served. He was nowise discomposed at being
obliged to entertain his company at their own expense; on.the
contrary, he carried off the whole affair with so much cheer-
fulness and ease, as to make us suspect sometimes that he
saw and enjoyed the oddity of the scene and circumstances,
35 fully as we did ourselves.
After sitting about ten minutes, we left the Chief in
great good humour, and returned on board, thinking, of
course, that he would go straight to the shore; but in this
we were much mistaken, for we had no sooner left him,
than he pushed off to the distance of ten or twelve yards,
and calling the other boats round him, gave orders for in-
flicting the discipline of the bamboo upon the unfortunate
culprit, who had been ordered into confinement during the
conference. This exhibition, which it was evidently in-
tended we should witness, had a very ludicrous effect, for it
followed so much in train with the rest of the ceremony,
and was carried on with so much gravity and order, that it
looked like an essential part of the etiquette. During the in-
fliction of this punishment, a profound silence was observed
by all the party, except by five or six persons immediately
about the delinquent, whose cries they accompanied by a
Digitized by
Google
22 VOYAGE TO THE
sort of song or yell at each blow of the bamboo. This
speedy execution of justice was, no doubt, intended to
impress us with high notions of Corean discipline.
As it was now quite dark, we did not expect the Chief
to pay any more visits this evening ; but we underrated his
politeness, for the moment the above scene waa concluded,
hesteefed for the Alceste. Captain Maxwell, who during all
the time had been on board the Lyra, hurried into his boat to
be prepared to give him a proper reception in his ship, and
had just time to change his jacket for a coat and epaulettes
before the Chief arrived. After climbing up the ship^s side
with some difficulty, and being received in due form on the
quarter'^^leck, which was lighted up, he was handed into the
foremos^t cabin, where he was met by Captain Maxwell, and
conducted to a seat in the after cabin. As he declined
sitting on a chair, be was obliged to wait for his mat, and,
in the meantime, looked round him in amaze at the mag-
nificence of the apartments. The change of dress made him
behave towards Captain Maxwell as to a perfect stranger ;
but the moment he recognised him^ he appeared much,
amused with his mistake, and his manners became less. re-,
served. He now turned about to see what was become of
hi$ mat, and was aatoni^ed to find himself alone with us in.
the cabin. It was^ then discovered that the sentry at the
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA. fiS
door, in repressing the crowd of bis followers, had found it
impossible to distinguish his more immediate attendants,
and had therefore allowed nobody to pass.
. The door being opened, the mat-bearer and four of the
principal people were called in by the Chief; and when we
were all fairly seated on the deck, the secretary was directed
to prepare a writing, which was dictated and deUvered much
in the same manner as before. Whether the presentation'of
a written paper was considered by i;he Chief as a necessary
piece of etiquette, or whether he really had more hopes of
being understood on this occasion than before, was quite
uncertain ; but the mode adopted by Captain Maxwell to
undeceive him was conclusive. He immediately called for
paper, and wrote upon it in English, ^^ I do not understand
one word that you say,^^ and presented this paper in return,
with all the forms and ceremonies that had been adopted
towards himself. The Chief, on receiving it, examined the
characters with great attention, and then made signs that it
was wholly unintelligible, alternately looking at the paper
and at Captain Maxwell with an inquiring air, and was
only made sensible of the awkward dilemma in which we
were placed, by observing Captain Maxwell repeat all his
looks and gestures as equally applicable to the Corean
writing which he held in his hand*.
* This p«per> pmented by the Corean Chief, has been tnmJatod by Mr.
Moniflon at Canton, and b as follows : << Persons, of what land— of what
Digitized by
Google
m VOYAGE TO THE
The Chief had now recoi}r$e to signs, which he used ever
afterwards. He was io great spirits, and seemed entertaiiied
with the efforts which were made to pl^se him. He asked to
l6ok at a mirror which had caught his attention; when it was
put into his hands, he seemed very well satisfied with the
figure which it presented, and continued for some time puli-
iog. bis beard from side to side with an air of perfect com-
placency. One of the attendants thought there could be no
harm in looking at the mirror likewise, but the Chief was of
a different opinion, and no sooner observed what he wi^
doing, than he very augrily made him put down the glass and
leave the cabin. The secretary too fell under his displeasure,
and was reprimanded with much acrimony for overlooking our
paper when we were writing. Scarcely five thinutes elapsed,
,in .short, during his stay, without his finding some cause of
complaint 9gaios|t his peo^ple ; but we could not determine
whether this arose from mere captiouspess^ or was done to
give us a higher notion of his consequence, because, in the
intervals, he was all cheerfulness and good humour. He
wsts offered tea and cherry brandy^ which he took along
with us, and appeared at his ease in every respect. We
thought that he made signs, implying a wish for us to visit
him cm shore ; to this we cheerfully absented, and an ar-
rangement for landing in the mprning was znade accord-
. '^ nation (are you) ? On account of what business do you come hither? In the
^* ahqp are there any literary men who thoroughly underatand, and can explain
*^ what is wiitte»r
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA. 25
ingly by means of similar signs, with which the Chief ap-
peared much pleased, and rose to go away.
He had not got much beyond the cabin-door, however, *
before the serenity of his temper was once more overtumed.
On passing the gun-room sky-light, he heard the voices of
some of his people whom the officers had taken below, and
who were enjoying themselves very merrily amongst their
new acquaintance. The old Chief looked down, and observing
them drinking and making a noise, he called to them in a
loud passionate voice, which made them leave their glasses,
and run up the ladder in great terror. From thence the
alarm spread along the lower deck, to the midshipmen^s
birth, where another party was carousing. The grog and
wine with which they had been entertained was too potent
for this party, as they did not seem to care much for the old
Chief, who, posting himself at the hatchway, ascertained,
by personal examination, who the offenders were. On this
occasion, his little* rod of office was of much use ; he pushed
the people about with it to make them speak, and used it
to turn them round, in order to discover their faces. One
man watching his opportunity when the Chief was punching
away at somebody who. had just come up, slipped past and
ran off; but the quick eye of the old man was not so easily
deceived, and he set off in chase of him round the quarter
£
DTgitized by
Google
S6 VOYAGE TO THE
deck. The man had an apron full of biscuit, which had
been given to him by the midishipmen ; this impeded his
running, so that the Chief, notwithstanding his robes, at last
came up with him ; but while he was stirring him up with
his rod, the fellow slipped his cargo of bread into a coil of
rope, and then went along with the Chief quietly enough.
The old man came back afterwards, and found the biscuit,
which he pointed out to us, to shiew that it had not been
taken away.
He continued for some time at the hatchway, expecting
mx)re people; but finding none come up, he went below
himself, to the main deck, and rummaged under the guns
and round the main-mast, to discover whetiier any one was
Concealed ; but finding no person there, he cftme again upon
deck, and shortly after went into his boat.
On returning to the Lyra, we found a number of boats
anchored round her, which looked as if they meant to keep
strict watch over us. We went in our boat to one of them^
where we fouiid the crew asleep. They seemed to have
had orders not to follow the Chief to the frigate, and were
here waiting his return. On our pointing to the shore, and
making signs that the old man with the long beard and
large hat had landed, they began immediately to get their
anchor up, and called to the other boats to do the same.
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COBEA. 27
In a few minutes they were all at work» and every person
in the boats joined in repeating the two woi:ds ^^ ho ya, ho ya/'
the effect of which, from a great many voices, was not
unpleasing.
The cable in these boats is wound round a largf^ red or
barrel; to the ends of which two wheels with handles are fitted,
which enables a considerable number to apply their strength
at the same moment. The anchor is made of a dark coloured,
heavy wood, with along shank and flukes^ and a short stock
crossing the former, near the crown of the anchor, and not
at the end of the shank, as with us in Europe. The mat
sails are divided into horizontal divisions by slender pieces
of bamboo. When not under sail, the boats are moved by
oars having a circular piece of wood tied to the end, and are
steered by a large scull over the stem. The bow is square
above, but rises from the water in a slope, making a small
angle with the water, like the end of a ^ coal barge, but
overhanging more. The planks are fast«[ied together by
means of square tree-^ails, which pass in a slanting direction
through the plank, and not straight, as with us.
5th of September. — ^A considerable bustle was observed
ou shore at daybreak this morning ; and shortly afterwards,
we saw the old Chief and his suite embark, and pull towards
us, accompanied by a numerous fleet of smaller boats, all
Digitized by
Google
28 VOYAGE TO THE
ornamented with showy flags, and crowded with people in
gay and bright coloured garments, forming, upon the whole,
a splendid and imposing scene. As the procession moved
slowly along, the band in the Chief's boat struck up a lively,
martial sort of air, on instruments similar to those we had
heard last night ; the tone of which is not unlike the drawling
sound of the bagpipe, the bass or drone bdng produced by
a long horn, and the squeaking sounds by four trumpets,,
two of which have stops in the middle, by which the notes
are distinctly marked.
The Chiefs visit was so unexpectedly early, that we had
not put things in order for his reception, before he was
alongside : he came on board, however, and seemed happy
at being allowed to walk about the decks, and examine
every thing at his leisure. When the cabin was ready, and
the Chief seemed to have satisfied himself with looking
round the upper deck,^ he was asked to walk down ; which
he complied with as soon as he understood what was meant.
But he found it no easy matter to get down the narrow
hatchway, in which there was barely room for his hat; but
this he would by no means take off. As he entered the
cabin, his robes and hat completely filled the door-way ;
and when seated at the table, (for he now made no objection
to a chair) he occupied no inconsiderable portion of the
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF CORE A. 29
whole apartment. He sat here for some time^ and examined
every thing in the cabin with great attention, pointing with
the Httle stick whenever he saw any thing which he wanted
to look at more closely. In this way, the books, globes,
glasses, &c. were put into his hands ; and it was not a little
amusing to see the old gentleman wheeling the globes
round, and hunting over the books- for pictures, like a child.
A person of rank who accompanied the Chief this morning,
was asked to the cabin along with him ; and was no. sooner
seated, than we observed that he had a very sickly look;
which circumstance was the cause of a curious mistake.
It had been supposed that the Chief, during last night's
conference, made allusions to some friend of his who. was
unwell; and accordingly, in our arrangements for the.morning,
it was proposed to take the doctors of both ships on shore,
to visit him. As the Chief had himself come on board, our
plans for landing were interrupted, and we ascribed this
early visit to his anxiety on account of his friend^s health.
It was therefore taken for granted, that this iSickly looking
companion of the Chief, who, some how or other, got the title
of the " Courtier,'^ amongst us, was the patient alluded to
last night ; and no sooner were the first compliments over
in the cabin, than the doctor was sent for to prescribe. On
his being introduced, the Courtier was made to hold out his
Digitized by
Google
30 VOYAGE TO THE
tongue, have his pulse felt, and submit to various inter-
rogatories, the object of which the unfortunate man could
not divine, particulariy as there was nothing at all the
matter with him. He submitted with so much patience to
all these forms, and the Chief looked on with such grave
propriety during all the examination, that^they evidently
considered the whole scene as a part of our ceremonial
etiquette. When this gentleman was released from the
doctor's hands, he began to examine the books with the air
of a person who understands what he is about. He appeared
desirous of passing for a literary character ; and observing
us hand the books about in a careless manner, ventured to
ask for one, by drawing it towards himself with a begging
look. As he happened to select a volume of the Encyclo«
psedia Britannica, I was under the necessity of refusing ; but
offered in its stead a less valuable, though more showy
book, which he accepted with much gratitude. No return,
of course, had been looked for, and I was for a moment at a
loss to understand what my friend naeant, by slipping his
fan into my hand, under the table. He did this in so
mysterious a way, when the Chief waft looking in another
direction, that I saw it was his wish to conceal what he had
done, and the fan was sent privately away. But unfor-
tunately, my precaution was fruitless, for a few minutes
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA. 31
afterwards, on finding the crowded cabin very hot» I called
for a fan, and the servant, unconscious of the mischief he.
was doing, brought the Courtier's present; which no sooner
met the old man's eye, than he rose half o£f his chair, and.
gave his unhappy companion such a look of furious anger,
as made him tremble from top to toe: but he was soon,
pacified when he saw that we took an interest in the
question, and the Courtier was allowed to keep his book.
After sitting half an hour, and drinking a gjass of
Constantia, the old man proposed to go upon deck. I
accordingly led the way, and had gone some steps up the
ladder, in advance, before I perceived that he had stopped
at the door of the gun-room, where the officers mess, and
was looking in, with his usual curiosity. I begged him to
go in, which he accordingly did, and entertained himself
for some time, with looking over the difierent cabins of the
officers. From having observed the pleasure which he took
in the sight of any thing new, I was induced to propose his
going round the lower deck, and he looked quite pleased
when I pointed along the passage. The state hat, which
had been resolutely kept on duripg all this time, notwith-
standing its perpetual inconvenience to himself and every
one around him, was here destined to come off; for after
making two or three attempts, he found it impossible to get
Digitized by
Google
32 VOYAGE TO THE
along and wear the hat too ; and being of a very inquisitive
disposition, he chose the degrading alternative of being
uncovered, and his researches proceeded without inter*
ruption. Nothing escaped the old man^s observation;
whatever was shut or tied up, he requested to have opened ;
and in this way he rummaged the midshipmen^s chests, and
the sailors^ bags, all along the lower deck. He looked into
the holds, took the lid oflf the boilers, and turned every
thing topsy-turvy. Seeing a cutlass tied to the deck,
overhead, he. took it down, and on drawing it from the
scabbard, its lustre, and the keenness of its edge, surprised
and delighted him so much, that I asked him to accept it.
At first he seemed willing enough, but after holding a con-
sultation with the Courtier for five minutes, he reluctantly
put it back again. As he went along, he took samples of
every thing that he could easily put into his sleeve, which
served him instead of a sack ; so that when he came upon
deck, he was pretty well loaded, and looked about with the
satisfaction of a school-boy, on having visited a show for the
first time in his life.
Whilst we were below, one of the natives had been busily
employed in taking the dimensions of the ship with a string,
and another person was engaged under him, taking an
account of the guns, shot, and rig^ng, all which details he
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA. 33
Wrote down ; but not being able to ascertain, himself, the
exact number of people on board, he had recourse to
me for the information ; this I communicated by opening
eight times the fingers of both hands. The only part of
the ship to which he had not free access was the cabin
undar the poop, and from which he felt much annoyed at
being excluded : but when told that a gentleman was shaving
there^ he shewed himself quite satisfied with the explana-
tion, and waited patiently until the door was opened to him;
The old gentleman and his followers appearing anxious
to see a shot fired, an eighteen pound carronade was loaded
before them, and discharged with the muzzle so mucb
dejM^ssed, that the shot struck the water close to us, and
then rose and fell eight or ten times, to the great entertaii^
ment and surprise of the whole party. In the mean time.
Captain Maxwell had come on board, and breakfast being
ready, we prevailed upon the Chief to sit down with U94
He ate heartily of our hashes, and of every thing else that
was put before him, using a knife, fork, and spoon, which
he now saw, probably, for the first time in his life, not only
without awkwardness, but to such good purpose, that he
declined exchanging them for Chinese chop-sticks, whidi
were provided for him. In fact, he was so detemiined to
adopt our customs in every respect, that when the tea was
Digitized by
Google
34 VOYAGE TO THE
offered to him in the Chinese way, he looked to the right and
left, and seeing ours differently prepared, held up his cup
to the servant, for milk and sugar, which being given to him,
the old gentleman remained perfectly satisfied* .
The politeness and ease with which he accommodated
himself to the habits of people so different from himself,
were truly admirable; and when it is considered, that
hitherto, in all probability, he was ignorant even of our
existence, his propriety of manners should seem to point,
not only to high rank in society, but to imply also a degree
of civilization in that society, not confirmed by other cir-
cumstances. Be this as it may, the incident is curious, as
shewing^ that however different the state of society may be
in different countries, the forms of politeness are much ahke
in all. This polished character was very well sustained by the
old Chief; as he was pleased with our attempts to oblige him,
and whatever we seemed to care about, he inunediately took
an interest in. He was very inquisitive, and was always
highly gratified when he discovered the use of any thing
which bad puzzled him at first But there w^s no idle sur-
prise, no extravagant burets of admiration, and he certainly
would be considered a man of good breeding,, and keen ob-
servation, in any part of the world. Towards his own people,
indeed, he was harsh and impatient at all times; but this
Digitized by
Google
0OA8T OF COREA. 35
may have arisen from his anxiety ihat no oiSence should be
given to us by the other natives^ whom he might know were
less deiicate and considerate than himself, and therefore
Inquired constant control.
When break&st was over, and the old man once more
upon deck, we endeavoured to signify to him that we meant
to land, according to our engagement yesterday evening ;
but this he either did not, or would not comprehend ; for
whenever we pointed towards the shore, he directed our
attention to the frigate. At length he got into his boat^
pushed off, and was making for the Alceste, when Captain
Maxwell followed in his boat, and drawing up alongside of
him, tried to prevml upon him to accompany us to the
village : the Chief shook his head by way of disapprobation,
and turning towards his attendants, entered into a discussion
with them, which terminated by the Courtier and himself
stepping into Captain MaxwelFs boat.
We ascribed this measure to a desire on the ChiePs part
to show publicly that he had not himself invited us on
shore, and had only acceded to our request to land. We
had not proceeded far before the Chief repented of his
ready compliance, and tried to persuade us to return; but
finding the ordinary signs of no avail, he held his head
dpwn and drew his hand across his throat, as if his head
Digitized by
Google
36 VOYAGE TO THE
was to be cut off. It was now our turn not to comprehend:
fiigns^ and thinking it would be idle to lose so favourable an
opportunity, spared no pains to reconcile . the old man to
our landing. In this, however, we did not succeed, for, as
we approached the shore, his anxiety increased, and he
frequently drew his hand across his neck^ as if to shew that
he woulcj lose his head if we persisted. We again tried to
re-assure him, by explaining that we had no intention of
going near the village, but merely desired to walk about for
a short time, and then to go to the frigate to dine. He
was of course included in this invitation; but his only
answer consisted iii pointing to us and making signs of
eating, and then drawing his hand across his throat;
by which he, was understood to mean, that it might be very
well for us to talk of eating, but, for his part, he was take&
up with the danger of losing his head. We could not but
laugh at this, as we had no notion of any such apprehension
being. w«Il grounded; and, in a short time, landed at the
distance of half a mile from the village.
The old man was lifted out of the boat by several of his
people, and we were amazed to find, when they set him
down,. that he was in tears, and looking altogether very
unhappy. . In a few minutes a crowd, consisting of more
than a hundred people, assembled round us, and we began
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA. S7
to think we should pay dearly for our curiosity. But the
poor old man had no thoughts of Tengeance^ and was no
better pleased with the crowd than we were ; for turning to
his soldiers^ he desired them to disperse the mob^ which
they did in a moment by pelting them with great stones.
The Chief now began crying violently, and turning towards
the village walked away» leaning his head on the shoulder of
one of his people. As he went aloQg, he not only sobbed
tttid wept, but every now and then bellowed aloud. We
had been nowise prepared for such a scene, and were ex-
tremely sorry for having pushed matters to this extremity.
It had never occurred to us that the old Chiefs head was
really in danger ; and even now we could not satisfy our-
selves whether he was sincere, or merely acting in order to
prevail on us to retire. The perfect tranquillity, nay even
cheerfulness of the Courtier, who staid with us all this time^
puzzled us extremely : nor could we account for the indif-
ference of the other attendants, who looked on with as
much composure as if such scenes were every day occur-
rences. But at all events, it was necessary before pro-
ceeding any further, that the old man should be pacified i
and in order to effect this, we sat down on the beach, upon
which he turned about and came crying back again. He
seated himself by us, and waited very patiently whilst we
remonstrated on the unreasonableness of his conduct, and
Digitized by
Google
38 VOYAGE TO THE
cohltasted the reception he had met with from us, with his
present unacpountable behaviour. This was expressed by
a dumb show acting of all; that had taken place since we
came to anchor in the bay; and these signs we thought
might be inteUigifole to. the Chief , because they were so to
all of us, although no words were used. The signs used by
different nations, however, are often dissimilar when the
same thing is to be expressed : and it happened frequently
mth us that all attempts at explanation failed, on both sides,
though the signs used appeared to be understood by all the
people of the same nation with the person making the signs.
The old man made a long speech in reply j in the course
which the beheading sign was frequently repeated. It is
curious that he invariably held his hands towards his throat
after* he had gone through this motion, and appeared to
wash his hands in his blood : probably he did this in imita*
tion of some ceremony used at executions.
Upon one occasion the Chief endeavoured to explain
something to us which had a reference to a period of two
days ; this he did by pointing to the sun^ making a motion
twice from east to west, and, at the end of each time,
closing his eyes as if asleep. This sign was variously in-
terpreted : some believed it to mean that in two days his
head would be taken off: others imagined that in two days
a communic^itiou might be made to his govemmoit, and
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA. 89
that orders for our reception would be traosmitted. What-
ever might have been meant by this particular sign^.it
seems very probable that some general instructions were iu
force along the whole of this coast by which the treatment
of strangers i? regulated. The promptitude with which we
were met at this place> where, perhaps, no ship ever was
before, and the pertinacity with which our landing was op*
posed, seem to imply an extraordinary degree of vigilance
and jealousy on the part of the government. < .
We expressed a desire to. eat and drink, in the hopes of
working on the old man's hospitality, and, perhaps^ iih
ducing him to entertain us in his house ; but he ifiade no
motion towards the village, and merely sent off a servant
for some -water and a few small cockles. When this sorry
fare was laid on the beach, the old gentleman made signs
for us to begin ; but we did not choose to be pleased eithet
with the entertainment itself, or with the place and manner
in which it had been served. We explained to him that
the proper place to eat was in a house, and not on a wet
dirty beach ; he made no offer, however,, erf any other ; but
leaning his head pensively on his hands, seemed entirely
resigned to. his fate.
The case was now utterly hopeless; and after an in*
effectual ^att^npt to.cbea ham up, we wedt on boards as
Digitized by
Google
40 VOYAGE TO THE
the last, and indeed only favour we could grant him. Thus
we quitted this inhospitable shore, after a stay of not quite:
an hour, in which time we had never been twenty yards
from our own boats. We saw the village, however, to sojme
advantage; it is neatly built, and very pleasantly situated
under fine trees, in a valley cultivated like a garden, in
sqiall square patches.
It was now determined to prosecute the voyage to the
southward, and the Lyra was accordingly ordered to proceed
as usual to sound the passages a-head of the frigate, but had
not gone far before the Alceste, still at anchor, was ob*
served to be surrounded with boats. In about an hour she
weighed and stood to sea. Captain Maxwell had received
another visit from the old Chief, whose appearance was de-
scribed as being quite altered ; his sprightliness and curiosity,
all gone, and his easy unceremonious manner exchanged for
cold and stately civility : he looked embarrassed and un-
happy, as it appeared, from an apprehension of having
offended Captain MaxwelL When this was discovered, no
pains were spared to convince him that, in this respect, there
was not the slightest cause for uneasiness. He would not
accept any presents, but appeared much relieved by the
unexpected kindness with which he was received, and
before he went away, was restored, in some degree, to hia
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA. 41
wonted spirits. When looking over the books in the cabin^
he was a good deal taken with the appearance of a Bible^
but when offered to him he declined it, though with such
evident reluctance, that it was again shewn to him just as
he was pushing off in his boat, and he now received it with
every appearance of gratitude, and took his leave in a
manner quite friendly.
We quitted this bay without much regret. The old
Chief, indeed, with his flowing beard, and pompous array,
and engaging manners, had made a strong impression upon
us all ; but his pitiable and phildish distress, whatever might
have been the cause, took away from the respect with which
we were otherwise disposed to regard him: yet tiiis cir-
cumstance, though it makes the picture less finished, serves
to give it additional interest ; whilst every thing ridiculous
in the old man's character is lost in the painful uncertainty
which hangs over his fate.
From this bay we steered amongst the islands, during all
the 6th and 7th, to the S. W. before the natives were met
with again ; we saw them indeed, but never got near enough
to converse with them. They were frequently observed seated
in groups watching us on the islands which we passed. We
saw several fishing-boats, with a crew of about a dozen men,
(crowded on a aort of poop. At a little distance these boats
G
Digitized by
Google
42 VOYAGE TO THE
appeared to be formed of two vessels lashed together. - This
appearance we believe to be caused by their having an out?
rigger on. one side, on which their oars, sails, and masts are
piled, in. order probabl)? to keep the boat, clear when they
are at anchor fishing. Their mast is lowered down and
hoisted up by means of a strong tackle from the mast-head
to the stern, as in the barges on the Thames.
We threaded our way for upwards of a hundred miles
amongst islands which lie in immense, clusters. in every
direction. At first we thought of counting them, and even
attempted to note their places on the charts which we were
making of this coast, but their great number completely
baffled these endeavours. They vary in size, from a few hun<»
dred yards in length to five or six miles, and are of all shapes.
From the noast-head. other groups were perceived lying
one behind the other to the east and south as far as the eye
could reach. Frequently above a hundred islands were in
sight from deck at CMie moment; The sea being quite smooth,
the weather, fine, and many of the islands wooded and
cultivated in the valleys, the scene was at all times lively,
and was rendered still more interesting by our rapid passage
along the coast, by which the appearances about us were
perpetually changing. Of this coast we had no charts
possessing the sUghtest pretensions to accuracy, none of
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA- 43
the places at which we touched being laid dawn within
sixty miles of their proper places. Only a few islands
are noticed in any map ; whereas the coast, for near two
hnndred miles, is completely studded with them, to the
distance of fifteen or twenty leagues from the main land.
These inaccuracies in the charts naturally gave a very high
degree of interest to this part of the voyage ; yet the naviga^
tion being at all times uncertain, and often dangerous, con-
siderable anxiety necessarily mingled itself with the satisfac-
tion produced by so new and splendid a scene. We always
anchored during the night, or when the tides, which were
very rapid, prevented our proceeding in the deliberate
manner absolutely required by the nature of the circum*
stances. An instance of the necessity of these precautions
t)ccurred on the 7th of September, at four o'clock in the
afternoon, when, it being quite calm, we were drifting along
with the tide, which suddenly shifted and carried us rapidly
towards a reef of rocks, which was invisible till the strong
rippling of the water shewed us our danger : we let go the
anchor immediately, but the jerk was so great, as to break
the Lyra^s cable. A second anchor, however, brought he!r
up at a sufficient distance from the reef.
As soon as the tide slacked, a boat was dispatched to
examine the anchorage on the other side of an island liear us.
Digitized by
Google
44 VOYAGE TO THE
The officer landed about sun'*>8et, and from the top of the
island could discover a village on the other side, on the
shores of a fine large bay. He afterwards sounded the
anchorage, and found it of a convenient depth. On his
way back he landed near the village, but though it was
bright moonlight he saw none of the inhabitants.
8th of September. — About noon we weighed and sailed
round the north end of the island, which had been visited
last night. The Alceste anchored nearly in the middle
between the two islands which form the anchorage ; but as
the Lyra draws less water, she was placed as close off the
village as was safe, being then about a quarter of a mile
from the beach. At this distance, by means of a telescope
fixed on a table on the poop, we were enabled to see what
was going pn in the village, while the people were un-
conscious of being observed. Mr. Clifford, who was too
unwell to land with Captain Maxwell and myself, placed
himself at the glass, and made many observations which
must otherwise have escaped notice.
At first the only inhabitants visible were seated on the
top of the hill watching us, the village itself being quite
deserted; but shortly after our anchoring, the inhabitants
began to assemble from different parts of the island. Of these
several were women, some of whom had children on their
Digitized by
Google
GOAST OF COREA. 45
backSf and others carried them in their arms. They looked
stout, were fairer in complexion than the men, and were
dressed in a long white robe, loose and open in front, with
a petticoat of the same colour reaching a little below the
knees ; their hair was tied in a large knot behind ; a small
piece of white cloth was thrown loosely over the head to
protect them from the rays of the smi. Some women were
engaged in husking rice in a mortar with a wooden beater ;
these had no dress above the waist. The men and boys
were seen carrying loads on a wooden frame hooked to the
shoulders.
In a square flat place near the village a number of
women and children were employed winnowing com by
pouring it from a height, so that the husks blew away.
Fishing-nets were spread to dry on most of the houses. We
landed about five o^clock, and found in the village only
two men, who obstinately remained at one place without
speaking, and looking anxious that we should go awarjr;
they refused the buttons which we ojSered them, and resisted
our persuasions to accompany us to the upper part of the
village, which we were anxious they should do, to shew that
we had no intention of hurting any thing, but merely to
look about us. We went on alone, and on reaching a de»
sated house thought it a good opportunity to examine it.
Digitized by
Google
46 VOYAGE TO THE
Before the door, on a neat dean, level spaoe^ enclosed by a
bedge covered with a sweet-scented white flower, we found
several heaps of com and etiaw^ and several of the wood^i
mortars in which the rice is pounded, also a number of
vessels, some filled with water and others with rice. Cooking
utensils were lying about, and a number of fishing line^
coiled neatly in baskets, and spht fish spread out to dry on
the top of little corn ricks on one side of the court. The
inside was dark and uncomfortable ; the mud floor was fidl
of hollow places ; the walls were black with soot, and every
thing looked dirty. On the left of the entrance two large
metal boilers, twenty inches deep, were sunk in the bricks
work, the upper part being about a foot above the floor.
The fire-place was between the boilers, and on the hot
embers, lay three spht fish. On the wall opposite to the
fiiie were Selves, having a number of cups, basons, and
cooking utensils, principally of coarse stone ware, and some
few of a sort of belUmetal. The ninnber of inhabitants in
one house must be considerable, if we can form an estimate
from the quantity of their dishes and vessels. There were
three neat small pieces of furniture on one of the shelves,
the use of which we could not .discover j they were made
of wood, elegantly carved and varnished, with a round
top about a foot in diameter, and four legs s^foot and a half
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF OOREA. 47
loBg. The roof was well constructed^ the. rafters being morw
tised into the ends of the horizontal: beams, and tied to the
middle by a perpendicular beam or King-Post. Over the
rafters is laid a net»work of rods, to which the thatch is tiedJ
There w&s no chimney to this house, and only one window
made of slender bars of .wood, forming square spaces thiira
inches by two, covered by a thin Bemi-»transparent; paper
defended by the roof, which extends so fsur beyond the wall
as to shelter it not only from the rain but from the sun.
Most of the houses had a sort of raised verandah undec
the eaves, about a foot or more above the ground, extending
from the door on either hand to the end of the house ; these
places were neatly levelled, and ^ must afford a cool seat;
The walls of the houses are. from six to eight feet high, and
from fourteen to twenty feet long ; the top of the roof being
about fourteen. The walls are of stone and mud^ the door
moves on the bar, which forms one of its sides ; this bar is
prolonged, and works in holes in the beam above, and a stone
below. There was a back door to the house which we
examined. On opening this we found a bare bank of earth
as high as the house, at the distance of three feet from
the walls, and a hedge rising still higher on the top; this
effisctually excluded all light*
This minute survey of the house being completed^ we
Digitized by
Google
48 VOYAGE TO THE
returned to our friends, who seemed in some measure re-
assured. We tried to prevail upon them to accompany u<
in our walk, in hopes that the rest of the cottagers might
be induced to return when they saw how peaceably we
were disposed. Captain Maxwell used every sign he could
think of to no purpose, and tired at length of these attempts^
took hold of the oldest man's hand, drew it through his
arm, and walked off with him. I followed his example with
the other; and this familiarity amused the natives, w\^a
now accompanied us in perfect good humour. The ease and
apparent indifference with which they walked along with us
was curious, and had so little of awkwardness in it, that one
might have supposed it to be the fashion of Corea to walk arm
in arm. Having reached the house which we had before
examined, we sat down in the verandah, and made signs that
we wished to smoke a pipe with them. In the meantime a
boat was observed to come to the landing-place ; the crew
quitted her and came towards us at a rapid pace. The
quick manner of these people, so different from the ordinary
behaviour of the Coreans we had seen, made us apprehend
that some violence was meditated ; but in this we were mis*
taken, for they sat down with us, gave us their pipes to
smoke, and laughed immoderately at some of our words t
we took the hint from them, and laughed heartily whenever
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COHEA. 49
we obsenred that any. thing, good had been said amongj»t
them ; this was well received, and proved afterwards a good
mode of introduction.
Thdr curiosity was strongly excited by our clothings
which they examined mimutely; they wished to see some
parts of our dress taken off, and in order to gratify them they
were allowed to have our cc^ts, shoes, stockings, hats, &c.
They, were more struck with; the stockings than with any
thing else, frequently shouting *? Hota ! Hota Y* This word,
which is pronounced with a strong aspiration, was noted dowu
in our list as the Corean word for stockings ; but it was found
afterwards to be an expression of approbation, applied in-
discriminately to whatever they consider remarkably good^
After sitting some time with th^e people, andsmoking several
pipes with them, we gave up all hopes of seeing the villagers
return while we were there, and as the night was falling
we .proposed taking. a short walk with our friends, and then
going on board. But as soon as they saw us go up the hill
instead of returning to the boat, they became very uneasy,
and wanted us to turn back. As we had reason, however,
to conjecture that the women and children were on the other
side of the hill, we went on in the expectation of getting a
sight of them before dark. This the Coreans prevented by
following us with shouts wherever we went, so as to give
H
Digitized by
Google
50 VOYAGE TO THE
warning of our approach. The women and children pro-
bably retreated before us to a ravine on the north side of
the island, for when we approached it the Coreans became
more anxious than ever for our return ; and one man. seeing
us still advance, took hold of my arm and gave it a sharp
pinch. I turned round and exclaimed, ^^ Patience, Sir V he
drew back on observing my displeasure, and a moment after
called out himself, " Patience, Sir!'* The others hearing this
caught the words too, and nothing was heard for some time
amongst them but " Patience, Sir/' pronounced in every
instance with perfect propriety. They seemed surprised
themselves on discovering powers of imitation hitherto in
all probability unexercised* This incident brought us better
acquainted, and we remained on the top of the hill teaching
them £nglish words till it was dark. They were certainly
entertained with our instructions, but nevertheless shewed
much more satisfaction in attending us down hill again to
our boats. Before going on board we invited them to come
to the ship next day, which one of the party was supposed
to comprehend: he first made preparations for going to
bed, then closed his eyes, hung his head on his hand, and
snored very properly; after a time he opened his eyes,
started and looked about him, then laid his hands on
Captain MaxwelFs shoulders with an air of welcomd. This
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF GOREA. 51
•
was interpreted by some into a wish for our departure till
the morning, and by others that he himself would visit us
at daylight. As he never came on board, and received us
on landing next day with any thing but welcome, probably
both guesses were wrong : of one thing there was no doubt,
his anxiety to get rid of us ; and his signs may have meant
that it was time for all honest people to be in bed.
9th of September. — At sunrise we landed at the same
village, and found it deserted as before. We left it and
made for the highest peak on the island^ accompanied by
a few of the Coreans, who did not interfere with us till
about halfway up, when on our entering a grove of fir trees,
with the appearance of which we had been struck, one of
the Coreans objected; we went on, however, and upon
reaching the stump of an old tree the Corean fell on his
knees, bowed his head to the ground, and as hfi' raised it
again held his hands closed and pressed together towards
the stump. This had very much the air pf a stratagem to
dissuade us from going further in that direction, where the
women probably were concealed. Admitting this to have
been the motive, it is curious that he should have supposed
such a shew of religious form calculated to restrain us. It
is further remarkable as being the only circumstance which
we have seen on this coast implying a knowledge of religion
Digitized by
Google
52 VOYAGE TO THE
or religious ceremony. There are here no temples^ idols, nor
tombs, whereas in China, villages much smaller than these
of Corea have them in every corner. The other Corean^
took no notice of the stump, and the man who was pro-
strating himself before it finding that his behaviour produced
nothing but a number of questions from us concerning the
nature of the tree, got on his legs and walked sulkily away. Ih
the course of our wi^lk we saw six bullocks of a small breed
and very fat, but which the Coreans were not to be tempted
to sell by any thing which we had to give them. Dogs were the
only quadrupeds besides that we saw. There were pigeons,
hawks, and eagles, but few small birds. Crows were as
numerous here as in every other part of the world. We
returned on board to breakfast, and afterwards set out
on an excursion to the top of a high island lying some
leagues to the south-east of us. On our way we landed,
and observed the sun's meridian altitude with an artificial
horizon, by which we ascertained the latitude to be 34'' 22'
39^' north, the longitude by the mean of two chronometers
is 126" 2' 45' east
Vfe passed, for the distance of five miles, amongst islands,
all, except the very smallest, inhabited. The villages are
built in the valleys, where the houses are nearly hid by
trees and hedges. The sides c^ the hills are cultivated with
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA. 53
tniUet and d Bpecies of bean ; and in the numefous timaU
gardens near the villages, we saw a gredt variety of plants.
As the peaked island which we had undertaken to climb
was steep, and covered with a long coarse grass, it cost
\iB a tiresome scramble to gain the top, which is about six
hundred feet above the level of the sea. The main land of
Corea is just discernible in the north-east and east, from
this elevation; but it commands a splendid view of the
islands, lying in thick clusters, as far as the eye can reach^
from north-west quite round by east to south. We
endeavoured to count them. One person, by reckoning
only such as were obviously separate islands, made their
number one hundred and twenty. Two other gentlemen,
by estimating the numbers in each connected cluster, made
severaiTy^ one hundred and thirty*six, and one hundred and
seventy ; a difference, which at once shews the difficulty of
speaking with precision on this subject. But when it is
considered, that from one spot, which though considerably
elevated, was not centrical, one hundred and twenty islands
could be counted, and that our course for upwards of one
hundred miles had beep amongst islands no less crowded
than these, some idea may be formed of this great Archie
pelago. .
After enjoying this sceuie for some time, we went down
Digitized by
Google
54 VOYAGE TO THE
on the other side of the peak, which is much leaB steep.
We found the boafs crew preparing dinner for iis, under
some trees, close to a well of cool water. The village to
which the well belonged not being many yards off, we
proceeded to explore it, and found it deserted by all except
an old woman and a man. The woman, seated on a pile of
stones, in the middle of the village; took no notice ofus as
we passed ; and indeed, she was herself so very homely, as to
occupy but little of our attention. The man was seated at the
door of a cottage, making a straw sandal : on our entering
his inclosure, he looked up for an instant, and immediately
resumed his work, with as much composure as if we had
.been a party of the villagers. A button was offered to
him, which he accepted without scruple : he agreed, with
equal readiness^ to exchange his unfinished saiAal for
another button, which having carelessly put away, in a bag
lying near him, he took some straw and re-commenced
his business, without seeming to notice that we were rum-
maging his house. He is the only Corean we have met
with, who has not shewn some slight symptoms of curiosity :
indeed, he seemed totally indifferent about our staying or
going, or about what we were doing in his house ; and we
left him without knowing whether to ascribe his apathy to
fear, or to absolute stupidity.
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA. 55
On feturniDg from the village, we saw a party of the
natives assembled on a rising ground near us ; thej were
invited, by signs, to join us at dinner, but they kept their
places unmoved. While we were at dinner, the $ailors,
who had been rambling about, joined the natives, and in a
few minutes became very good friends with them; the
natives giving up their pipes, and the sailors in return sup-
plying them with tobacco. We have frequently remarked
during this voyage, that the sailors make acquaintance with
the natives much sooner than the officers. This seems the
natural effect of the difference in our manners. On meeting
with natives, we feel so anxious to conciliate, and to avoid
giving offence, that our behaviour, thus guarded and cir*
cumspect, has an air of restraint about it, which may
produce distrust and apprdiension on their part ; whilst, on
l^e other hand. Jack, who is not only unreflecting an,d
inoffensive himself, but never suspects that others can pos-
sibly misconstrue his perfect good-will and unaffected
frankness, has an easy, disengaged manner, which at once
invites confidence and familiarity.
In about an hour after we had sat down, one of the
natives hastily rose, and without appearing to deliberate,
but as if actuated by a sudden impulse, strode rapidly
down to us, and in the most unceremonious way possible.
Digitized by
Google
56 VOYAGE TO THE
presented his lighted pipe for us to smoke. We received
him> as kindly as we could^ and prevailed upon hin) to take
a glass of wine ; which he had no sooner drank off, than he
roared out, " Hota ! Hota!''
This exclamation brought the rest down, who seating
themselves by us, drank freely, and became very cheerful
ai)d communicative, telling us the Corean names of every
thing we pointed to, and asking, in return, the Englisl^
names for our clothes.* But though the wine made these^
people far more sociable than any we had yet seen, they
never forgot the principal object of their thoughts, and
suggested, every now and then, by pointing to our boats,
the propriety of our going away. After sunset, they
became very impatient and uneasy at our stay ; but when
at length we yielded to their entreaties, the whole party
accompanied us to the water*s side, and took leave with
the most lively marks of satisfaction at our departure.
10th of September. — ^This morning, about ten o'clock^
we'got under weigh, and stood to the southward. By sun-,
set we were clear of all the islands, and could just distinguish,
the island of Quelpaert in the south-east quarter.
^ The shortness of our stay on this coast, and the difficulty
vrt experienced in communicating with the inhabitants,
* See note at the end of the Loo^choo vocabulary.
Digitized by
Google
COAST OF COREA. 5T
will account for the scanty and disjointed nature of the
information obtained. A future voyager would do well to
be accompanied by a person who can write the Chinese
character, and should have full leisure to overcome, by
patient management, the distrust of strangers evinced by
this unsociable people.
A chart of our track along this coast is subjoined to
this work, in the hope that it may prove useful to a future
voyager. As it was constructed under circumstances of
great haste, it is necessarily incomplete ; yet it will probably
be found more accurate than any maps or charts hitherto
published.
Digitized by
Google
56 VOYAGE TO THE
CHAPTER n.
Enter the Ji^poQ Sea — Sulphur Island— Volcano — See the Great Loo-Choo
Iafattld«-*Lyni nearly wrecked^-First Interview with the NatiTes^-Anohor at
Napakiang — ^Natives crowd on Board:— Their interesting Appearance and
Manners — SeTeral Chiefs visit the Alceste— Land to make Observations—
. . AstwnWfriient of the Nativ^s-^Six Cfaiefa visit the Ship»^Alceste and Lyra
proceed farther in Shore — A Chief of high Rank waits upon Captain
' Maxwell — Return his Visit — Feast — Prcgected Survey of the Anchorage-
Visit B»ef laland^The Lyra sent to look for another Harbour— ^Arrange--
ments for hnding the Alceste^s Stares— Description of the Temple and
Garden— First Acquaintance with Madera— Study of the Language*
After leaving Corea, we stood to the southward and east^
ward, with a strong breeze from the north, and a mountainous
swell from the north-east. Shortly after daybreak on the
13th of September, we saw Sulphur Island, in the south--
west quarter, and by eleven in the forenoon were close up
to it. We intended to land, but were prevented by the
high wind, which caused so great a surf all round the
island, as to render this impracticable. The sulphuric
volcano from which the island takes its name is on the
north-west side; it emits white smoke, and the smell of
sulphur is very strong on the lee side of the crater* The cliffs
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOaCHOO ISLAND. 59
near the volcano are of a pale yellow colour, interspersed with
Jbrown streaks : the ground at this place is very rugged, as
the strata lie in all directions, and are much broken ; on the
top is a thin coat of brown grass. The south end of the
island is of considerable height, of a deep blood red colour,
with here and there a spot of bright green : the strata^
which are here nearly horizontal, are cut by a whin dyke
tunning from the top to the bottom of the cliff, projecting
from its face like a wall. As the weather still looked
threatening, we gave up the intention of examining this
spot, and proceeded to the southward till f<>\iT o'clock, at
which time land was seen in the south-west quarter ; but as
there was not sufficient daylight to close with it, we hauled
off tp the westward for the night Shortly after sunset the
sky became overcast, the wind veered about' from .one
point to another, the air became suddenly quite chill, the
sea rose high, and every thing, in short, seemed to indioate
an approaching tyfoong or hurricane. All our preparations
were made to encounter a violent tempest ; but we were
much pleased at finding it turn out nothing more than an
ordinary gale of wind.
14th of September. — ^The weather was still stormy, but
being anxious to close with the land, we bqre up, and
steered in the supposed direction of the Great Lieou Saeou,
Digitized by
Google
60 VOYAGE TO THE
or Loo-choo Islaiid. At eight o'clock we was the Sugar
Loaf of Captain Broughton, which is a small green island,
having a high remarkable cone in the middle. "We kft this
to.theeastward, and continued storing to the south south-
west, hoping to get to leeward of the great island before
night, where we might remain in smooth water till the
weather became fine. While going along at a quick rate,
we suddenly saw breakers close to us ; we instantly hauled
to the wind, and made all the sail we could carry. Our
situation was now very critical, for the swell caused b^ th6
recent gale checked our way considerably, and a lee
current drifted us gradually towards the reef From the
mast head we could look down upon the reef, which was^ of
a circular form, with a low island on its southern side; the
surf broke all round, but in the inside the water was quite
smooth, and being only a few feet deep, the coral, which
was of a bright green, appeared distinctly through it. At
thei distance of one-third of a mile from where we were, no
bottom was to be found with our lead lines, so that anchoring
was out of the question. After being in this unpleasant
predicament for some time, we succeeded in weathering
the western end of the reef, which we had no sooner done,
than we saw a passage four or five miles wide, by which we
proceeded to leeward of the reef island, where we.found the
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 61
water perfectly smooth. The Alceste rounded the reef
without difficulty, being half a league farther off than the
Lyra, which, as usual, had been stationed ahead to look
out, but had not perceived the danger sooner, owing to the
extreme haziness of the weather.
15th of September. — In the morning, it was arranged
that the Lyra should proceed in shore in search of a harbour,
while the frigate remained in deep water. At ten o'clock I
thought we had discovered a place of security, and having
anchored the Lyra, sent three boats to examine it. A
sort of harbour was found, formed by coral reefs ; but the
passages being all intricate for large ships, and the water
shallow inside, it is by no means safe. We fell in with
several people in canoes ; one man, who seemed to know
what we were searching for, directed us to a point of land to
the northward, and waved for us to go round it. While the
boats were away, several natives came off to the Lyra. No
people that we have yet met with have been so friendly;
for the moment they came alongside, one handed a jar of
water up to us, and another a basket of boiled sweet
potatoes, without asking or seeming to wish for any
recompense. Their manners were gentle and respectful;
they uncovered their heads when in our presence, bowed
whenever they spoke to us ; and when we gave them some
Digitized by
Google
60 VOYAGE TO THE
rum, they did not drink it till they had bowed to every
person round. Another canoe went near the Alceste, and
a rope being thrown to them, they tied a fish to it, and then
paddled away. All this seemed to promise well, and was
particularly gratefiil after the cold repulsive manners of the .
Coreans.
The day was spent in trying to beat round the poilit to
windward, but the tide was too strong against us, and when
it became dark, we found ourselves awkwardly situated.
To the east and west of us there were islands at the distance
of a few miles. To leeward was a circular coral reef, just
appearing above the surface at low water ; and to windward
were seen the reefs upon which we were so nearly wrecked
on Saturday. As the exact position of these numerous
dangers was unknown to us, we were determined to anchor
for the night, though in eighty fafhoms water.
l6th of September. — ^At dayhght we weighed, and beat
to windward all the morning ; but owing to the tide being
contrary, it was two o'clock before we passed the point
mentioned above; which we had no sooner done, than we
came in sight of an extensive town, having a harbour filled
with vessels at anchor. On steering towards the town, we
had to sound our way cautiously amongst coral reefs, which
were tolerably well defined by the surf breaking upon
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 63
them*. The Alceste followed as soon as we had ascertained
that the passage was clear, and both ships anchored at the
distance of half a mile from the town.
In a short time we were surrounded by canoes, full of
the natives, who, with their childi^en, flocked on board*
They wear a loose dress', tied with a belt round their waist ;
their hair is brought tight up froni all sides, and formed into
a knot on the top of the head, with two metal pins stuck in
it. In the course of an hour^ a native came on board who
appeared to be somewhat higher in rank than the rest ; and
we now discovered, to our great satisfaction, that this man
understood our Chinese servant, who had been of ho use to
us at Corea. As it was found thslt there were other chiefs
on shore superior in rank to this man, Captain Maxwell
declined receiving his visit ; as well with the view of inducing
the principal people to come on board, as of maintaining
an appearance of dignity, a point of great importance in all
transactions with the- Chinese and their dependents, who
invariably repay condescension with presumption. As
we had heard of these people being tributary to China,
it was natural to conclude that there might be some
• Thii drcumstance is by no means oommon, and therefore cannot be
depended on. In fine weather thesq. reefs give no warning whatever^ and a ship
on approaching them ought invariably to have a boat ahead
Digitized by
Google
64 VOYAGE TO THE
similarity in manners. At all events, it was evidently much
easier at any future time to be free and cordial with them,
after having assumed a distance and reserve in the first
instance, than it would be to repress insolence, if at first
encouraged by too hasty familiarity.
Before this man went on shore, he requested to know
the reason of our coming into this port ; the interpreter was
instructed to acquaint him that the ships had experienced
very bad weather, and had been a long time at sea; that
the large ship had sprung a leak, and required repairs
which could only be done in a secure harbour: further
explanations, it yras observed, would be given to the
superior chiefs when they came on board. We had been
prepared for these inquiries, not only from the reception
we had met with at Corea, but from the well-known
character of the nations in this quarter of the globe ; and
it was so far fortunate, that the Alceste was actually in want
of repairs ; because to have assigned curiosity, and a desire
of gaining information as our object, to people wholly
unconscious of such feelings, would naturally have led them
to ascribe our actions to some more interested, and con-
sequently more dangerous motive.
The canoes which we have seen to-day are mostly made
of one piece of wood ; they have two sails, and are moved
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOG ISLAND. 65
with considerable velocity, by two or more paddles, assisted
by an oar over the stem, which acts both as a scull and a
rudder. There is* a neat low seat, made of rattans, for each
person in the canoe. As the day closed, the fishing canoes
came in great numbers from sea, and all came on board the
ships on their way ; some of the fi^ermen pulled up our
lines and baited the hooks. The whole shore abreast of the
ships was covered with people, but the crowd was greatest
on two pier-heads, forming the entrance to the harbour ; and
the variety of colour in their dresses made this a very lively
exhibition. In the evening, CJaptain Maxwell and I rowed
round to examine the anchorage, which we found tolerably
clear of rocks. An officer was at the same time sent to
examine the inner harbour, but he did not go far within
the entrance, which was much too shallow for the frigate.
On returning to the Lyra, I found that Mr. Clifford
had been entertaining several respectable looking natives
who had paid him a visit. As they readily comprehended
his desire to know their words for various things, he has
succeeded in collecting a considerable number, among which
we are surprised to find their name for tobacco the saiqe as
ours ; all the others are quite new to us.
17th of September. — I carried the interpreter to the
Alceste, afiter breakfast, where I found two chiefs, who had
Digitized by
Google
66 VOYAGE TO THE
been on board some time, and had been taken care of by
the officers, as Captain Maxwell was not prepared to receive
them. A message was then sent to intimate that the Ta-yin
(a Chinese title, used also by these people to persons
of rank) was desirous of seeing the chiefs, and they were
introduced into the after-cabin, where they were received
in form. They objected to sitting down, making at the
same time many low obeisances, which they did by stooping
the body, and raising the hands, closed one over the other,
to their face. Their scruples about being seated were at
length overcome, and the first chief took his' place on
Captain Maxwell's left hand, the next on my left, and a third,
who wa« evidently of a lower rank, sat beyond the second.
The chiefs sat respectfully silent, and Captain Maxwell
finding that he was expected to speak first, communicated
to them that the ships under his command belonged to
the King of England ; that they had gone to China with an
Embassador, carrying presents to the Emperor, at Pekin ;
that on their way back to Canton, they had experienced
very bad weather, and had been obliged to put in here to
refit, and to procure supphes.
In reply, they expressed their willingness to assist us as
much as lay in their power, but said that the harbour was too
shallow for so large a ship, and recommended our proceeding
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 67
to another harbour called Kinching, which they described
as being secure and commodious, and only a few hours sail
from this anchorage : they offered to furnish pilots and a
boat to conduct us. Captain Maxwell, however, was
unwilling to quit this anchorage unless certain of finding a
better; he therefore proposed to send the Lyra to examine
and report upon the harbour alluded to. The chiefs paused
upon this, and said they could not take upon them to send
pilots to the Brig without consulting the Great Man on
shore. We were very curious to know who this great
personage might be, but they evaded all our inquiries.
Captain Maxwell asked where the king resided, and intimated
his intention of waiting upon him ; to this they strongly
objected, declaring moreover, that it was impossible, as his
majesty lived a thousand miles off. They did not seem
aware of their inconsistency, when they undertook, inmie-
diately afterwards, to get an answer from court about pilots
for the Lyra, in a few hours.
We had been led to hope, from the frankness and kind-
ness of these people, that no restraint would be imposed
on us ; and we were the more disappointed at observing,
that whenever we spoke of landing, or asked any questions
about the king, the chiefs became uneasy, and replied in a
mysterious manner. We consoled ourselves, however, with
Digitized by
Google
68 VOYAGE TO THE
the supposition, that upon further acquaintance their appre-
hension would wear off-
Business being over, the chiefs were asked to walk round
the cabin, an invitation which they accepted with manifest
satisfaction. During the conference they had preserved a
gravity suited to an important ceremony, and, though
surrounded by new and curious objects, had never expressed
the least curiosity. They were now no longer formal, and
looked over the various articles with attention, taking parti-
cular notice of the globes, books, and mirrors. Their manners
are remarkably gentle and unassuming. They are observant,
and not without curiosity, but they require encouragement to
induce them to come forward, being restrained, it would seem,
by a genteel self-denial, from gratifying curiosity, lest it might
be thought obtrusive. Their dress is singularly graceful ;
it consists of a loose flowing robe, with very wide sleeves,
tied round the middle by a broad rich belt or girdle of
wrought silk, a yellow cylindrical cap, and a neat straw
sandal, over a short cotton boot or stocking. Two of the
chiefs wore light yellow robes, the other dark blue streaked
with white, all of cotton. The cap is flat at top, and
appears to be formed by winding a broad band diagonally
round a frame, in such a manner, that at each turn a small
portion of the last fold shall be visible above in front.
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 69
and below at the hinder part. The sandal is kept on by it
stiff straw band passing over the instep^ and joining the
sandal near the heel; this band is tied to the forepart by a
slight string, drawn between the great toe and the Aext,
the stocking having a division like the finger of a glove for
the great toe. They all carry fans, which they stick in their
girdles when not in use, and each person has a short tobacco
pipe in a small bag, hanging, along with the pouch, at the
girdle. When they had satisfied themselves with looking
over the cabin, they went away, with a promise of returning
in the evening as soon as the answer from the Great Man
should arrive.
During all this morning, the whole space between the
ships and the shore has been covered with canoes, each
containing about ten persons. The scene was very lively,
for few of the parties which came to visit the ships
remained long on board, so that the canoes were con-
tinually passing backwards and forwards, and the number
which came in this way must have been immense. They
all seemed highly gratified at being allowed to go where-
ever they liked over the ships, nor was this liberty ever
abused. The manners even of the lowest classes are
genteel and becoming; their curiosity is great, but it
never makes them rudely inquisitive: their language is
Digitized by
Google
70 VOYAGE TO THE
musical, and in most cases easy of pronunciation. We
heard a boat song to-day, the air of which was sweet
and plaintive; we tried in vain to catch the words, and
unfortunately, none of us had skill enough to note down the
air. We observed several people in canoes, making drawings
of the ships, but they hid their work when they were
observed. In consequence of what had been said last
night of our wanting repairs, a party of shipwrights and
caulkers was sent on board the Alceste this morning, but
their tools were of a Lilliputian order, and quite unsuited to
the rough work required.
The variety of colour and pattern in the dresses of the
people to-day, is remarkable. Many wear printed cottons,
others have cotton dresses with the pattern drawn on it by
hand, instead of being stamped ; but blue, in all its shades,
is the prevalent colour, though there were many dresses
resembling in every respect Highland tartans. The children,
in general, wear more shewy dresses than the men, and of
the dress of the women we can say nothing, as none have
yet been seen. Every person has one of the girdles before
described, which is always of a different colour from the
dress, and is, in general, richly ornamented with flowers in
embossed silk, and sometimes with gold and silver threads.
This dress is naturally so graceful, that even the lowest
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 71
boatmen have a picturesque appearance. Their hair, which
is of a glossy black, is shaved off the crown, but the
bare place is concealed by their mode of dressing the
hair in a close knot over it. Their beards and mustachios
are allowed to grovr, and are kept neat and smooth.
They are rather low in stature, but are well formed, and
have an easy graceful carriage, which suits well with
their flowing dress. Their colour is not good, some being
very dark and others nearly white, but in most instances
they are of a deep copper. This is fully compensated for
by the sweetness and intelligence of their countenance.
Their eyes, which are black, have a placid expression, and
their teeth are regular and beautifully white. In deport-
ment they are modest, polite, timid, and respectful, and in
short, appear to be a njost interesting and amiable people.
Two of our friends who had visited us in the morning,
and whose names we have discovered to be Ookooma and
Jeema, came on board again about half past five, and staid
an hour ; they had not received any answer, they said, from
the Greaf Man, and therefore could not send pilots to the
" hoonee gua,'' or little ship. They were accompanied by a
chief whom we took to be a Chinese from his looks, and his
appearing to understand the interpreter better than the
others. His formal and suspicious manner did not promise
Digitized by
Google
72 VOYAGE TO THE
so well as that of the others. They came to say that a
present of stock and vegetables had been sent to the ships.
It was intimated to them that we intended to land the next
day, and upon their objecting to this, we said that our wish
was to wait upon the Great Man ; to which they replied,
that no person answering to this description resided here.
We then said, that it was right we should return their visit.
This argument they combated by saying that they were men
of unequal rank to us, and therefore nowise entitled to such
an honour ; and thatwe,at the same time, would be degrading
ourselves by such undue condescension. This having failed.
Captain Maxwell told them of his illness ; upon which, our
new acquaintance, who seemed more earnestly bent against
our landing than the others, offered to send a physician on
board to see him. Captain Maxwell replied, that his own
doctor had recommended a ride on shore ; upon which they
laughed, and turned the discourse to something else.
In this way every proposal to land, or even allusion to the
shore, was industriously put aside ; and as it was our wish
to gain their good will, the matter was dropped for the
present. Before they went away, Captain Maxwell, pointing
to their pipes, begged them to smoke if they wished it ; they
were grateful for this considerate attention, but would not
on any account begin till w^ shewed them the example, by
Digitized by v
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 7?
smoking with pipes which they prepared for us. They
appeared more at their ease after this incident, and after
sitting for some time, took leave for the night on the most
friendly terms.
18th of September. — Captain Maxwell sent to me to say
that he meant to land on a point at some distance from the
town, in order to observe the sun's meridian altitude with an
artificial horizon. Just as I was setting out to accompany
him, I was taken by surprise by two well-dressed natives,
who were halfway down the cabin ladder before I knew of
their approach. One came to superintend the measurement
of the Lyra, and the other, who seemed of inferior rank, to
explain why some poultry, only_ then sent, had not come on
the preceding night, along with the other presents. I forgot
to mention, that a bullock, two hogs, two goats, a dozen and
a half of fowls, some candles, wood, and water, were sent to
each of the ships. I asked them to sit down, and they were
so well satisfied with the Constantia which I gave them, that
they remained for some time; owing to which delay, I did
not reach the shore till the time for observing the sun had
gone by. I found Captain Maxwell with Ookooma and se-
veral of the chiefs, and an immense crowd of the natives, all
of whom had left the town on seeing the boat put off, and
had hastened to this spot, either out of curiosity or respect,
1/
Digitized by
Google
74 VOYAGE TO THE
or more probiibly to watch our proceedings. At our re-
quest, Ookooma, who appears to possess considerable au-
thority, made the whole crowd, chiefs and all, sit down on
the grass in a circle round us. Their astonishment at our
operations was strongly expressed in their countenances,
and, indeed, our apparatus and behaviour must have looked^
to perfect strangers, somewhat magical.
In the first place the quicksilver, which to them would
appear like melted metal, was poured into a trough, in a
fine stream from a wooden bottle ; while it was running out
the pfeople repeated in an under tone " yi, yi, yi, yi V but
Were silent \vhen the glass roof was placed over the trough.
The circular instrument and sextant, fixed on stands5 next
attracted tlieir notice, and they looked on in profound
silence while we were taking the sun's altitude. As we
iVere too late for the desired observation, we amused the
natives by letting them look^at the two reflected images of
the sutt through the telescope of the instruments. Ookooma
was the first who looked, and being quite unprepared for
what he saw, started back in astonishment, as if he had un^
consciously beheld something supernatural and forbidden.
The other chiefs, in their turn, placed themselves at the
instrument, as well as several old men who stepped forward
from the crowd. Some testified their surprise by a sudden
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 75
excIftiQOtioa ; others were perfectly calm^ so that we could
not guess what they thought ; and some held up their hands,
and looked as if the whole matter was totally beyond th^
reach of their comprehension. When this was over, and there
was no longer any necessity for the crowd being seated, they
elosed round and watched us while we were putting the iur
gtmments up. Some of the boys held out their hands for
quicksilver^ with which they ran oflf, quite happy.
During this time we were about fifty yards from the foot
of a cliff, on the brow of which was posted a group of womei^
with baskets on their heads ; we were unfortunately not near
enough to discern their features^ nor to make out their dress
distinctly ; it a{)peared, however, to be like that of the men,
though somewhat shorter, and without any girdle round
the waist.
The rock here rises in perpendicular rugged c^ffs of
coral, with a number of rude square e&cavations on its:||iice,
which, at first sight, appear to havQ been worn by the
elements, but on examination shew evident traces of ar^.
Most of these caves are closed up by a wall of loose stpqes^
but in one, of which the mouth was open, several huQis^
.bones wiere found lying amongst the sand. On . romoyutg
a atone from a closed cave, a.vaae was. observed in tine
iaaide, of aa. elegant shape; the people signified to )i9 «th»t
Digitized by
Google
76 VOYAGE TO THE
these were the remains of the dead, but we did not make
out distinctly whether the bones or the ashes only were
thus preserved. They made no objections to our examining
these caves, though they certainly were not pleased with it.
No notice was taken of what Captain Maxwell and I did ;^
but Mr. Clifford, who had remained below collecting words
from some intelligent natives, was strongly recommended
by Ookooma to go back to the boat ; he walked up, how-
ever, without opposition, to the cave which we had been
examining, and they ceased to importune him. A number of
little boys who had observed us occasionally pulling flowers
and plants, ran about collecting for us, and after presenting
what they had gathered, with much politeness, ran away
laughing with an arch expression of ridicule at our cu-
riosity.
On our way back, instead of going directly off to the
ships, we coasted along shore in our boats, which gave us
a new view of a stone bridge, of one arch, connecting two
parts of the town. On the south side of the bridge we
passed a space of considerable extent^ probably set apart as
a burying ground. We saw here a number of large horse-
shoe tombs like those used in China, whitewashed, and
apparently kept in good repair. Most of the tombs,
however, are in the form of small square houses, with low
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
^
^
^
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOaCHOO ISLAND. 77
pyramidal roofe; some of these were tiled, others thatched.
It is evident that, in what relates to the dead, they follow,
in some respects, the Chinese customs.
. The whole coast at this place is of coral cliffs, the base
of which appears to have been scooped out by the action of
the sea. As this excavation is at some places higher than
the waves of the sea can be supposed to have ever reached,
there is difficulty in assigning the sea as the cause; yet
the roof of the excavation is horizontal for a great extent,
and its appearance, in every other respect, suggests that it
has been formed by the dashing of the waves. There is,
moreover, some difficulty in accounting for coral cliffs being
so much above the leveT of the sea, in which, according
to every supposition, they must have been formed.
The scenery here, as in most countries in these climates,
does not admit of a satisfactory description. It may be said,
however, that it is more pleasing to the eye than that of islands
near the equator, where the vegetation is so profusely lux-
uriant, as to overload the picture with foUage to the exclusion
of every thing else. Here there is much variety ; the nu-
merous groves of pine-trees give some parts of it an
English air, but the style of landscape is what is.caUed
tropical. The general character of the scenery at this spot
is faithfully preserved in the drawing of Napakiang.
Digitized by
Google
78 VOYAGE TO THE
19th of.September.-~No answer having yet come fixim
the Great Man, we begin to apprehend that thej are going
to treat us in Chinese style, and exclude us from their country
altogether. We have tried in vain to discover whether the
King is at this place, or a hundred, or as some maintain, a
thousand miles oflF; in the mean time, as we know the
island to be not more them sixty miles long, it is fair to
suppoi^ that they wish to deceive us.
We conjecture that a large building on a rising ground,
three or four miles from us in an eastern direction, with
two flag«staffs near it, is the palace mentioned in the ac-
count quoted by Pere Gaubil, Lettres Edifiantes et Curieuses,
Tom. XXni. The natives always refuse to give any in-
formation when asked about this building.
Whenever the natives come on board, if at all well
dressed, they are asked into the cabin, where we treat
them' with cherry brandy and Constantia. In the course
of conversation they contribute a number of new words,
and, in general, when they see what the object is, are very
willilig to lend their assistance, and take much pains to teach
us the true pronunciation of their words. One man, how-
everj who was not so quick as- they generally are, was in
the cabin to-dayfor some time; Mr. Clifford was getting
from him* the Loo-choo words for sour, sweet, salt» &c. ;
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 79
ami in order to make him comprehend the questiionB, made
him taste different things that were sour, sweety and so on :
the poor fellow stood this very well, till some quaaaia was
given to him to get the word ** bitter ;'' he had not sooner
tasted it, than he ran off quite astonished at the maaiier in
which he had been entertained.
It blew hard this morning, so that there was little in-
tercourse with the shore ; but towards sunset it moderated^
and Ookooma, Jeema, and four other Chiefs^ came on board,
bringing with them a present of a buUock, two hogs, goata^
and vegetables. The Chief whose name is Shayoon is
the most clever of them all ; he is next in rank to Ookooma,
but he generally takes the lead in discussion; he has a
quick intelligent look, with more determination in his
manner than any of the others. They were very par-
ticular on all these irtate occasions to observe the order of
precedence, and no one sat down till his superior was
seated. When any subject was discussed, one at a time
rose to speak, but not in order of rank, and they jiever^at*
tempted to interrupt one another.
The weather at this moment looked so stormy, that I
went on board the Lyra to prepare for. a.gale; by which; I
lost a very interestiog conference with the .cbiofs^i J learnt
Digitized by
Google
80^ VOYAGE TO THE
from Captain Maxwell aflerwards, that he had remonstrated
with them on their inconsistency and the pretended difficulty
of getting answers from court; he gave them to under-
stand, that he did not conceive it was treating the King of
England with due respect to deny his officers permission to
walk on shore. Again, that they had promised to send pilots,
but that none had come ; and that many other promises had
not been performed* He desired the interpreter to say, that
he was not pleased with their telling him so many different
stories, all of which could not be true ; first they said that
the bullocks, hogs, &c, were gifts from themselves; then, that
they were sent by the Grreat Man ; then, that there was no
Great Man here : in fine, he urged them strongly to tell him
the truth on all points. They made the interpreter repeat six
times over what Captain Maxwell had desired him to say ;
they then consulted amongst themselves a long time, and at
last assured Captain Maxwell, that a reply to the com-
munications made by them to government would reach this
place next. day.
As the stock and vegetables received by the ships had,
by this time, amounted to a considerable quantity, a bag
of dollars was offered to them, and they were urged to
take payment for what had been sent on board; this
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO^CHOO ISLAND. 81
offer, which had been made more than once before, was
still declined ; upon which they were informed, that we con-
sidered it improper, as servants of government, to receive
presents to such an extent from individuals. Upon this
they gave their assurance, that the stock had been sent
on board by order of the Loo-chofligovernment, on their
being informed that the King of another country ^s s||ps had
arrived. No payment they said could therefore be, taken.
With this Captain Maxwell was satisfied. Their wish seems
to be, to prevent our opening any communication with
their government, and they appear so decided upon these
matters, that they will probably succeed, notwithstanding
?ill our efforts.
The chiefs have dresses adapted to the state of the
weather; yesterday being cold and threatening, they all
came on board with a sort of cloak or great coat made of a
thick blue stuff like woollen cloth, buttoned in front. It is
tighter than the ordinary dress, and is worn over it. It is
only in fine weather, and on state occasions, that they wear
the band turban, called by them " hatchee matchee;^ at
all other times they go uncovered, having their hair dressed
like the rest of the people.
20th of September. — ^The mercury in the barometer fell
last night from 29- 72, to 29. 61, and the'sky assumed a
M
Digitized by
Google
83 VOYAGE TO THfe
yellow appearance. We expected a heavy gale, mare par^-
ticiilarly as it was so near the equioox, but we were so
sheltered by the land, that though it appeared to blow hard
ajt sea, we felt nothing of it where we lay.
. Three or four canoes came round the south-west point
of land this forenooolPlhe people in them were supposed
to ha^^come from the other side of the island, for they did
Mkt. appear to have se^:i the ships before. One of these
people was much delighted with a looking*glass which was
shewn to him ; he took it in his hands, and caUing his com-
pcuiions about him, shewed them in turn its effect. Having
done 86 several times, he held it opposite to his own face
for four or five minutes without altering his countenance in
the least; at last he smiled, and immediately and involunta-
rily nodded assent to the image in the glass, which had so
exactly expressed what he felt himself; he seemed, how-
ever, aware, that it was a reflecticm of his own countenance,
as he pointed to himself, yet he could not restrain his
curiosity from looking behind, but instantly turned it round
again. While the glass was in his hands, he made us several
l€)ng speeches, in which he frequently repeated the word
" Kagung,'' the Loo-choo name- for mirror; but, from his
behaviour, it is probable he knew it only by name. One of
this party sold his " Jeewa'* or head ornaments for a wine
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 83
glass. Sometime afterwards, the others saw a bottle^ which
, they wished to purchase in the same way ; it wa$^ howevery
given to them as a present, and they went away very wdl
satisfied. These canoes were of pine, from twelve to twenty,
feet long, and from two to four wide ; their anchor is made
of wood loaded with stones.
As no answer came this morning from the Great Man^
Captain Maxwell took the ships into a more secure an^
chorage at the north-^ast corner of the bay; our first an-^
chorage being too close to a reef^ and moreover open to
die south-west winds* The place we had now shifted to^
though apparently exposed, is, in fact^ sheltered by acbaiit
of reefs under water outside of us to the westward. By this
change, we have been brought close to the bridge spoken of
before, and are now abreast the east end of the town : the
Lyra not being more than a quarter of a mile from; the
shore* A strict watch is kept on shore, so that b«
boat leavra the ships without being observed. Ordera
have been given for the whole anchorage to be card^Uy
soimded ; in doing this, the boatsr often approach the shores
and whenever this happens^ a crowd of the natives, headed
by one or other of the chie&, repair to the spot^ and wave
them to keep farther off.
2l8t of September .-^Tfaere appears to be soaie embargo
Digitized by
Google
84 VOYAGE TO THE
upon the canoes, for there has not been one near us this
morning, and only one on board the Alceste. It was found
necessary to-day to move the frigate still farther in, and
four or five hawsers were laid out for the purpose of warping
her arthead. While this was going on, the beach, and all
the heights near us, were crowded with people, wondering,
no doubt, how the ship was made to move without sails, for
the hawsers were low down, and might have escaped their
observation. In the canoe which visited the Alceste, there
came two men, who had not been seen before ; they re-
mained but a short time, which was spent in examining the
hawsers and the mode of warping the ship. As soon as
they had made themselves master of this subject, they went
on shore, as if to make a report. During their visit they
said little, being intent upon what was going on ; but the
interpreter learnt from one of them, that a Great Man had
actually come, or was expected in the town to-day. A
report prevails, that the King of the island has lately been
on board in disguise. We cannot trace the report to any
good foundation, and it is probably false. At the same
time, if his Majesty has any curiosity, it is not unlikely
that he may have come near enough to see such a strange
sight as we must be.
It is possible that our moving up so close to the town
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 85;
' has alarmed the people, and may have prevented their'
visiting us as heretofore; at all events, it is very unfair in
our friends, the Chiefs, neither to let the people come on'
board, nor to allow us to go on shore to look at them.
Our occupation in the mean time is to observe the
natives through the telescope placed on a table on the
Lyra's poop. The stone bridge appears to be a great
thoroughfare, several roads from the country leading to it ;
it seems also to be the only entrance to the town on this
side. Nobody crosses it without stopping to look at us,
and a crowd of idle people have taken post on and about
it. We see a number of women coming from the country
with baskets on their heads. Their outer dress differs from
that of the men, it is open in front, and they have no
girdle; they have an under ^dress^ or sack, which is also
loose, but not open ; in some we can see that this comes
nearly to the feet, in others just to the knee, and we ima^
gine that those who work in the fields have the short dress :
most of them allow their upper garment to flow out with
I
the wind behind them. We observe a woman carrying a
child across the hip as^ in India, with its hands on its
mother's shoulder, while her arm is round the child's wai&l^
One young lady has been seen for some time amusing her- f
self by making a dog bark at the ships. We see women
Digitized by
Google
86 VOYAGE TO THE
beating rice in wooden mortars. On the banks of the;
stream which the bridge crosses, there are a number of
people washing clothes, which they perform in the Indian,
way, by dipping the clothes in water and beating them on
stones. From one end of the beach to the other there is a
range of people watching us, they are formed here and there
into groups ; one of which, on a craggy knoll abreast of
the ships, has struck us as being particularly interesting. A
fine majestic looking man, whose full beard and flowing gar-»
ments remind us of a figure in the Cartoons of Raphael, ia
standing in the middle of a circle of old men, who are lying
on the grass, and appear to be listening to him.
22nd of September. — ^This morning brings us no news,
no permission to land ! A number of flags and streamers are
displayed on the masts of the vessels in the inner harbour,
and there seems to be something going on on shore ; no boats
have come to us, and we have no occupation but looking
through the glass, which, however, affords a good deal of en-
tertainnoent, particularly as the people whom we see with it
act in the usual way, being unconscious of our scrutiny.
In the afternoon a number of boats left the shore and
proceeded to the Alceste in procession. In the foremost
boat there seemed to be a person of consequence^ whom
we immediately conjectured to be the Great Man alluded
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 87
to by the people yesterday. He got on board the Alceste
before us, and the natives also had left their canoes, so
that we found the ship's decks crowded with people. The
Chief, whom we found seated in the cabin, was clothed
in purple silk, with a hght purple hatchee matchee. An
official communication of our history was now repeated at
the old man's request* He listened with great attention
till Captain Maxwell concluded his statement, by informing
bim that the ship was leaky and required frequenf pump-
ing. He then begged permission to see this operation, if
it would not give too much trouble. As this was exactly
what we wished, the chain pumps were ordered to be got
ready, and the conference went on, consisting principally
of compliments. Observing that we took notice of his
being a little deaf, he seemed anxious to explain that this
was the effect of age. He made us fee) his pulse, and look
at the withered state of his hand, then taking ours and
feeling the pulse, held them up along with his own, and
laughed with great good humour at the contrast which age
had produced. He was about sixty years old, and his
beard of thin hair was as white as snow : he had a cheer^
fulness of expression, and a liveliness of manner^ which are
ranarkable for a man of his years. His manners were
graceful and elegant, and from the first nM>ment he seemed
Digitized by
Google
88 VOYAGE TO THE
quite at his ease- Every thing about him, in short, in*
dicated good-breeding, and a familiarity with good society;
and we could not help remarking his decided superiority ia
appearance over the other chiefs.
When the pumps were ready, he was escorted to the maiu
deck, where he sat for some time in great admiration of the
machinery ; and seeing the labour required to work it, he
seemed really affected at our situation, which he naturally
thought must be very bad, from the immense quantity of
water thrown out by the pumps. The ship being upright, the.
water did not run off freely from the deck, and in a short time
it flowed rouiid the chair in which the old man was seated «
Three or four of the sailors seeing him somewhat uneasy at
- this inundation, took him up chair and all, and placed him
on a dry spot. The old gentleman was surprised, not dis-*
pleased, and very graciously replied to the low bows which
the sailors made him. On returning to the cabin, they were
all entertained as. usual with sweet wine, cherry brandy,
and pipes. The old man filled pipes for us, and as soon as
this part of the ceremonial had been gone through, a formal
request was made for permission to land the Alceste's casks
and stbres, in order to stop the leak and make other repairs.
This produced a long discussion amongst the chiefs, in
which the old man joined but little ; he spoke, however, now.
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 89
and thep, and whatever he said, appeared to be to the
purpose. Whenever the chiefs spoke, they rose and ad*
dressed themselves to him in a most respectful manner. At
length, having agreed about an answer, they conmiunicated
to Captain Maxwell that there was no good place here for
the purposes he wanted, and that as our present anchorage
was unsafe, they recommended our going round to the
harbour alluded to on a former occasion. At this place,
which they call Winching or Oonching, he said we might
put cm shore whatever we chose. On our asking if in Winch-
ing the water was deep enough to admit a large ship, a
long discussion arose, during which they appeared to be
considering the merits of the harbour. They seemed appre^
hensive of giving it too high a character, and that on oitr
reaching it we should be disappointed. The old man at
length suggested sending the ^^ little ship'^ to see whether it
would answer. To this Captain Maxwell agreed, only
rsequesting that a person might accocapany us, in .order to
save time in the search. Simple as this appears, they took a
long time to consider it, and ended by saying that no reply
could be given till the next day.
While the subject of this harbour was under discussion,
the old man drew on a sheet of paper, a chart of the island,
and pointed out the place where the harbour lay. It proved
N
Digitized by
Google
90 VOYAGE TO THE
afterwards, when we had surveyed the island, that this
sketch possessed considerable accuracy, as the situation of
the harbour of which they spoke corresponds exactly with
that of Port Melville, discovered in the Lyra. It is much
to be regretted that this curious sketch is lost.
The Chief now walked about the cabin, exan^ined the
globes^ books, and pictures, with great attention. The
wainscot struck him particularly, as well as the machinery
and finish of the windows and sliding shutters.. Captain
Maxwell tried to make him comprehend our track on th^
globe.' He had felt it becoming to preserve some state
while business wqs going on, but he now became quite
chatty and familiar. He went all over the ship, accom**
I
panied by the other chiefs and his own personal suite,
consisting of a pipe bearer^ a man who carried his large
camp climr, another with a cover of red cloth for the chair,
and a man who carried a round Japan box for the hatchee-
matchee. Two others took it in turn to fan him, and to
hold his. arm by the elbow and wrist whenever he walked
about J probably as a piece of state, for the ship had very
little motion: these fanners were very expert at their
business, for not content with cooling his face and neck,
they lifted up his large sleeves and fanned his arms. On
returning to the cabin, he saw Mr. Clifford using gloves.
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 91
and begged leave to try them on; with the right one he
succeeded very wdl, but the nails of his left hand being
about an inch long, he found it not so easy a matter':
he seemed to think them the oddest things he had met with^
and laughing much, hdd them up repeatedly to the other
chiefs.
The old man brought a present for Captain Maxwell,
and sent another to the Lyra, consisting of a hog, a kid, two
bags of potatoes, a basket of charcoal^ thirty bundles of
eggs (five in each), a bundle of vermicelli, and a jar of an
ardent spirit called samchew. All the chiefs, who were in
their best attire, were severally accompanied by a man
carrying a box for the hatchee-matchee ; their dresses were
of various colours, and their sandals and stockings all
alike. On rising to go away, the old man bowed to me, and
said that he meant to visit my ship ; but this being evidendj
complimentary, I begged him not tp take so much trouble:
he, in return, expressed himself obliged to me for bdng
satisfied with the politeness intended. The Embassador's
barge was manned to take him on shore, but as soon^ as he
saw what Was intended, he drew back, and declared that he
could not land in any boat but his own. As it was supposed
that his modesty prevented his accepting this offer, he was
urged to overcome his scruples, and land in the manner
Digitized by
Google
92 VOYAGE TO THE
proposed; he still, however, declined the honour, but at
last went down the ladder, and having stepped into the.
barge, made a bow to Captain Maxwell, as if in acknow-i
ledgment of the attention, but immediately afterwards went
into his own boat and pushed off, under a salute of three
guns from each ship.
Our intention of returning this visit the next day was
not mentioned during the discussions in the cabin, from the
certainty of its being combated, and perhaps overruled :
but when the last of the chiefs was getting into the boat,
the interpreter was desired to tell him, in a careless way, as
a matter of course, that next morning this visit would be
returned on shore. As had been foreseen, this did not
receive their approbation; the interpreter went into the
boat, where every persuasion was used to convince him of
the impropriety of our intention : they could not succeed,
however, in making him yield this point, and at length went
away. This interpreter is called " John'' by all parties, and
though merely an under servant of the factory at Canton,
he is a very shrewd fellow. His English is oertainly not the
best, and probably the Chinese he speaks is the base pro-
vincial language of Canton ; so that misunderstandings
are- no dpubt often caused by his erroneous interpretation.
John's report after the boat had put off, and from which
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 93
we gather that we shall be expected, was as follows : " They
ax me, * what for my Ta-yin come sho?' I say, Vto make
chin-chin* they Ta-yin/ they tell me, * You Ta-yin too
much great mandarine, no can come sho ;' I say, ' What
for my Ta-yin no come sho ? He great man ; he -f* Ta-wang-
tee too much great man ; he let you Ta-yin come board
ship, and you no let him come sho, chin-chin you Ta-yin ;
what for this V Then they speak long time together ; by and
by ax me, * how many people bring sho you Ta-yin ?* So I
shake my head, I no like give answer long time, (they
always take long time answer me). When they ax me again,
I say, * Ta-yin bring five people mo besides me/ They say,
* too much men come / I say, * No, no too much/ Thej
ax, * What time come?* I give no answer/'
2Sd September. — As we had not contemplated such
adventures as these, we had made no preparations for
them; and now that it was necessary to make some
return to the chief whom we were going to visit, we found
great difficulty in preparing a suitable present. Captain
Maxwell took with him several dozens of wine, some books,
glasses, various trinkets, and a large piece of blue broad
♦ Chin-chin in the corrupt dialect of Canton, means the ceremony of sa-
lutation, which consists in the action of holding up the dosed hands^ pressed
together before the face, and bowing at the same time.
f Ta-whang-tee is Chinese for Emperor, King.
Digitized by
Google
94 VOYAGE TO THE
eloth. I took half the quantity of Captain Maxwell's other
presents, and a table cloth in place of the broad clothi
Smaller presents were also made up for each of the chiefs.
At one o'clock we set out in the barge, with a large union
jack flying, and as it blew ftesh, we soon reached the
harbour. As we rowed past the shore, the people were
seen running along all the roads leading to the town, so
that by the time we reached the harbour, the crowd on both
^ides was immense : the trees, walls, and house tops, and
in short every spot from which we could be seen, was
hteraUy covered with people, forming a sight as striking
and animated as can well be conceived. As we entered the
harbour several of the chiefs were observed to come down
to a point, and wave for us to go round the end of a pier or
inole, farming die inner harbour, ^ where there was a good
landing-place.
The chiefs helped us out, and then led usalong, Ookooma
taking Captain Maxwell's hand, Shayoon mine, and Jeelna
Mr. Chfibrd's ; the others, according to their rank, conducted
Mr. M^Leod of the Alceste, Mr; Maxwell, and another
midshipman, Mr. Browne. They held our hands nearly as
high as the shoulder, while a lane was formed for us through
the crowd of people, who were perfectly silent. Tht
children were placed in front, and the next rank sat down,
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 95
so that those behind could see us in passing. At about a
hundred and fifty yards from the landing-place, we came
to the gate of a temple, where we were met by the Chief;
who stood just on the outside of the^^eshold, on a small
raiiSed pavement : he took Ookooma's place, and conducted
Captain Maxwell up a few steps into the temple, which was
partly open on two sides, with deep verandahs, which made
the interior shady and cool. A large table, finely japanned,
was spread, and two ornamented chairs were placed
for us. The Chief seated himself at one end of the tablci
and placed Captain Maxwell on his left.
He expressed himself much gratified and honoured by the
visit, asked our ages, and if we were married . He was greatly
pleased with Captain Maxwell's account of his family, which
nearly corresponded with his own. He guessed Mr. Maxwell's
age to be twenty-seven, and was with difficulty persuaded
*
to beheve that a person six feet high could be only sixteen.
The same mistake was made by all the natives, who invariably
judged of the age of our young men by their height alone.
An entertainment was now served, beginning with a light kind
of wine, called sackee, which was handed round in very dimi-
nutive cups, filled by Issacha, from a small high pot in which
the sackee was kept hot. They insisted on our emptying
the cup every time, shewing us a fair example themselves.
Digitized by
Google
96 VOYAGE TO THE
During the whole feast the sackee never left the table, being
considered apropos to all the strangedishes which we partook
of. The first of these consisted of hard boiled eggs, cut into
slices, the outside of the white being coloured red. A pair
of chopsticks* was now given to each person, and these were
not changed during the feast. Next came fish fried in
batter, which we found an excellent dish ; then sliced smoked
pork, next pig's liver sliced. After this, tea was handed
round in cups of a moderate si^e; the tea was quite
new, resembling, as was observed, an infusion of hay.
Pipes and tobacco served to fill up the short intervals
between the courses. A man attended behind each of our
chairs, whose sole business it was to fill and light the pip«s.
The next dish was the strangest of any, and disgusted mo9t
of the party ; it consisted of a mass of coarse, soft, black
sugar, wrapped up in unbaked dough, powdered over with
rice flour, dyed yellow. After this we had dishes of round
cakes, like gingerbread nuts,; then cakes made in the form of
wreaths, and in a variety of other shapes. There was some-
* Chopsticks are two pieces of ivory or wood, about a foot in length, of the
thickness of a quill ; they serve in China instead of a knife and fork, and are
hdd in the right hand. Until the diflknilt art of holding them is attained, they
are perfectly useless. The Chief at this feast, seeing that we made little progress,
urdered sharp pointed sticks to be brought, which he good humouredly recom-
mended our uang instead of the chopsticks.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
I>nmrm ^ WTlft^Ui. t»JU,,tMit
yfj^^.W fyJici*Ka*.-: iSn
JL^'dl- (Cm-a' rJUHEF aikd Ms TWQi SONS.
J't^IL^hsui Jar-^LUh^, fy John Mwn^y. AlltimarU S!>r4Z. L('^uit^n
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 97
I
tiling like cheese given us after the cakes, but we cannot
form a probable conjecture of what it was made. Most of
the dishes were so good that we soon made a hearty dinner,
but the attendants still brought in more, till the Chief
seeing that we did not eat, recommended the sackee to us*
The old gentleman^s eyes at length began to glisten, and
observing that we felt it hot, he requested us to uncover,
shewing the example himself. He seized the doctor^s
cocked hat and put it on, while the doctor did the same
with his hatchee-matchee. The oddity of the Chiefs ap«»
pearance produced by this change overcame the gravity of
the attendants, and the mirth became general ; nor was the
joke relished by any body more than the Chiefs two sons,
who stood by his chair during all the entertainment : they
were pretty little boys, with gaudy dresses, and their hair
dressed in high shewy top-knots.
During the early part of the feast, our presents were
brought in on trays, and laid at the feet of the Chief: the old
man rose and saw them arranged, he then madea graceful bow,
and acknowledged his satisfaction, observing that we had sent
him too much, and had done him more honour than he was
entitled to, and that he could not think of acceptingthe whole.
This we considered matter of form, and in rejrfy lamented
our inability to make suitable presents ; upon which he sat
Digitized by
Google
98 VOYAGE TO THE
down and said no more. The other chiefs ran about shewing
the list of their presents to their Mends among the crowd.
The room in which this entertainment was given was
open at first on two sides only, but afterwards the partitions
on the other two sides were taken down, being contrived to
slide in grooves ; thus the rooms are enlarged or diminished
^t pleasure. When the partition behind us was removed,
several strange looking figures made their appearance, who
we found were Bodezes or priests. Their heads and faces
wae shaved, their feet bare, and their dress different from
that worn by the rest of the people, being somewhat
shorter, and much less free and flowing, without any belt
round the waist, the robe being merely tightened a little by
a drawing string tied at the side ; over the shoulders hangs
an embroidered band or belt, hke that used by drummers:
the colour of their dress is not uniform, some wearing black,
others.y.Qllow, and some deep purple. They have a timorous,
patient, subdued sort of look, with a languid smile, and
ghastly expression of countenance. They are low in stature,
and. generally look unhealthy ; they all stoop more or less,
and their manners are without grace, so that a more con-*
toQpiptible class of people carniot easily be imagined. Along
with the Bodeges were several boys, whom we took to b*
their children from the resemblance they bore to them ; but
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 99
this mistake mus>thave arisen from these boys being dressed
Hke the priests^ for the Bodezes are strictly coniined to a life
of celibacy. From the circumstance of our being in a
temple, as well as frotn our general habits of respect to
persons filling sacred stations, we felt at first disposed to
treat these Bodezes with attention, but this was looked upon*
as ridiculous by the chiefs, who seeing us bowing to them^
begged we would ts^e no further notice of them* Infitead
of being the class most respected, they are considered thtt
lowest, and if not held in contempt, are at least neglected
by all other ranks.
During all the time we were at table, the crowd pressed
round the verandahs, and perched themselves upon the
walls and house-tops in the vicinity, or wherever they
could get a peep at us. The satisfaction here was mu^
tuaJ, as we were anxious to make the most of the oppor-
tunity,'not knowing if we should ever be allowed to land
again. After sitting two homrs we rose, and were escorted
to the boats in the same order as when we landed. An
attempt had been made during the feast, when the whole
party were in good humour, to prevail upon the old gentle*
man to sanction our taking a w^k into the towii ; but the
bare mention of such a thing sobered the whole partjr in an
instant, and the subject was accordingly dropped. The
Digitized by VnOOQlC
507332A
100 VOYAGE TO THE
sailors, who had been kept in the boats for fear of their
doing mischief, had not been neglected by the Chief, who
had sent them part of the feast, nor did it seem that they
had any objection to the sackee. We looked anxiously on
the right and left as we passed through the crowd, in hopes
of seeing some of the women, but in this expectation we
were disappointed. At a considerable distance indeed, on
the opposite side of the harbour, we saw a group of women,
several of whom came down to the causeway to obtain a
better view of the boats as they passed. Six or eight young
girls ran to the pier head, round some rocks near the end ;
they reached this spot just as we rowed past, but looked
quite frightened at finding themselves so near us, and
immediately drew back out of our sight. We fancied that
we could discover a good deal of beauty in some of their
faces, and that their figures were handsome ; but as we had
not seen a fair lady's face for nearly half a year before, our
judgment in this case is not perhaps to be depended on.
Ookooma and his associates put off to accompany us in one
of their own boats, but as it blew 'hard, they came no farther
than the pier head : Jeeroo, however, was sent along with
us, to see that there were no stray sheep.
What is to follow is uncertain, but it is clear that we have
made little progress of late, while fresh obstacles have been
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. ]01
hourly rising against our landing ; in the meantime, the Loo-
chooans shew no little sagacity and kindness of disposition
in supplying us liberally with all kinds of stock.
24th of September. — Last night and to-day it has blown
a hard gale of wind, beginning at north north-east, and
shifting to north-west, but the reefs and the land break its
force, and enable us to ride in perfect security : in all pro-
babiUty it blew severely in the open sea. The barometer
fell from 29. 62, to 29. 50, yesterday ; in the evening it had
reached 29- 48, and this morning stood at 29. 40. About
four in the morning it began to rise rapidly, and the severity
of the gale did not come on till it had risen a good' deal.
The thermometer both in the day and night stands at 82%
with very Uttle variation, but the sky being constantly
clouded, no obser\^ations could be made.
25th of September. — ^Jeeroo came on board this morning
with a present of vegetables and fruit, and afterwards went
on board the Alceste to join Ookooma and Jeema. They
had preceded him with a present from the Chief, by whose
desire they made a number of kind inquiries, and repeatedly
expressed, in his name, surprise and satisfaction at our
having been able to ride out the gale. They also apologized
for not visiting us yesterday, which the gale had rendered
impossible. It was represented in the conference* to-day,
that our limbs were getting quite stiff for want of exercise,
Digitized by
Google
102 VOYAGE TO THE
and that it became absolutely necessary for us to land, oii
account of our health : they debated amongst themselves
for some time, and then said that a final answer would be
given to-morrow. They have quite forgotten their promise
to send a pilot for the harbour to the northward : they wish
also that we should forget it, since they change the subject
whenever it is spoken of, and affect total ignorance of our
meaning. The government probably think it best to keep
us where we are, and therefore discourage our investigating
the island any further.
JeeroOy who begins to get quite familiar with us all, is a
laughing good-humoured man, about thirty : he shakes every
one cordially by the hand when he comes on board, and en*
gages in all our amusements with great cheerfulness. He is
very useful to us, because the anxiety he has to learn Enghi^
makes him communicate freely the knowledge of his own
language : thus there is little difficulty in fixing him over a
glass of Constantia, upon which occasions he contributes
largely to Mr. Clifford's vocabulary. Some of our words the
Loo*chooans cannot pronounce; the letter / preceded by c
appears the most difficult ; they call Chfford " Criffar,'' and
even this requires many efforts : not one of the natives has
yet been able to make any thing of child ; they call it shoidah,
choiah, and chyad.
26th of September. — No boats have been near us to-day.
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND, 103
and we might readily land if we chose it ; but Captain MaX"
well is resolved not to do so till he gets the consent of the
natives.
27th of September. — As we were still prevented froni
going on shore, we amused ourselves by examining a reef
which forms the north side of the anchorage. We foiind a
field of coral about half a mile square, dry at low wateti
with the surf breaking very high on the outer edge, whicb
lies exposed to the waves from the north. The surface of
the rock is every where worn into small holes, which being
left full of water as the tide goes out, are occupied by a
number of beautiful blue fish. The coral, is exceedingly
hard, and though at many places it sticks up in sharp
points, it requires a hammer of considerable weight to
break it, and emits sparks like flint when struck; in a
short time it entirely defaces the hammer. This extent
of level space has suggested the idea of measuring a base
on it in order to survey the anchorage, since there appears
so little chance of our being allowed to land for this purpose
on the beach.
While we were deliberating on this matter, we had a
striking proof of the inconvenience to whicji we were likely
to be exposed during this survey, by the tj^de rising and
Digitized by
Google
104 VOYAGE TO THE
fairly washing us off. Notwithstanding this, We determined
to commence next morning, and returned to make pre^
parations, in high spirits at the prospect of an occupation,
if not on terra firma, at least out of the ship, within whose
sides we had been confined so long. On returning, we
found that Captain Maxwell had arranged a party to visit
the small island and reef which we were so close to on the
14th instant; the survey was therefore postponed.
Jeeroo sent us off some fresh fish to-day ; some were red,
and one or two blue : he came himself afterwards, and was
happy to find us much gratified by his present. A formal
message was sent to-day to the chiefs in attendance,
stating that both ships were in want of fresh water, and that
the boats must go on shore with casks to bring some off.
In a short time after this message had been delivered, a
number of canoes came alongside with large tubs of water ; a
strong proof of their alertness in getting rid of all our excuses
for landing, and at the same time, it must be owned, of their
readiness to supply our wants. An elderly gentleman, not a
chief, visited us to-day, accompanied by his secretary. His
appearance and manners being greatly in his favour, we paid
him all the attention in our power. His wish was to be
permitted to go all over the ship at his leisure ; and in this
Digitized by
Google
GREAT i:00-CHOO ISLAND- 105
way he examined every thing on board with far more at-
tention than any body had done before him.- His secretary,
who was equally inquisitive, accompanied him in order fo
take notes. He employed himself for about six hours in
examining the upper deck, and never quitted any thing till
he understood its use. While he was thus occupied ^ he was
attended by the sailors, who were pleased with his reverend
appearance, and very readily assisted the old man in his
enquiries.
It was interesting to observe, indeed, how early the
gentle and engaging manners of all classes here won upon
the sailors, no less than upon the officers. The natives from
the first were treated with entire confidence; no watch was
ever kept over them, nor were they excluded from any part
oF the ships; and not only was nothing stolen, but when
any thing was lost, nobody eveiQ suspected for an instant,
that it had been taken by them.
The old man next came down to the cabin, where he
remained a long time examining the books and furniture,
and occasionally engaging in conversation with Mr. Clif-
ford, for whose Vocabulary he supplied many new words,
and corrected others which -had been written down er-
roneously. He would not accept any thing valuable, but
was grateful for samples of rope, canvas, and cloth. This
p
Digitized by
Google
106 VOYAGE TO THE
old gentleman renewed his examination of the brig next
day ; nor was it till the third da^r that he completed his
survey*
28th of September. — At sunrise we set out for Reef
Island, which lies about six miles from the anchorage : we
reached it in about an hour, but as it was low water, the
coral was left almost bare for a considerable way out, and
our large boat could not get near the beach. In this di*
lemma we took possession of a canoe which was at anchor^
and in several trips all the party landed. Near a hut we
saw about a dozen people who stood looking at us till we
landed, and then ran away, leaving their tobacco-pipes^
pouches, and various other things on the ground about the
hut) in which we found a pot of boiled sweet potatoes and
several jars of water. Having, in vain, tried to allay the
apprehensions of the natives by waving to them, to induce
them to approach us, we sat down to breakfast; which we
had hardly done, when two of them, an old man and a boy,
came to the door of our tent and prostrated themselves
beffQre us, apparently in great alarm, for they answered in*
coherently, " ooa" (yes) to every question we asked them.
At last we raised the old man on his knees, but he would
not quit this posture till we gave him a glass of rum, which
rerassured him a little, and shortly afterwards he consented
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. lOT
to stand on his legs. Having thus gradually gained con-
fidence, he made signs that we had taken his canoe : upon
which an order was given to the coxswain to restore it. He
guessed immediately what was said, and in the joy of his
heart was proceeding to prostrate himself again, but was
stopped ]by our holding out buttons and some pieces of
meat and bread to him, which he received in both hands^
and touching his head each time with the presents, made
three low obeisances and retired.
On rising from breakfast we found, near the tent, about
a dozen natives, who, in most respects, resembled our
iriends at Napakiang, but were not so neatly dressed ; and
their hair, instead of being formed into a knot, was' allowed
^o fly loose. During the morning the party amused them-
^selves in various ways.- Some took their guns and went in
search of curlews and sea^snipes : others set out to explore
the reefs ; and two or three remained near the teat| for the
purpose of making observations on the sun at nooo ; but as
it became cloudy about this time, the latter party failed
in their object. The rest were more successful ; the sports-
men having shot some game for dinner ; and the other
party having found all things favourable for inspecting
the reef.
The examination of a coral reef during the different
Digitized by
Google
108 VOYAGE TO THE
stages of. one tide, is particularly interesting. When the
tide has left it for some time it becomes dry, and appears
to be a compact rock, exceedingly hard and ragged ; but as
the tide rises, and the waves begin to wash over it, the
coral worms protrude themselves from holes which were
before invisible. These animals are of a great variety of
shapes and sizes, and in such prodigious numbers, that, in
a short time, the whole surface of the rock appears to be
alive and in motion. The most common worm is in the
form of a star, with arms from four to six inches long,
which are moved about with a rapid motion in all di-
rections, probably to catch food. Others are so slug-
gish, that they may be mistaken for pieces of the rock,
and are generally of a dark colour, and from four to five
inches long, and two or three round. When the coral is
broken, about high water mark, it is a solid hard stone, but
if any part of it be detached at a spot which the tide reaches
levery day, it is found to be full of worms of different lengths
and colours, some being as fine as a thread and several
' feet long, of a bright yellow, and sometimes of a blue colour :
others resemble snails, and some are not unlike lobsters in
shape, but soft, and not above two inches long^.
* A large oollectioii, which was at this time made of these Zoophites, was
unfortunately lost in the Alceste.
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 109
The growth of coral appears to cease when theVorm is na
longer exposed to the washing of the sea. Thus, a reef
rises in the form of a cauliflower, till its top has gained the
level of the highest tides, above which the worm has no
power to advance^ and the reef of course no longer extends
itself upwards. The othet parts, in succession, reach the sur-»
face, and there stop, forming in time a level field with steep
sides all round. The reef, however, continually increasesi
and being prevented from going higher, extends itself
Isiterally in all directions. But this growth being as rapid
fit the upper edge as it is lower down, the steepness of the
face of the reef is still preserved. These are the circum*
stances which render coral reefs to dangerous in naviga«*
tion ; for, in the first place, they are seldom seen above
the water; and, in the next, their sides are so steep^ that a
ship's bows may strike against the rock before any change
of soundings has given warning of the danger.
The island at high water is formed into: three parts,
which at low water are joined by reefs ; the whole being
about two and a half or three miles from eaist to west, and
tolerably clear of rocks on the south side ; but on the north
it is guarded by a semicircle of coral extending upwards of
a n)ile from the shore. On the centre island is only one
but, which, as there was reason to believe it to be the actual
Digitized by
Google
110 VOYAGE TO THE
abcxie of the inhabitants, it may be allowable to describe.
The walk were sunk under ground, so that only the roof
nppeared from without, the inside was fifteen feet by six J
the walls of neatly squared stones, being two feet high, and
tihte rbdf in the middle about six or seven high, formed of a
ridge pole supported in the centre by a forked stick ; the
rafters of rough branches were covered with reeds, and
thatched over with the leaf of the wild pine, which grows
on all the coral islands. The fire-place was at one end
6n a raised part of the floor, and the other end appeared
to be the sleeping place. It was conjectured, that this
wretched place could only be meant as a temporary re-
sidence of fishermen, whose nets we saw lying about ; but
the number of water jars and cooking utensils which w^
found in and about it^ gave it the appearance of a fixed
habitation.
It was almost dark when we quitted the island, and the
tide carrying us out of our proper course, we missed the
ships and grounded on the reefs near the town ; but as
the tide was flowing, we easily got off, and by coasting
fdong, soon gained the anchorage.
Sunday, 29th of September, — ^This day is memorable,
on account of its being the first on which we were per-
mitted to land, i
Digitizec^ by
Google
GREAT LQO.CBOO ISLAND, 111
^ Yesterday, when we were absent at Reef Island, th^
chiefs had come on board to say that we might land^ but
that our walk mus( be confined to the beach, and that
we were neither to . enter the town, nor to go into the
country. At one o'clock several of the chiefs came on
board and accompanied w to the beach, where we landed
amidst an immense crowd, and were handed along by
pokooma and the rest, who, in their desire to be civil, held
US by the arms. The day, however, being excessively hot,
and the sand deep^ wfe found this troublesome, and b^^d
leave to walk alone, to which they reluctantly consented^
and we proceeded along the b^ch for a quarter of a mile.
Beginning to get tired of our walk, we stopped apd ex*
pressed some surprise at such a reception, and told them
how disagreeable it was to us to be in the sun at such an
hour. But our remonstrances did not produce much effect^
for, on our objecting particularly to the heat, they shewed
us to a sort of cave in a rock on the beach, where they put
down a mat and wished us to drink tea in the shade, since
we disliked the sun. This could not be submitted to, hovt^
ever, and we told them that our object in landing was not
to sit down on the beach to drink tea, but to walk about
under the trees in order to recover our health, impaired by
a long stay on board ship. They tried all their eloquence
to persuade us that our walk, thus limited, was perfectly
Digitized by
Google
112 VOYAGE TO THE
{pleasant; till at length Captain Maxwell gave tKem to un-
derstand, that he wished to go to the top of the hills under '
the trees ; but that> as he did not mean to advance a single
step beyond what was approved of, he would return instantly
tp the ship if they persisted in confining him to the beach*
A consultation was held upon this, during which, frequent
reference was made to several elderly men, whose opinions
appeared to have great weight. They did not wear the
dress of chiefs^ but, from all that passed, we suspected
them to be persons about court, who had been sent to
assist the councils of the local commission, without super*
seding its authority* They at last agreed to our going to
the top of the hill, taking the precaution before we set out,
of sending on a couple of runners, probably to give warning
to the women who might be in that direction. About half
^iray up the road, which winds along a steep face, there is a
neatly-built well, supplied by a stream which runs along a
carved water-rcourse, and near it were three or four rudely
carved stones about a foot long and four inches across, with
slow matches and a small quantity of rice laid upon each.
Mr. CUfford distinctly n<ade out that this was meant as a
religious offering, but its precise object could not be dis-
covered, though it was conjectured that the guardian deity
of the, well might have some title to the honour. The side
of the hill is cut into horizontal irregular terraces, which
Digitized by
Google
OREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 113
are cultivated with apparent care, and irrigated by means
of ditches leading from the well. On gaining the brow
of the hill which overiooks the anchorage, the chie&
stopped, but as we were within a few yards of the sum-
mit, where we saw a shady grove, we begged them to
proceed, to which, after a short deliberation, they con-
sented. By gaining this eminence, we commanded a view
of an extensive valley more beautiful than any thing We had
ever seen ; and on the side opposite to us we saw the large
building spoken of before, generally suspected to be the
King's palace : our questions, however, on this subject were
always answered in so evasive a manner, and with such ap*
parent distress, that we seldom made any allusion either to
it or to the King.
Here we remained under the trees for an hour, drink-
' ing tea and smoking pipes in company with all the chiefs,
besides four or five of the old men mentioned before. We
amused them by lighting their pipes with a burning glass ;
but one old gentleman, who suspected some trick, and
did not join in the surprise shewn by the rest, held out
his hand that it might be exposed to the focus; and he
was soon undeceived, to the great amusement of the circle.
The magnifying power of the glass engaged the atten-
tion of them all, but they were differently affected by it :
Q
Digitized by
Google
114 VOYAGE TO THE
a stait and an exclamation of pleased surprise was the
tnost usual effect ; some laughed immoderately at every
experiment, while others were made very grave by it, who
had not been particularly serious before. Advantage was
taken of the moment when their admiration of the glass was
at the highest, to present it to Jeeroo, whose good-will it was
thought expedient to conciliate : he had not expected this,
and felt obliged to us for so public a mark of our esteem.
A man on horseback happening to ride by, it was
gravely suggested to the chiefs that nothing would so ma^
terially contribute to the establishment of our health as this
species of exercise ; but they insisted upon treating our
request as a mere joke. On the way back an attempt was
made to vary the walk by turning to the left on reaching
the brow of the hill, and so walking along the edge of the
cliff to another road ; the chiefs observed upon this that we
should infallibly tumble down and kill ourselves ; affecting,
notwithstanding the absurdity of any such apprehensions,
to be greatly distressed at our danger : so we turned back,
after having had a short interview with an old man seated
in a shed on the edge of the precipice. His white beard,
which covered his breast, suited well with his sedate and
contemplative air, and gave him much the aspect of a hermit.
Our appearance did not in the least discompose him, nor
Digitized by
Google
GR£AT LOO-CHOO ISl^AND, H5
did he take any notice of us till desired to do so by Ookooma ;
ke.tben bowed slightly » but immediately resumed his fixed
lookf as if he had been quite alone.
As. we drew near to the place where we had landed, our
companions surprised us by an invitation to a feast, pre-
pared, they said, on our account in a temple close to the
fhore. Here they gave us painted eggs, smoked salt pork,
and various preparations of eggs and fish, with sweet cakes
hi numberless forms, besides tea, pipes, and sackee, a light
kind of wine made hot Nothing could be more cheerful
than they all were to-day : they placed us on the floor at
the upper end of the room, and, for some time, they would
not allow us to move ; but Mr. Clifibrd, who, from the pro-
gress he has made in their language, has become a great
favourite, was invited to join a mqrry party in the verandah,,
to which they brought flowers, fruits, and every thing they
could think of^ in ord^r to learn their English names, and
^ve in return those of Loo-choo.
On reaching the boats, Jeeroo and two of his friends
secerned disposed to go on board; they were accordingly
invited to do so, which made him so happy, that he took
a rudely-carved ivory ornament, in the shape of a monkey,
from his tobacco-pouch, and gave it to me. Dinner was on
table when they came on board, but there was time before
Digitized by
Google
116 VOYAGE TO THE
taking my friends below^ to intimate to the servants, that
these gentlemen were going to dine with me, so that when
we reached the cabin, three plates were laid iu addition. They
had probably not expected to find dinner ready for them on
board, for they expressed surprise at these preparations
having been made, and would not sit down for some time.
When the covers were removed, they became silent, and
looked on either hand for directions how to proceed. On
being helped to soup, they did not stir till they saw us take
spoons, in the management of which they shewed but Uttle
awkwardness. The knife and fork gave them more trouble,
but they set seriously about acquiring a knowledge of their
use, and, in a short time, found no difficulty.
Their grave propriety on this occasion is the more
worthy of remark, from its standing in some measure
opposed to our own behaviour under similar circumstances :
for instance, when we first tried to eat with their chop-
sticks : on that occasion there was a sort of giggUng em*
barrassment sh^wn by some of us, a contempt as it were of
ourselves, for condescending to employ an effort to acquire
the use of a thing apparently so unimportant. Their di-
minutive cups and odd dishes, too, sometimes excited mirth
amongst us. Our Loo-choo friends, however, never com-
mitted themselves in this way ; a difierence of manners, which
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 117
may arise from their looking upon us as their superiors, and
vice versd; but even admitting this, which we were suf-
ficiently disposed to do, it is certainly no excuse for us.
On this occasion Jeieroo and his friends had evidently
made up their minds to find every thing quite new, for all
three made a slight involuntary exclamation when one of
the covers was lifted up, and shewed a dish of their own
sweet potatoes. They ate of every thing, using a great
deal of salt, with the fineness and whiteness of which they
were much pleased. A tart, however, being put on the
table, they all objected at first to touching it; they would
not say why : they were at length prevailed upon to taste
it, which they had no sooner done, than they exclaimed that
it was ^^ masa 1 masa 1'^ (good 1 good!) It was made of Scotch
marmalade, and Jeeroo, in recommending it to his friends,
told them it was ^^ injdssa, amdsa,'^ (bitter, sweet), a union
which they appeared not to have met with before. They
drank wine with us, but said they feared it would make
them tipsy ; upon which we shewed them our mode of
mixing it with water, which was evidently new to them, for
they relished it so much in this form, that they were in a
fair way of running unconsciously into the very excess
which they. dreaded. As soon as the cloth was removed,
tiiiey rose, and went to walk about the ship; on our
Digitized by
Google
118 VOYAGE TO THE
shewing a wish to accompany them, they intreated us to
ke^ oar seats.
During dinner, though it was the first they had ever seen
in the* European style, these people not only betrayed no
awkwardness, but adopted our customs, such as drinking
wine with each other, so readily, that we were frequently at
a loss to determine whether they had but just learned these
customs, or whether their, own usages in these cases were
similar to ours. As they pushed off in their boat they were
asked to sing, which they did at once, and by their manner
ve suspected that the song had some allusion to us, but
we could not make out the words.
30th of September. — During the whole of this morning
we were engaged in the survey, accompanied by several of
the midshipmen of both ships* We measured a base, and
continued tiding angles till the tide rose and drove us off.
. 1st of October. — ^As a free intercourse was now estabhshed
with' the natives at this place, and httle doubt remained of
our being able to gain their permission in a day or two for
landing the Alceste^s stores, it became an object to ascertain,
without further delay, whether or not this anchorage was
better than the harbour described by the natives as being a
few miles only to the northward. While any apprehensions
emsted'Of our not being able to land here, it was not thought
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 119
prudent to send the Lyra to look lor that harbour, lest the
chiefs should become still more suspicious of our inteutionSf
At this moment, however, there was reason to belijeve that
the chiefs wished the Alceste to remain where she was^ and
it was expected that any show of moving to another har-
bour would stimulate their exertions to render our present
situation agreeable.
The Lyra was accordingly ordered to weigh this morning
at daylight, for the purpose of examining the coast for
ten or twelve leagues to tiie northward- We went out by
a narrow passage through the reefs, and. in the 'course
of the morning beat up to Sugar Loaf Island. We did
not land upon it, but passed near enough to see. that it h
richly cultivated on the lower parts, and that all the houses
are collected into villages, shaded as usual by large trees
round the bottom, and for one*third of the way up the sides
of the peak. As this was our furthest point in the present
survey^ we tacked on reaching the Sugar Loaf, and cdaste4
round the shores of a large square bay on the west side of
the great island. The wind shifted gradually as we sailed
along, blowing directly oflF the shore at every place, by
which means we were enabled to complete the circuit of the
bay before dark, after which we anchored in sixty<^fi\^e far
thorns water. Next morning we resumed our examination of
Digitized by
Google
120 VOYAGE TO TflE
the coast, but as the weather was fine, we hoisted out a boat
and pulled close along the shore, while the brig kept her
course at the distance of several miles. In this manner we
traced the whole shore, till we came close to Napakiang,
without seeing any port. We tried to land at several
places, but were every where kept off by coral reefs
stretching along the coast, at the distance of two or three
hundred yards, and forming, to strangers at least, an impe*
netrable barrier. The canoes of the natives paddled away
from us, and passed through the surf by passages which we
were afraid to approach. We returned to the brig about
two o'clock, and at three anchored in our former place at
Napakiang.
The departure of the Lyra had excited a great sensation
on shore ; the chiefs came off to inquire of Captain Max-
well where the " honee gua'^ (little ship) was ; but he did
not choose to satisfy them, except by saying that they had
trifled with him so long, and refused to let him land his
casks and stores with such obstinacy, that he must endeavour
to find some more, favourable place at which to refit liis
ship. The effect was exactly what he wished ; they intreated
him not to think of moving from Napakiang; offered him
not only large boats to put his stores in, but said he should
have store-rooms on shore for whatever he desired, while
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND, 131
his ship was refitting. They moreover granted him permis-
sion to land with his officers, and to go to the top of the
hill without being guarded as formerly.
On the Lyra's anchoring, the chiefs came on board in
great agitation, desiring to know what we had discovered.
As we had actually nothing to relate, there was little difficulty
in keeping our secret. They accompanied me on board
the Alceste when I went to make my report, but Captain
Maxwell, having found the advantage he had already gained
by keeping them in ignorance of his intentions, was nowise
communicative. They now offered to allow his people to
land for the purpose of washing their clothes, which they
bad before refused to do, and in short, were in a mood to
grant any thing, provided we were willing to remain at thi^
part of the island. They did not pretend that this was out
of regard for us, and it was easy to see that they apprehended
more trouble in managing us any where else than at this
place. Amongst the arguments used by them to dissuade
us from going to the other end of the island, they said it was
inhabited by savages. It came out accidentally too, that
in the event of the ship's actually proceeding to other parts
of the island, the six chiefs were to accompany us : so that
they were probably influenced by considerations of personal
convenience to make every exertion to prevent our moving.
B
Digitized by
Google
122 VOYAGE TO THE
Sd of October. — ^The Lyra^s crew were allowed to go
on shore to-day to wash their clothes, and amuse them-
selves by running about on the side of the hill. Two of the
sailors of this party, who happened to be singing near the
well, drew a number of natives round them, who expressed
great pleasure at hearing their songs. At first the crowd
consisted entirely of the peasantry, who listened with great
attention, and never interrupted the sailors ; but in about
half an hour, a person of some rank, with a number of
attendants, came up, and begged them to sing several
of their songs over again : we could not find out who this
person was, but it was probably one of the chiefs, some of
whom are remarkably fond of our music.
4th of October. — ^The survey on the reef was completed
to-day : the only inconvenience we had experienced here,
was the limited time which the tide allowed us each day,
otherwise the situation was well adapted for a base, from its
commanding a view of all parts of the anchorage. * During
the progress of the principal survey, the young gentlemen
sent by Captain Maxwell, in conjunction with the midship*
men of the Lyra, completed a survey of the reef itself. A
native of a genteel appearance, but not in the dress of a
chief, visited the Lyra to-day, and gave me a present of two
pipes and two bags of sweet potatoes.
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 123
5th of October. — Captain Maxwell called for me this
morning at sunrise, on his way to the shore. The chiefs had
not expected us so early, and our only companion for some
time was an old peasant, who now and then ran on before
to give notice of our approach. Two well dressed people
shortly afterwards came up, and continued with us during
our walk, which at first lay along the beach, but afterwards
led into the country; some exception was taken to this
by our companious, but as no attention was paid to them,
they desisted.
After walking about a mile, we passed through a grove
of young trees, and found ourselves close to a village, which
lies in the bottom of a glen highly cultivated, the houses
being almost entirely hid by trees, of which the bamboo is
the most conspicuous.
This village is surrounded by a close hedge, and every
tseparate house also has an inclosure : some of the houses
have attached to them neat arbours,, formed of a light
frame of bamboo covered with a variety of creepers. The
rice fields are divided by small banks of earth, made to
retain the water, and along the top of each bank there is a
footppath ; the whole valley having much the air of a scene
in India. A number of the villagers, accompanied by their
children, came out to meet us, but there were no women
Digitized by
Google
1«4 VOYAGE TO THE
amongst them : we passed on, as they were evidently averse
to our entering the village.
On our way across the valley we were attracted by the
appearance of a cottage, so buried in foliage as to be com^-
pletely hid from our view till we were within a few paces
of the door. It was surrounded by a slight fence of rods^
about an inch apart, with a line of creepers along the top,
and hanging down on both sides : a wicker gate admitted
us, and we entered the house, which we found divided into
two apartments, eight feet square, besides a small verandah
at one end. The floors, which were made of slips of bam-
boo, were raised about six inches from the ground, and
covered with a straw mat. The walls were five feet high,
being neatly wattled with split bamboo, above which rose a
pointed thatched roof. It was occupied by an old man,
whom we appeared to have disturbed at breakfast, for cups
and tea-things were arranged on the floor ; he asked us to sit
down, and gave us pipes and tea. The little apartment we
were in was as neat as any thing we had ever seen : on one
side there was a set of shelves, with cups, bowls, and cooking
utensils; on the others were hung various implements of
husbandry, with hats and various dresses, all clean and in
order. Higher up was a sort of loft or garret, formed by
bamboo poles, laid horizontally from the top of the walls ;
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 125
on this were placed various tools, nets, and baskets. The
fire-place was in the middle of one side, and sunk below the
level. On the outside, in the space between the house and
the fence, there was a pigeon house and a poultry yard, and
close to the little verandah spoken of before, there stood
two spinning-wheels of a light and ingenious construction.
All round on the outside of the fence, the trees were high
and thick; and though the sun was above the hills, the
house was completely shaded except at the end, where a
small opening admitted the rays into the verandah. We
staid some time with the old farmer, trying to express our
admiration of the simplicity and beauty of his cottage, and
then went up the opposite side of the valley.
Here we found a road like a dressed walk in a garden :
following this, we passed through a series of beautiful groves
of bamboo and other trees, till at length, after winding
about a good deal, we came to a double row of tall pine
trees, interspersed with many others whose names we did
not 'know, so as to form a walk which must be shady at
all hours of the day. This road we knew would lead to the
town, and therefore when we had reached the highest point
we turned to the right, and after a short walk reached the
grove of trees which had been made the limit to our first
walk on the 29th ultimo. At this place Captain Maxwell
surprised the natives a good deal by shooting several birds
Digitized by
Google
126 VOYAGE TO THE
on the wing, but they could not be prevailed upon to fire
themselves, nor even to pull the trigger when no powder
was in the pan.
6th of October. — After divine service to-day on board
the Alceste, a long conference was held between Captain
Maxwell and the five chiefs, when, after a good deal of dis-
cussion, it was agreed on their part to allow the Alceste*s
stores to be landed, for the purpose of getting at the leak.
Our means of interpreting on these occasions are not the
best that could be wished ; but John, our Chinese, is never-
theless a keen fellow, and very ready with answers when
pressed. We generally explain as fully as possible to John
what our wishes are, and then leave him to communicate
them the best way he can. An instance of his quickness
occurred to-day, which seems worth mentioning. John
had communicated to them, by Captain Maxwell's desire,
that as the leak complained of was in the magazine, it
would be necessary to land the powder: they debated a
long time upon this, and then asked John " Why the powder
was not put on board the little ship .?"' John, who was not
aware of any good reason, affected to be surprised at this
question, which he refused to interpret, saying that if
Captain Maxwell thought such a measure right, he would
surely not have waited till they suggested it. The light in
which he had thus put the question, made them earnestly
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 1 27
desire him not to mention any thing about it, declaring at
the same time, that they would willingly give a place for
the powder, and for any other stores which Captain Maxwell
might wish to land.
To-day for the first time they talked unreservedly of the
king, whose name even they had hitherto studiously avoided :
they spoke freely of his majesty's having sent all the stock
and vegetables with which we were daily supplied. Captain
Maxwell, who of course was very desirous of opening a
communication with the court, intimated his wish to pay
his respects as soon as might be convenient. They heard
this with apparent satisfaction, and signified that his request
should be made known to the king. We are at a loss to
discover what can have caused this change of manner. We
can only conjecture, that perhaps the king, on hearing so
many reports about us, may have become desirous of seeing
us himself. At all events it is clear that some alteration in
the instructions to the chiefs must have been made, other-i
wise they would have shewn their usual reserve when the
king's name was mentioned, and would on no account have
allowed us to talk of visiting him.
At one o'clock we went on shore to look at the place
assigned by the chiefs for the reception of the Alceste's
stores. It is an oblong inclosure, sixty yards by forty, sur-
Digitized by
Google
128 VOYAGE TO THE
rounded by a wall twelve feet high, rather well built with
squared coral : the entrance is by a large gate on the south
side, from which there extends raised gravel walks, with
clipped hedges, the intermediate spaces being laid out in
beds, like a garden. The temple in which we were feasted
on the day of our first visit, occupies one comer of the
inclosure ; it is completely shaded by a grove of trees, which
also overhang the wall. In that part of the garden directly
opposite to the gate, at the upper end of the walk there is
a smaller temple, nearly hid by the branches of several large
banyan trees ; and before it, at the distance of ten or twelve
paces, a square awkward looking building, with a raised ter*
race round it. The temple first spoken of is divided by means
of shifting partitions into four apartments, and a verandah
running all round, having a row of carved wooden pillars on
its outer edge to support the roof, which extends con-
siderably beyond it. The floor of the verandah is two feet
from the ground, the roof is sloping and covered with hand-
some tiles, those forming the eaves being ornamented with
dowers and various figures in relief; there are also several
out-houses, and a kitchen communicating with them by
covered passages. In one of the inner apartments, at the
upper end, there is a small recess containing a green shrub,
in a high narrow flower-pot, having a Chinese inscription on
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 1^
a tablet hanging above it on the wall. On another side of
the same room, there hangs the picture of a man rescuing a
bird from the paws of a cat; the bird seems to have been just
taken from a cage, which is tumbhng over, with two other
birds fluttering about in the inside : it is merely a sketchy
but is executed in a spirited manner. In one of the back
apartments we find three gilt images, eighteen inches
high, with a flower in a vase before them. The roof of the
temple within is ten feet high, and all the cornices, pillars,
&c. are neatly carved into flowers and the figures of various
animals. The ground immediately round it is divided into
a number of small beds, planted with difierent shrubs and
flowers ; and on a^ pedestal of artificial rock, in one of the
walks close to it, is placed a clay vessel of an elegant form,
full of water, with a wooden ladle swimming on the top.
On a frame near one of the out-houses, hangs a large bell,
three feet high, of an inelegant shape, resembling a long
bee-hive ; the sides are two inches thick, and richly orna-
mented : its tone is uncommonly fine.
It was determined to appropriate part of the large
temple to the use of the sick and their attendants ; the
assistant surgeon of the Alceste taking one room, and the
gunner, who was to have the whole inclosure in his charge,
another. The small temple at the upper end, being a retired
Digitized by
Google
130 VOYAGE TO THE
spot, was fixed upon for the Lyra's observatory; the
square building in the centre seemed well adapted for a
diagaeine. At the gate a notice was hung up, both in
English and Lop-choo, signifying that no person was to
enter without a written pass from Captain Maxwell, or from
one of the chiefs.
7th and 8 th of October. — ^Thesedays have been occupied
in carrying the arrangements of Sunday into effect. It was
very interesting to observe the care which the natives took
of the sick, whom they assisted all the way from the beach
to the temple ; a number of people attended to support
such of them as had barely strength enough to walk.
When they were safely lodged, eggs,^ milk, fowls, and
vegetables, were brought to them; and whenever any
of them were tempted by the beauty of the scenery to
walk out, several of the natives were ready to accompany
them.
The powder was landed^ and Mr* Holman, the gunner
of the frigate, began the operation of drying it on hides
spread in the sun round the magazine. The cows and
other stock were also landed. One of the cows calved
that night, to the surprise of every body, and the great
joy of the natives, who took a great fancy to the little
bull born amongst them. Mr. Mayne, the master of
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 131
the AIceBte, took iip his quarters in the temple, ia order to
be near his observatory^ which was. in the centre of the
garden. The stores of all kinds were sent on shore from
the Alceste, which produced an apparent confusion, an<J
the chiefs, seeing so many valuable things lying about, beg^D
to fear that they would be taken away ; at least, it was.supi-
posed that they had such an apprehension, for the wall of the
temple was immediately fenced in by a sort of net-work of
kxng bamboo poles, the ends of which were fixed in the
ground at the foot of the wall on the outside, and the tops
made to cross one another four or five feet above the walL
This contrivance, instead of rendering the place more secure^
made it more accessible; but as our opinion was not asked,
and we had no apprehensions of theft, we let them proceed
in their own way.
Mrs. Loy, wife of the boatswain of the Alceste, was
the only female in our squadron, and as such excited no
small interest at this place. She was a perfectly well be*
haved person, and sufficiently neat in her dress, but without
great pretensions to good looks. The natives, who from
the first paid her much attention, shewed at all times
their desire of granting her every indulgence. They even
went so far as to say she might go into the city; but, upon
consulting with her husband, who was apprehensive of some
Digitized by
Google
132 VOYAGE TO THE
accident, she declined it. When this circumstance became
known to us, we easily convinced the boatswain that no
mischief could possibly arise from trusting his wife amongst
such kind people ; but Mrs. Loy could not be persuaded of
this ; and thus was lost the only opportunity of seeing the
town which occurred during all our stay.
Two of the natives have been studying Enghsh with
great assiduity, and with considerable success. One is called
Mddera, the other Anya. They cany note books in imi-
tation of Mr. Clifford, in which they record in their own
characters every word they learn. They are both keen fel-
lows, and are always amongst the strangers. From the re-
spect occasionally paid to them, it is suspected that their
rank is higher than they give out, and that their object in
pretending to be people of ordinary rank, is to obtain a
more free intercourse with all classes on board the ships.
Mddera, by his liveliness and his propriety of manners, has
made himself a great favourite; he adopts our customs
with a sort of intuitive readiness, sits down to table, uses a
knife and fork, converses, and walks with us, in short, does
every thing that we do, quite as a matter of course, without
any apparent effort or study. He is further recommended
to us by the free way in which he communicates every thing
relating to his country ; so that as he advances in English^
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Zirmwm fy IT'ffa^M.ra.'^ltm
£,^mrU ^ JMrJTm^U trS.^,
FRIKST and GKr^TH.KKAH ii-f ILOO ClHI-DO
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 133
and we in Loo-choo, he may be the means of giving us
much information* As an instance of his progress in
English, it may be mentioned, that one day he came on
board the Lyra, and said, " The Ta-yin speak me, Vyou
go ship, John come shore;"' by which we understood that
Captain Maxwell had sent hini on board the brig for the
interpreter. This was about three weeks after our arrival.
Most of the natives have acquired a little English^ so
that Mr. Clifford has now no difficulty in finding people
willing to instruct him, and to take pains in correcting
his pronunciation. One of his teachers, called Ydckabee
X)omeejeero, will not permit him to write down a single
word till he has acquired the exact Loo-choo sound : but
he is like the rest in shewing an invincible objection to
giving any information about the women. He admits that
he is married, and gives the names of his sons : but when
his wife or daughters are alluded to, he becomes uneasy,
and changes the subject. On Mr. Chfford's gravely telling
him that he believed there were no women on the island,
he was thrown off his guard, and answered hastily, that
he had both a wife and daughter, but instantly checking
himself, turned the conversation another way. On. the
picture of an English lady being shewn to him, he com*
mended it highly, saying, at the same time, ^' Doochoo in-
Digitized by
Google
134 VOYAGE TO THE
n4g!Dwho6co oorimg^" (Loochoo women are not handsome/')
This old gentleman is a better teacher than scholar; he
crils^ the letter L " airoo ;'' vecJ, " bairoo f flail, " frayroo f
in which instances of mispronunciation, we may recognize
a difficulty not uncommon amongst English children.
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 135
CHAPTER III.
The Lyra sent to survey the Island of Loo^^hoo — ^Discovery of Port Melville
-^Description of that Harbour, and the Villages on its Banks — Lyra nearly
wrecked — Interview with Natives at the South Point — Return to Napakiaag
— Behaviour of the Natives at a Seaman^s Funeral — M&dera^s Character and
Conduct — Sociable Habits of the Natives — IMnner given to the Chiefs of the
Island by Captain Maxwell — M&deia's Bdiaviour tm this Oocaeion— Two
Women seen — A Lady of Rank visits the Boatswain^s Wife— -Captain Max-
well fractures his Finger — Loo-choo Surgeon — Contem of the Natives—
Yiat of the Prince — ^Discussion about the King of Loo-choo^s Lettcr^-^
M&dera appears in a new Character — Feast given by the Prince— List of
Supplies given to the Ships — ^Behaviour of the Prince on taking Leave —
Preparations for Dqaarture-^M^dera^s Distress — Last Interview with tht
Chiefs— Brief Memorandums upon the Religion, Manners, and Customs of
Loo^hoo— Advice to a Stranger visiting this Island.
As soon as the survey of Napakiang anchorage was com-
pleted, and a perfectly good understanding established with
the natives, it was determined to make a survey of the
whole island, and the Lyra was ordered upon this service.
She were absent about a week, during which period the
general chart of the island was constructed. It will be
obvious to every one acquainted with the subject, that, in
so short a time, a very exact survey of the coast of an
Digitized by
Google
136 VOYAGE TO THE
island nearly sixty miles long could not have been made :
yet, as the weather was in general fine, and other circum-
stances favourable, the chart will be found sufficiently
correct for most practical purposes. As the chart and the
nautical and hydrographical details are given in the Ap«
pendix, I propose at present to relate only such par-
ticulars of the cruise as seem likely to interest the general
reader.
9th of October. — ^At daybreak we got under weigh and
stood to sea through a passage discovered by the boats ; it
was so extremely narrow, that the least deviation from the
course brought us close to the rocks. We were regulated in
steering by two marks on the land, which lie in the same
straight line with the centre of the passage; these it is
necessary to keep always together : but not conceiving that
such nicety was required while sailing out, the marks were
allowed to separate, by whicb we found ourselves in a
minute or two within a few yards of a coral reef, the ragged
tops of which were distinctly seen two or three feet below
the surface, whilst, at the same time, the leadsman on the
opposite side sounded in nine fathoms. This early proof
of the danger of navigating amongst coral, by teaching us
the necessity of extreme caution, was of great importance
to us in our future operations.
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 137
As the coast lying between Napakiang and the Sugar
Loaf had already been examined, we proceeded at once
round that island, which, from its having the same aspect
on every bearing, and being quite different in shape from
any land in this quarter, is an excellent land-mark for
navigators. The natives call it Eegooshcoond, or cas-
tle *. The English name was given, I believe, by Captain
Broughton.
Having rounded this peak and stood in for the north-
west side of the Great Loo-choo, where there is a deep
bight, a small island was observed close in shore, behind
which it was thought there might be shelter for ships ; the
coast, however, being unknown to us, it was not thought
safe to carry the brig very close in, and a boat was there-
fore dispatched with an officer to reconnoitre : he returned
at eight oVlock to say that there was a harbour in the main
land, the entrance to which lay on the inside of the small
island mentioned before ; but that the passages were narrow
and winding, and that a more careful examination was
necessary before the brig could venture in.
11th of October. — In the morning we again stood in,
* We first diacovered the meaning of this word by heating one of the
natives apply it to the castle on the chess board : he used the same term when
drawings of towers and castles were shewn to him.
Digitized by
Google
138 VOYAGE TO THE
using the precautioQ of sending a boat a^head to sound the
way ; when we hjid nearly reached the entrance we an-
chored^ and proceeded in three boats to examine the har-
bour di&covered last night. . As it was near noon when we
passed the small island, we landed and observed the me*
ridi»n altitude of the sun ; after which we entered the harbour
in the main .isliand, by an intricate passage of about a
quarter of a mile in length, and at one place not two hun-
dred yards wide- Here we found ourselves in. a circular
bason upwards of , half a mile across, with deep water, and
completely sheltered from all winds. On its. western shore
we saw a large and beautiful village almost hid amongst
trees, with a high wooded range behind it stretching to the
south. The eastern shore was low and laid out in salt
fields, with 9* few huts here and there; At first sight
this.baso^ did npt appear to have any outlet except by
the one; we had ej^amined ; but on rowings to its upper or
southern side, we found that, it joined by a narrow channel
with another harboiur still larger, and if pOsnble more beau-
tifal than the first, for here the land was high on both sides,
and richly wooded from top to bottom. Proceeding on-
wards through this bason, which had all the appearance of
an inland lake, we came to another outlet, not above a fauii-* ,
dred yards wide, formed by cli£fs rising abruptly out of the
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 139
water to the height of a hundred feet* Both sides being
covered with trees, which almost mi^t. overhead, the space
below was rendered cool •and pleasant, and the water, thus
sheltered: from every wind,! was as smooth as' glass* We
rowed, along for some time by vari<Kis windkig? through
this fairy, scene in total uncertainty of what wfts to come
ne&t, and at Jafit,. after advancing about ^three miles,
itMopenfid into ato. extensive lake several miles in length,
stud<^d with numerous small islamk. •
The depth of water in the lake varied from four to six
fethoms; but in the narrow, neck which connects it with
the sea the depth is from ten to twenty fathoms, being
deepest at the narrowest parts. Ships might ride in any
part of this extraordinary harbour, in perfect safety during
the most violent tempests : and the shores are so varied, that
every purpose of re-equipment > might be served. At some
places natural whar&are formed by the rocks, and (Bight and
tesx fathoms water diose to them. Ships might lie alongside
these places, or might heave down by them : there are also
shallow spots on which ships might be careened. Many of
the cliffs are : hollowed int<) caves, which would answer for
storehouses; and in the numerous lawnd 6h both sides en-
campments niight be formed of any number of people.
: :: We rowed directly across, and latided at the southern
Digitized by
Google
140 VOYAGE TO THE
side at the foot of a wooded range of hills, which forms the
southern boundary of the lake. As no road was observed,
it was resolved to go directly up the hill, and, in about an
hour, after a good deal of scrambling amongst the bushes
and long gr^tss, we gained the top, where we found a neat
pathway with a ditch on each side, and a hedge growing on
the top of the mound, formed of the earth from the ditch ;
it resembled not a little an English lane. Without knowing
where this might take us to, we followed it, in the hope of
meeting some of the people, but in this we were disap*
pointed. Yet this place must, at times, be frequented, as
we observed a number of similar paths leading to the right
and left.
The trees on this range of hills are low, and of no great
beauty ; the fir is the most common, but we did not know
the names of the rest. After walking about a mile, our
path took an abrupt turn down the brow of the hill, and
appeared to lead to a large village at some distance. The
view from this elevation was very satisfactory, as it enabled
us to check our rough eye draught of the harbour and
coast. The road down the hill was so steep that it was
just possible to stand upon it, being inclined, as was con-
jectured on the spot, at an angle of 45^ At the foot of
the hill there was a little cottage, consisting of two parts.
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 141
made of wattled rattans, connected by a light open bamboo
roof, so covered with a large leaved creeper as to afford a
complete shelter from the sun. The cottage, which was
thatched, was enveloped in creepers, encircled by the usual
rattan fence at two or three yards distance. One of the wings
was occupied by goats; the other, which was dark, seemed
to belong to the people, who had deserted it on our approach.
There being only a small hole in the wall to admit light and
air, and to allow the smoke to escape, every thing inside was
black and dirty. Two spears hung on one side, which, upon
enquiry afterwards, we were told were for striking fish.
On coming to our boats, we found them surrounded by
a party of the natives, smaller in stature than our friends at
Napakiang, and shewing less curiosity : probably their sur-
prise at our sudden appearance had not subsided sufficiently
to allow of their indulging curiosity in detail. A large party
of them watched attentively while a musket was loaded, and
when pointed over their heads in the air, they seemed
aware that something was going to happen, but from their
not shrinking or removing out of the way, it seemed they
knew not what. When it was fired, the whole party fell as
if they had been shot, but rose instantly again, and looking
to the right and left of each other, indulged in a timorous
laugh. A cartridge was given to one man, with which he
Digitized by
Google
143 VOYAGE TO THE
•
was nearly l;^wiii^ himseif np by placing it on his lighted
pipe/ The officer of the boat informed us that a gen-
tleman had come to him and oiSered his horse to ride;
be bftd dismounted for- that purpose, but the horse was
frightened, and would not suffer the officer to get upon
bim« We saw this person riding along when we were at
the top of the hill ; he called out to us repeatedly, pro-
bably to offer his horse, but we thought he wished to dis-
suade us from walking over the hill, and accordingly took
no notice of him.
In the meantime Mr. Clifford, who had been unwell,
and felt unequal to the labour of climbing the hill, pro-
ceeded in one of the boats towards a large village on the
eastern side of the lake. He was met by a number of the
inhabitants, whose dress and appearance were inferior to
what we had been accustomed to see at Napakiang ; on his
asking them in Loo-choo for some water, they gave it
ehe^rfully ; but they shewed little curiosity, and the party
which, followed wherever he went, seemed to have no other
object ;than to prevent disturbance. They made no objection
to hisigoing into the village, where he saw in one inclosure
a complete farm-yard. The principal house was closed,
but to the offices there was free access. In the stable were
%WO: handsome bay ponies ; there was also a weU stocked
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 148
pig-sty, and a poultry^^ouse. ki.anothec; quarter stood ia
mill for husking corn, consisting of a grooved solid cylihder
of wood, fitting neatly into a hollow cylinder, the sides of
which were also grooved ; near^ this lay a hand flour<4XiiU
and several baskets of cotton* In another part .of the
court was a granary erected on posts about ;six feet above
the ground, having billets of fire- wood piled, below it. At
another place, under a tree in the village, he saw a blackt
smith's anvil fixed in a block; the forge was of masonry^
having an air hole, but the bellows was wanting^
In the centre of the village stood a building like a
temple, surrounded by a stone wall. It wa& filled: with
elegant vases of different shapes and sizes^ cloised up and
ranged in rows on the floor; the verandah encircling the
building was also covered with vases. According to th^
account of the natives, the reniiams ofv the dead are de^
posited in these jars. Round the building bamboo poles
were placed so as to lean against the thatched roof, haVtng
notches cut in them, to which bundles of flowers were hung,
some fresh, others decayed, apparently funereal offerings ;
but tlieir exact import Mr. Clifford ^Vas not able to learn.
The: elegant shape of the vi^ises, and the tasteful way in
which they were arranged, with the flowers hanging all round,
gave to this cemetery an ^r of cheerfulness, which we are in
Digitized by
•
Google
144 VOYAGE TO THE
the habit of thinking unsuitable to a depository of the
dead.
This village, which is at the head of a bay, is sheltered
from the north wind by a row of trees between it and the
beach ; behind it is sheltered by a range of hills. A broad
road runs between it and the water; trees are planted
among the houses, so as nearly to conceal them. In the
middle of the village near the cemetery, in an open square,
there is a cluster of granaries like the one described above ;
the walls are made of wattled rattan, and overhang the
lower part.
Mr. Clifford tried in vain to see the Chief of the village ;
but either there was no such person, or he was out of the
way : the inhabitants pointed out a man on horseback as a
Chief, who passed on to another village ; this was probably
the same man who offered his horse to Mr. Hall, the officer
of the boat. Mr. Clifford went to the top of the range
behind the village, and afterwards into the valley on the
other side, which he found highly cultivated.
From the heights we saw that the large space which
was at first considered a lake, communicates with the
sea to the north-eastward, as well as by the narrow pas-
sage through which we had come, but there was not time
to allow of its being fully examined. As we returned
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 145
by the narrow straits, we called at some of the small vil-
lages on the eastern side. At one of these, the people of the
village, headed by a man who appeared to be superior to
the rest, came towards the boat, and stopped for some
minntes at the distance of fifty yards; after which, ap-
pearing to have gained confidence, they came on, with the
old man in front, carrying a green bough in his hand. He
would not come close, however, till invited by Mr. Clifibrd
in Loo-choo to look at the boat; he then advanced and
presented his bough, in return for which we broke a branch
from a tree, and gave it to him with the same formality he
had used towards us. Soon after this exchange was made,
they left us, and went to examine the boat, to fishermen
always an object of great interest.
On our entering the village we were met by a man who
appeared to be the principal person of the place ; he was
very pdite, shewed us through the village, and took us over
his garden, where he had some sugar*eane growing; this
we admired very mueh^ upon which he ordered one of the
finest of the canes to be taken up by the roots and pre-«
sented to us ; we immediately gave him a few buttons ofF
our jackets, with which he was quite pleased. On its be^
ginning to rain while we were in the garden, he invited us
into his house, which, from the walls being of wattled cane,
u
Digitized by
Google
146 VOYAGE TO THE
looked like a large basket. Rude pictures and canned
wood-work figures were hanging on the walls, together with
some inscriptions in Chipese characters.
On returning to the lower harbour qf all, we went to the
large village before spoken of, which is by far the most
finished of any that we have seen on this island. The streets
are regular and clean swept; each house has a neat cane
wall, as well as a screen before the door ; plantain and other
trees are growing so thickly in the inside of the fence, that
they completely shade the house. Near the beach were
several large houses, in which a number of people were seated
writing : on going up to them they gave us tea and cakes,
and afterwards allowed us to go over the village without
restraint ; they were curious to know whether the brig was
coming into the harbour or not, and if so, how many days
we meant to stay ; they expressed neither pleasure nor
regret when we said that we were not coming in. In front
of the village, and parallel with the beach, there is a splendid
avenue thirty feet wide, formed by two rows of large trees,
whose branches join overhead, and effectually screen the
walk from the sun; here and there are placed wooden
benches, and at some places stone seats are fixed near the
trees : this space, which is about a quarter pf a mile long.
Is probably used as a public walk.
Digitized
by Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 147
A range of hills of a semicircular form embraces ' the
village, and hmits its extent : at most places it is steep, but
at the point where the north end joins the harbour, there is
an overhanging cliff about eighty feet high, the upper part
of which extends considerably beyond the base ; at eight
or ten yards from the ground on this inclined face, a long
horizontal gallery has been hewn out of the soUd rock:
it communicates with a number of small square excavations
still deeper in the rock, for the reception of the vases con-
taining the bones of the dead.
The trees and creepers on the edge of the precipice hung
down so as to meet the tops of those which grew below, and
thus a screen was formed which threw the gallery into deep
shade : every thing here being perfectly still, the scene was
very solemn and imposing. It took us somewhat by sur-
prise, for nothing in its external appearance indicated the
purpose to which the place was appropriated : happening to
discover an opening amongst the trees and brushwood, and
resolving to see what it led to, we entered by a narrow path
winding through the grove. The liveliness of the scenery
without, and the various amusements of the day, had put us
all into high spirits, but the unexpected and sacred gloom of
the scene in which we suddenly found ourselves had an in-
stantaneous effect in repressing the mirth of the whole party.
Digitized by
Google
148 VOYAGE TO THE
This village is called Oonting, aad is certainly the same
that is alluded to by the chiefs, and which we formerly wrote
down Winching and Oonching.
This excellent harbour, which we discovered, has been
named Port Melville, in honour of Lord Viscouat Melville^
First Lord of the Admiralty.
It was quite dark when we reached the brig. As a
heavy swell was rolling in, no time was lost in getting under
weigh, but before we could succeed in running well oflf the
reefs, the wind suddenly changed, and the weather, which
before had been .fine, became ijo dark and squally, that we
almost k>st sight of the shore. Our situation was now very
critical, for we had just sufficient knowledge of the coast,
to be sensible how extremely dangerous it was; and the
i^ind, which blew directly on the shore, came in such
violent gusts, that there was every reason to apprehend
the loss of our topmasts ; to reef the sails was impossibly
as the delay which this <)peratiQn roust have caused would
have b^^Q fatal. While things were in this state, it became
necessary to tack> but owing to the heavy ^d irregular
swell, the brig came round again against our will, and
before the sails could be properly trimmed^ she had gone
stern foremost almost to the verge of the ree^ oi^ which th^
sea was breaking to a great height. Had this occurred
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 149
a aecoad time, nathing could Jaave prevented our being
wiBcked. After beating about in thifr aiiirkward predicament
for two hours, the wind shifted a little, and enabled us to
stretch off clear of all danger.
12th of October.— It blew so hard that we kept out at
sea clear of the shore.
13th of October. — ^As the weather had become moderate,
we stood in, and determined the position of five islands
which lie to the northward of Port Melville.
14th of October. — During this day the whdte of the
east side of the great island was explored* The north and
north-east sides are high, and destitute of cultivation;
nearly in the middle, on this side, there is a deep indenture
on the coast, and the wind being such as to admit of sailing
out again, we ran in under low sail with the usual precau«i*
tions ; notwithstanding which we were very nearly on die
reefs, for the water shoaled suddenly from tw€tnty*four to
eight fathoms ; and although the brig was instantly tacked;
tb^ soundings as she came round were only five fathoms^
and to leeward of us the ragged tops of a rock just level
with the surface were discovered at the distance of only
fifty yards. In exploring such places there might to be
a boat on each bow, as well as one a-head. The coast
from this bay to the south point of the island has a belt
Digitized by
Google
150 VOYAGE TO THE
of coral reefs at the distance of ten and fifteen miles from
the shore, and therefore cannot be approached by a ship
without great danger. The extreme south point is com*
paratively clear of coral ; we therefore anchored off it at
sunset, proposing to land next day to determine its position.
We found the iron cables of great use when anchoring
amongst coral reefs.
15th of October. — It blew hard last night, but in the
forenoon it moderated sufficiently to allow of our landing.
We ascertained the latitude of the extreme south point
with precision, and made several other observations, all
circumstances being favourable.
We had scarcely landed when the natives began to as-
semble in groups on the top of the cliffs, and in a short
time they came down to us, most of them carrying long
poles in their hands ; we were sufficiently aware of their in-
offensive character to have no apprehension of their inten-
tions, otherwise their appearance would have been somewhat
formidable. There was no person of rank among them;
they were communicative and full of curiosity, which dif-
ference in manner from the inhabitants on the shores of Port
Melville may have arisen from these people knowing some-
thing of us by reports from Napakiang, which is not above
ten miles distant. It was to be expected that we shouM
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 151
have become a topic of discourse at so short a distance^ and
probably what was said of us would be favourable, or at
all events such as would excite, curiosity rather than fear.
Most of these people had fish spears tatooed on their arras
iu the form of a trident, with rude barbs. When drawn on
the right arm it is called " 06deemaw ;" when on the left,
" To6ga.'' This is the only instance we have met with of
this practice. Our curiosity was farther excited by the ap-
pearance of these spears, from the circumstance of our never
having seen any warlike weapon on this island; but the
people invariably called them " E6o stitchee^' (fish spear).
Several of the tallest of these people were measured, but none
were above five feet six inches ; they are, however, strong
limbed and well proportioned. One of them wore a ring
on his finger, which is the only instance we have met with of
any ornament being worn at Loo*Choo. The ring finger is
called in the Loo-choo language, " E6bee g4nnee,^' finger of
the ring ; and it seems a fair inference from this, that amongst
some part of the community rings are habitually worn;
probably by the women. The coast here is formed of
cliflfe, about seventy or eighty feet high, with numerous
caverns hollowed out by the waves. The pools of water left
by the tide were full of beautiful fish of a great variety of
colours.
Digitized by
Google
152 ' VOYAGE TO THE
l6th of October. — ^In the morning we weighed and
stood to the westward^ among the group of islands called
Amakirrima by the natives. At one of these theee fieemed
at first sight to be a harbour for ships; but on sending
the boats to explore, it proved only safe for small vessels,
being filled in every part with coral. On our way across
from the south point of the great island to the Amakirrimas^
we passed near a coral reef exactly circular, and half a mile
in diameter ; it is just level with the water's edge at half
ebb, so that in fine weather the sea does not break upon
any part of it* As it is upwards of seven miles from any
land, and lies directly in the passage towards Napakiang^
it is exceedingly dangerous, and ought not to be approached
in the night by a stranger.
At four a'clock we anchored in our okl place in-shore o£
the Alceste. As we stood towards the anchorage we could
see the coral from the masthead so distinctly as to be able
to trace the forms of all the reefs as we passed among them«
This can rarely be done, although the water is always clear^
because an unusual degree of smoothness in the surface 1$
requisite to naake the rocks visiUe ; and the sun must also
shme upon the water at a pavtieular angle. A stranger cannot
therefore calculate upon having the danger pointed out in
this way ; but when such circumstances do occur they may
Digitized by
)y Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 153
be taken advantage of to check the surveys of reefs made
in boats. • -
We find things at Napakiang nearly as we left them;
the best understanding seems to exist between Capt^n
Maxwell and the chiefs. Every body is allowed to walk
about and do as he likes. The frigate has been bountifully
supplied with stock and vegetables; and the sick oh shore
are rapidly recovering under the kind care of the natives,
who take a peculiar interest in their comfort*
A young man belonging to the Alceste had died during
our abjsence. When the natives were informed of this cir-
cumstance, they requested permission to make the grave,
and begged Captain Maxwell to point out a place for this
purpose. Captain Maxwell said that no situation could be
more appropriate than under the grove of trees near the
temple, a spot already rendered sacred by many lAxxhoo
tombs.
Next day the body was carried to the grave with all the
formalities usual on such occasions. Captain Maxwell,
according to custom, walking last, with the officers and
crew before him. The ready politeness of the natives was
never more strikingly displayed than now; for perceiving
that those who were of the highest rank walked in the rear,
they considered that their station must of course be in front;
X
Digitized by
Google
154 VOYAGE TO THE
and tbey accordiogly placed themsdves at the head of the
procession, and preserved throughout the ceremony the
most profound silence; They were all dressed in white
robes^ which we have reason to believe is their mourning.
On the next: day; the natives reques-ted leave to raise a
tomb over the grave; this was of course agreed to^ and
when it was completed, they performed their own funeral ,ser^
vice over it, by sacrificing a large hog, and burning a quan-
tity of spirits. Jeeroo officiated on this occasion, and.whesi
he' had done, he carried the hog to the rick in the hospital.
The chiefs also gave directions for a small square stone
to be smoothed. and prepared for an epitaph ;; which being
iviced.upon the stone by Mr. Taylor, the clergyman of the
Alceste, wai carved very neatly by the natives. The
i^taph^ aftermentioning the name and age of the deceased,
stated briefly $ thathe.and his companions in his Britannic
majesty's ships Alceste and Lyra, had been kindly treated
by the inhabitants of this island. When the. purport of the
writing was interpreted to the chiefs, they appeared very
much. gratified at; our acknowledging their attentions*
18th of Octohen — Qut friends expressed much pleasure
on meeting us again, particularly Jeeroo, who seems to take
great interest in. our^jQonoerns: he carried us up to the
sailor's tomb^: where wei were, joined . by Ookooma^ Jeeioa»
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 155
and some of the others, who unaffectedly expressed their
sorrow for this man^s untimely fate. I found my i people
who had been landed previous to our sailing on the surveyi»
much recovered) and very grateful for the kindness of jjie
natives. Milk,eggs, meat, and vegetables, had been brought
to them every day, and whenever they felt disposed towalk
they were accompanied by one or two of the natives, who
took their arms on coming to rough ground, and ofiben
helped themup thefiteep side of the hill behind the hospital^
to a pleasant grassy spot on the summit, where the natives
lighted pipes for them: in short, I suppose sailcNrs weite
never so caressed before.
The chiefs were anxious to know what we had been doing
during the week in which we had been absent. From JUi
apprehension that they might be displeased at our having
instituted a regular examination of the whcde island, we
said we had been looking at the harbour they had spoken
of; they immediately mentioned the village of OoHting,
and asked how we liked it. But they guessed that we had
been round the island, from seeing that we returned by the
south, though we had sailed to the north; they said
repeatedly, that the island was rery small, appearing to be
anxious to depreciate it; our reply of course was, that it
wasTery large imd beautiful.
Digitized by
Google
156 VOYAGE TO THE
. Mddera has made great improvement in. English, and
bis character is altogether more developed.. He is quite at
his ease in our company, and seems to take the most
extraordinary interest in every thing belonging to us; but
his ardent desire to inform himself on all subjects sometimes
distresses hini a good deal ; he observes the facility with
which we do some things, and his enterprising mind suggests
to him the possibility of his imitating us ; but when he is made
i^eosible of the number of steps by which alone the know-
ledge, he admires is to be attained, his despair is strongly
marked. He sometimes asks us to read English aloud to
him, to which he always listens with the deepest attention.
One day, on shore, he saw me with a book in my hand : he
begged me to sit down under a tree, and read : Jeeroo was
the. only chief present, but there were several of the peasants
ip attendance upon him ; they all lay down on the grass,
^nd listened with an attention and interest which are natural
^npugh : every one expressed himself pleased and satisfied
^cept Madera, whose anxiety was to read in the same
inanner himself. From the earnest way in which he inquired
into, every subject, we were sometimes inclined to thin^ that
he must have been directed by the government to inform
himself on these topics ; and certainly a fittw person could
not have been selected ; for he adapted himself so readily
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 157
to all ranks, that he became at once a favourite; and every
person took pleasure in obliging him.
Jeeroo is esteemed in another way ; he is uniformly
good humoured and obliging, and not without curiosity;
but he is not clever, and has none of the fire and enthusiasm
of Mddera. We all think kindly of Jeeroo, and shake him
cordially by the hand when we meet him ; but Mddera is
admired and respected, as well as esteemed, and his society
is courted for his own sake.
M4dera is about twenty ^eight years of age, of a slender
figure, and very active; his upper teeth project in front
ovfer the lower onesi giving his fece a remarkable; but not a
disagreeable expression. He is always cheerful, and often
lively and playful, but his good sense prevents his ever goiiig
beyond thie line of strict propriety. When required by
etiquette to be graven no one is so immoveably serioust as
M&dera, and when mirth rules the hour, he is the gayest
of the gay: such indeed is his taste on these occasions,
that he not only catches the outward tone of his company,
but really appears to think and feel ais they do. His enter-
prising spirit and versatility of talent have led him to
engage in a number of pursuits ; his success, however, is the
most remarkable in his acquisition of English. About a
month after our arrival, he was asked what had become of
Digitized by
Google
158 VOYAGE TO THE
fais companioQ Anya ; be replied, ^^ Anja, him mother sick,
he go him mother house;'' and when asked if he would return,
ix&said, ^^ Two, three day time, him mother no sick, he come
9faip/^ With all these endowments and attainments he is
miafiectedly modest, and never seems aware of his being
superior to the rest of his countrymen. We were a long
time in doubt what was his real rank ; for at first he kept
himself back, so that he was well known to the midshipmen,
before the officers were at all acquainted" with him : he
gradually came forward, and though he always wore the dress
of the ordinary respectable natives, his manners evidently
.belonged to a higher rank, but he never associated with the
idiiefs, and disclaimed having any pretensions to an equality
:with them. Notwithstanding all this, there were occasional
circumstonces^ • which, by shewing his authority, almost
iietcayed his secret. One morning a difficulty arose about
Bome supplies which the chiefs had engaged to procure, but
•which they had neglected to send; as soon as M&dera was
4oId of the- circumstance, he went to Captain Maxwell, and
-undertook to arrange it to his satisfaction, at the same time
begging that if any difficulty occurred in future, he might
be apphed to. Whatever may be M4dera^s rank in his own
society, it is highly curious to discover in a country so cir-
cumstanced, the same politeness, self-denial, and graceful-
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND* 159
ness of behaviour which the experience of civilized nationi
hag pointed out as constituting the most pleasing and
advantageous fonn of intercourse.
The great interest which M4dera took in the Englisb^
and the curiosity he always^ expressed about our custo<i»:at
horoe^ suggested the idea of taking him with u» to Engkiid;
where he would have been- an interesting specimen of^ a
people so little known ; and he also might have carried! bade
knowledge of the greatest use to his country. When it was
proposed to him, he paused for some minutes, and then^
shaking his head, said, ^^ I go Injeree, — ^father, mother,
childs, wife, house, all cry! not go; no, no, all cry P^'
In our absence a number of watch-houses had been
erected on the heights round the anchorage; they are mere
sheds of cane thatched over, in which three or f6ur of the
natives remain, day and night, in. order to be ready te
accompany any person who may happen to land, wherever
it be. They have also erected a long shed, with a floor of
split bamboo; in this place, which is on the top of the hill
above the usual landing place, the chiefs generally assemble
in the morning; they invite every one who passes to drink
tea and smoke pipes, which is very convenient when the
boats happen not to be ready to take us on board. EacH
of the chiefs is attended by a boy, generally his son, whose
Digitized by
Google
leo VOYAGE TO THE
busihess it is to carry a little square box, in which there ara
several, small drawers, divided into compartments, filled
with rice, sliced eggs, small squares of smoked pork, cakes,
and fish ; and in one corner a small metal pot of sackee,
besides cups and chopsticks. By having this always with
them, thajr can dine when and where they choose. They
frequently invite us to dine with them, and if we agree to
the proposal, they generally ask any other of the chiefs
whom they, meet to be of the party and join. dinners. ^ The
place selected for these pic nics is commonly under the
tree^, in a cool spot, where a mat is spread on the grass ;
and every thing being laid out in great order, the party
lies down in a circle, and seldom breaks up till the sackee
pot is empty.
An artist of the island brought a drawing of the Alceste
on board to-day for Captain Maxwell : it is about two feet
by one and a half, and is altogether a most extraordinary
production, in which perspective and proportion are c»^
riously disregarded. The captain and officers are introduced
in full uniform, and a number of the sailors on the rigging
and masts. With all its extravagance, however, it has
considerable merit ; there is nothing slovenly about it, and
there is enough of truth in it to shew that it was sketched
on the spot.
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. I6l
A dispute has arisen between John the interpreter and
the chiefs, who it seems had positively promised to get a
horse for Captain Maxwell to ride ; as they have not kept
their word, John declares that he will have nothing to say
to people who do not speak truth. They have again pro-
mised, however, that a horse will be got ready, 9txd in the
mean time, a fresh stock of beef and vegetables has been
sent to both ships, which has pacified John a little. We
have had much occasion to lament not having been accom-
panied by one of the gentlemen of the factory acquainted
with the Chinese language, for although to have John is miuch
better than to be without any interpreter, it is probable that
he is not very delicate in his requests, and makes use of
expressions and arguments unsuited to our character, and
contrary to our wishes and instructions.
19th of October, — In the morning, before breakfast.
Captain Maxwell was informed by one of the chiefs, that a
h^rse was ready for him on the beach; he landed ac-
cordingly, and found a little pony saddled, and two of the
chiefs mounted.- They objected to his riding in the country,
where the roads were uneven, so that for the present hi^
ride was confined to the beach. The saddle is made ^f
wood, and so uneven as to be very unpleasant : it is pro-
posed to have one made of a blanket and mats in future.
Digitized by
Google
Ifi2 VOYAGE TO THE
To tbe stirrup there is tied a box, large, enough to receive
the whole foot *
A dinner was given to-day bj Captain Maxwell to the
daefe Ookooma, Shayoon^ Issacha. Sandoo^ Jeema, and
Iseacha Hacke^boocoo ; Jeeroo was also invited to it, but
idid not attend ; being the junior, he had probably been left
in charge of the beach and store-rooms. Midera also made
one of the party, though not originally included, in. the
invitaticMCi. As he bad nev^er laid any claim to an equality
in rank with the chiefs, it bad not. been thought right to
invite him along with them: but M4dera, who probably
knew that he would be very welcome, put himself in Captain
Maxwell's way just before dinner, and was prevailed upooy
^fter a little persuasion, to remain. ' » . ' v
Dinner was served at five o'clock in as sumptuous a style
^s possible. Ookooma was placed on Captain Ma&well s
Tight, and Shayoon on his left; I sat beside the fonper,
and Mr, Clifford next the other ; then the two chiefs n#xt
in rank, and 'beside tjiemtwo of the officers of the ship:
the first lieutenant, Mr. Hickman, sat at'the foot ef the
table, with Hackeeboocoo on his rights and Madera on .his
Ifeft They were all in great spirits, and ate and drank
•freelyj and though they complained of the size q£ the
glasses, and of the strength of the wine, tasted every thing
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 163
from punch to champagne : the briskness of the last mdeed
surprised them not a little, and effectually muddled two, of
them for some time* Cheese was the only thing they all
objected to, probably on accouht of its being made of milk,
Yhich they never taste. The interpreter not being present,
the conversation was carried on through Mr. Cli^ord and
Mddera, and partly by signs* Whether intelligibly ornoi,
every body wai talking. M&dera has dined often on board
the ship, and is quite perjfect in our customs. On this
occasion he took great charge of the chiefs at his end of the
table, speaking sometimes in one language and sometimesiip
the other. Observing Jeema eating ham vrithout mustard,
he called to Captain MarwelFs servant, and pointing to
Jeema, 'said, *' Tom, take mustard to him.'* When the
desert was put on table, and the wine decanters ranged in
a line, they exclaimed in a&tonishment, ^^ Moo eeyroo nod
sackee,'* six kinds or colours of wine ; but the sweetmeats
and prepared confectionary pleased them most.
After sitting about an hour and a half after dinner, and
drinking with tolerable spirit, they rose to depart ; but this
they were not allowed to do, and they were informed that it
was the English custom to sit a much longer time. They
represented that the sun had set, and they would never be
able to find their way on shore, but would all be drowned in
Digitized by
Google
164 VOYAGE TO THE
attempting it. This alarming difficulty was easily over*-
ruled by a promise of the barge, and they sat down again.
While the discussion was going on between Captain Max-
well and his guests, M4dera kept his seat, and looked about
him in his keen observant way, to discover, if he could,
what was likely to be the issue of this adventure* Having
observed that in general we were anxious to keep our com-^
pany at table as long as we could, he naturally enough
thought that we would not let this opportunity pass of
entertaining the chiefs according to our fashion. He
appeared to have settled this question with himself just as
the chiefs resumed their seats, for rising half off his chair,
and with a mixture of archness and simplicity, as if he had
made an amusing discovery, cried out in English, ".When,
all drunk then go ashore V Though M4dera, as will be. seen,,
was not quite right in his guess, there was enough of truth
in his remark to raise a hearty laugh among those who
understood him ; and as he joined in this laugh at his owa
joke, it was some time before he could explain what he had
said to the chiefs, who, being in a merry humour themselves^
took it in perfect good part, though their mirth was evidently,
dashed by a little apprehension of the fate which Mddera
had anticipated for them.
The health of his Royal Highness the Prince Regent wa«.
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 165
then giveiiy all the company standing in the most respectful
manner. This was followed by the health of the King of
Loo-choo, which was drank with similar observances. On
sitting down after the latter toasts the chiefs, conferred a
few minutes across the table, and then all rose to propose
Captain Maxwell's health ; their wishes being explained by
Mddera. When they sat down, Captaib Maxwell proposed
the health of Ookooma and the other chiefs, but as we in
return stood up to drink to them, their modesty disclaimed
this part of the compliment, and they rose likewise; nor
was it till a good deal of persuasion had been used, that thej
consented to be seated while we were standing.
These four bumpers made the party very merry, and it
now was intimated to them, that as all the usual formalities
had been observed, they might drink just as much as they
liked, or pass the bottle altogether ; a permission of which
few of them took advantage. They lighted their pipes^
laughed, joked, and seemed so happy, that it was agreed on
all ha'nds, that conviviality is no wheite better understood
than at Loo-choo. After a time^ at our request, they played
some games, of which we had heard them speak. The object
of these games was drinking ; a cup of wine being the inva^
ria>le forfeit. That every thing might be in character during
the games, some of their own little cups were p\it ou tabl^.
Digitized by
Google
466 VOYAGE TO THE
One person holds the stalk of his tobacco-pipe between the
palms of his hands, so that the pipe rolls round as he moves
his hands, which he is to hold over his head, so as not to
i^e them. - After turning it round for a short time, he sud-
denly stops, and the person to whom the bowl is directed
has to drink a cup of wine. Another is a Chinese game:
one peraon holds his hand closed over his head, he then
brings it quickly down before him with one or more fingers
Extended; the person he is playing with calls out the
number of them, aijd if he guesses right, he has to, drink
the cup of wine. These and other games caused a good
deal of noisy mirth, and at length it was proposied by them
to go out, in order to look at the sailors who were dancing on
deck; Before leaving the cabin, they shewed us a Loo-choo
dance round the table: Mddera placed himself at the head
before Ookooma, while the others ranged themselves in a line
behind him; he began by a song, the air of which was very
pretty, and nearly at the same time commenced the dance,
which consisted principally in throwing the body into a
variety of postures, and twisting the hands about. Some-
times the hands were placed flat together, at others separate,
but generally the former; the movements both of the body
and hands were regular and of a waving description. The
head was made to incline slowly from side to side, so as
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. Jtfi?
almost to touch the shoulders ; the feet were moyed with a
slight shufBing motion, with an occasional long streeping
step to ^one side and then back again ; but the perfection
of the dance appeared to be in the proper use of the haAids
and body. The words of the dance song were " Sasa sang-
coomah, sangcoomee ah ! sangcoomee ah ! kadee yooshee
daw/' when they came to the last word they all joined
in the chorus and clapped their hand^. Although Mddem
was the leader both* in the dance and song, he was occa-
sionally joined in the latter by several of the others, the
whole party repeating the last word several times over^
In this way they went several times round the table. M&-
dera ha^a graceful carriage, and his dancing, though fan^
tastic, was really elegant; his singing too was in good taste.
The others danced clumsily, though in perfect good time,
and joined with some spirit in the chorus.
The ship was illuminated, and the sailors were dancing on
the upper deck. The chiefs were rnnCh pleased with this
scene, which was lively enough. After watching the dance of
the sailors for a few minutes, M4dera, who, to use a common
phrase, " was up to every thing,'' ran among the sailors^ an4
seizing one of them by the shoulders, put him. out of the
dance, took his place, and kept up the reel with the same
spirit, and exactly in the same style and step as the sailors.
Digitized by
Google
168 VOYAGE TO THE
The other dances were left off, and the whole ship^s company
assembling round Mddera, cheered and clapped him till the
dance was done. The chiefs joined in the applause, seeming
no less surprised than ourselves at M4dera^s skill, for his
imitation of the sailors' odd steps and gestures was as exact
as if he had lived amongst seamen all his life. The officers^
then danced a country dance, after which the chiefs, un-
asked, and with a sort of intuitive politeness, which reii-
dered every thing they did appropriate, instantly stepped
forward and danced several times round the quarter-deck,
to the infinite gratification of the sailors.
On returning to the cabin to tea, they were all in high
spirits, and while amusing themselves with a sort of wrest--
ling game, Ookooma, who had seen us placing ourselves in
sparring attitudes, threw himself suddenly into the boxer^s
position of defence, assuming at the same time a fierceness
of look which we had never before seen in any of them.
The gentleman to whom he addressed himself, thinking that
Ookooma wished to spar, prepared to indulge him ; but
Madera's quick eye saw what was going on, and by a word
or two made him instantly resume his wonted sedateness.
We tried in vain to make Madera explain what were
the magical words which he had used to Ookooma. He
appeared anxious to turn our thoughts from the subject^ by
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 169
sayings " Loo-<:hoo man no fight ; Loo-choo man write —
Ho fight, no good, no, no, Ingerish very good, yes, yes,
yes; Loo-choo man no fight/' Possibly he considered
that Ookooma was taking too great a liberty ; or, perhaps,
he thought even the semblance of fighting unsuitable with
the strict amity subsisting between us.
Before they went away. Captain Maxwell, who had re-
marked the satisfaction with which the chiefs received any
attention shewn to their children, ordered a large cake to be
brought him, which he divided into portions for the fiimily
of each. The chiefs were in a proper mood to feel this kind*
ness, and they expressed themselves, as may be supposed,
very warmly upon the occasion. When they put off for the
shore they began singing, and never left off till they landed.
20th. of October. — The forenoon was passed at the
Observatory, and afterwards we walked in the country
without being observed, for the chiefs had not yet recovered
from the effects of last night's gaiety : but we had not gone
a mile before Jeeroo overtook us. We were very anxious
to gain the brow of a neighbouring hill, from which we
imagined there would be a good view of the palace^ but
although Jeeroo was the most obliging creature in the
world on every other occasion, he was resolute now in not
letting us go far beyond our usual limits ; we tried to over-*
Digitized by
Google
170 VOYAGE TO THE
rule bif objectio&s by telling him that we should do no misi'
chiefs and would not go farther than the adjoining height.
He would listen, however, to nothing ; and as we still walked
slowly on, he at last sent oS a messenger for assistance, but
before this reinforcement arrived we had turned back, to
Jeeroo's great relief. Although the object proposed had
not been accomplished, we got a better sight of the palace
than we had yet obtained. It is so much enclosed by treat
that parts only can be seen, but it is undoubtedly a veiy
large building. On returning we met Hackeebo6coo^ the fat
chiei^ coming puffing and blowing up the hiU; he had set
out to overtake us on being told by Jeeroo^s messenger what
we were proposing to do. He had drank a good deal of
wipe yesterday on board, and said he had been ^ weetee'^
(drunk)^ and that his head ached very much. After he
joined us we passed neax a village, where we met two women
at t^e turning of a road : they did not see us till, within a
few yards, and their alarm was great ; they threw down the
bas)c,ets, which they were carrying on their heads, and fled
into th^ wood. Our two companions were very uneasy at
this rencontre, and would not listen to our reasoning upon
t]b)e absurdity of their apprehensions, looking quite miserable
tiU the s\ibjeqt, wluch seems to be an interdicted <me, was
chaj[^ed. W^ ^m% aft^^Dnwds to the Ingh ground If^mA
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 171
the hospital, in order to fiU up by eye the edges of tiie
neis in our charts, for which regular triangles could not
be taken in the survey. While I was thus engaged, Mr.
Clifford endeavoured to learn from Jeeroo whether or not
the King lived in the large house spoken of before ; Jeeroo
as usual denied any knowledge of the King, and could not
be pievaded upon to say wbat the house was, or who re*
nded there ; a peasant, however, who happened to be along
with us was more communicative, and was giving all die
informatioii desired, when Jeeroo, observing what he was
about, reprimanded him sharply. On coming down from
tiie height we found all the chiefs seated in a long room
eracted -on the outside of the garden gate : they were ytry
merry on the sabject of last night's adventure.
filstof October.— While Mrs. Loy was employed at the
weU kMday waging dotlies, at a moment when every body
eiife was out of the way, lAie was visited by a Loo-choo lady^
aiocompanaed by a numerous guard of men. She describes
her as bemg about eighteen years of age, well dressed, fair
m tomplexion, with small dark eyes, and ttot without
beavty ; her hair was of a glossy jet Mack, made tip into a
knot on one side Gi the head. She won a girdle tied at die
skle, and had on sandals like the men. Mrs. Loy wished
to tooch her, bat she shrunk back in idarm. Whether
Digitized by
Google
173 VOYAGE TO THE
these details be quite correct or not, the circumstance of a
lady of rank having visited Mrs. Loy is so far interesting a»
it denotes a considerable degree; of curiosity on the lady's
part, together with the power of gratifying it, which, in a
country where the women are strictly secluded, perhaps
would not be allowed.
22d of October. — Ookooma and Jeeroo came to the
Observatory to-day, together with a number of the most
respectable of the natives ; they were desirous of seeing the
reflected images of the sun in the artificial horizon through
the telescope of the ses:tant. As this was placed on a. stand
there was no difficulty in satisfying their curiosity, for they
had only to place their eye to the tube, the angle having
been previously arranged. Many of them were amused by
the changes of colour in the reflected images by means of
the difierent shades ; others were more struck with the ap«
parent motion of the two sung, which is very perceptible
when a high magnifying power is used ; a few endeavoured
to understand the meaning of what they saw, but vs^ith the
exception of Jeeroo, I think they had no conception of its
cause. Jeeroo appeared to have some notion of astronomy ;
his idea of eclipses was more accurate than could have been
expected. From him Mr. Clifibrd got the names of the
days and months, and the various points of information
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 173
respecting Time, which will be found in the Vocabulary.
Whenever we were actually taking observations, the natives
invariably remained at a considerable distance. ; They had
been told that the least motion disturbed, the surface of the
quicksilver, and prevented our taking observations«t . They
had much patience, and sometimes sat quite.still and silept
for several hours, till invited to come: forward to look at
the instruments. When Ookpoma and Jeeroo came to
us, we observed that they were in great distress, and upon
our asking the cause, the former explained that Captain
Maxwell during his ride this morning had fallen down, or
rather that his horse, which was too weak for his weighty
had fallen with him, and that his finger was broken : " Tayin
ma tawrittee, Tayin no eebee ootee'' (the Tayin's horse fell,
Tayin's finger broke). A Loo-choo doctor, he said, had
gone on board, who would soon cure it. .
On going to the Alceste we found that the Loo-choo
surgeon had placed Captain Maxwell's broken finger in a
thick paste made of eggs, flour, and some other substance
which he brought along with him. He then wrapped the
whole in the skin of a newly-killed fowl. This skin dried in
a short time and held the paste firm, by which the broken
finger was kept steady. The doctor went through a number
Digitized by
Google
174 VOYAGE TO THE
of ceiemonies^ such as feeling the pulse, looking at the
tongoe, and so on. He had a box along with him, con-
taining upwards of a hundred medicines.
Captain Maxwell mentioned, that while he was sitting
m a shed after ihe accident, he was surprised to see a
pereon enter the door crawling on all fours, and half dead
with terror. This it appeared was the surgeon, who had
been sent for by the chiefs. He was horror-struck at the
accident, but soon recovered himself on observing Captain
Maxwell's perfect tranquillity.
Captain MaxwelFs gentleness and forbearance, and his
uniform attention to the wishes of the natives, and the great
personal kindness which he had sliewn to so many of them,
had very early won their confidence and esteem. As our
intercoffiree became more intimate, these feelings naturally
became stronger, and the concern which the natives felt
upon this occasion was very general, and was expressed, not
only by Mddera and the chiefs, but by the lower orders,
in a maimer highly flattering to Captain Maxwell.
23d of October. — ^A deputation of the chiefs went on
board the Akeste early this mtoming to say, that the Prince
of the island, who was the next person in rank to tlte King,
and heir to the throne, meant to come on board the frigate
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 175
tbis afternooQy as well for the purpose of paying a visit
of ceremony, as of enquiring into the state of Captain
Maxwell's health after the accident.
At noon the four senior chiefs, dressed in their state robes
and hatchee*niatchees, came to announce the Prince's api-
proach, and in about half an hour afterwards he was
brought in a closed sedan-chair to the boat, through a con*-
course of people, to whom he seemed as much a show as to
us. The state boat was a large flat-bottomed barge, co*
vered with an awning of dark blue, witli white stars on it;
the whole haTOig much the appearance of a hearse. It was
preceded by two boats bearing flags witli an inscription
upon them, having in the bow an officer of justice carrying
a lackered bamboo, and in the stem a man beating a gong»
A vast number of boats were in attendance, some bearing
presents, and others following out of mere curiosity. One
ef the Chiefs came on board with the Prince's card, which
was of red paper forty-eight inches long, and eleven wide^,
and shortly afterwards the Prince's barge put off* from the
shore ; upon which the rigging of both ships wis manned,
* The literal translation of the card is <^ Loo-choo nation, extender of laws,
Gteat Person (called Ko), Heang, bows his head and worships,^ (the oonunoA
idnling expression among the Chinese.) It ought to be vemarked, that tfa«
Princess name is placed on one comer of the card, which is the most respectful
Hiodetfaat can be used, acemrdii^ to Chmese usage*
Digitized by
Google
176 VOYAGE TO THE
and a salute of seven guns fired ; when he came on board
he was received with a guard, and under a. like salute.
Captain Maxwell, who had been confined to the cabin ever
<$ince his accident, desired me to receive the Prince. No
-arrangement having been made with us respecting the ce-
remony of reception, I merely took off my hat and bowed :
but all the chiefs fell on their knees the instant he came on
the quarter-deck. I took his hand from one of the chiefs
-who had assisted him up the accommodation ladder, and
led him to the cabin.
When seated beside Captain Maxwell, the Prince made
several anxious enquiries about his finger, expressing much
regret that so disagreeable an accident should have occurred
at Loo-choo. He then called to his pipe-bearer, and having
prepared a pipe, presented it to Captain Maxwell, who. re-
turned him this compliment, by giving him one of his own.
The usual questions as to our ages and families, and various
complimentary speeches, having passed, he said he had
heard much of the wonders of the ship, and should hke to
see them himself: he rose upon this and went to the globes,
which he examined with great care. He begged to be shewn
Ingeree, Loo-choo, Quantoong (China) ; Niphon (Japan) ;
Manilla, and Pekin. The chiefs would not sit down in his
presence, and never spoke to him without kneeling. On his
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by VnOOQlC
Jmmm^ 4» ytV *>» *i' /^ JK .
THE PmiNCIE. of ]L'U'€ CM'DG,
I'uil.ishAi Jan j ij'S. fy /i^i Murray ■ j^cMmarU Stnei<': L<-vrJ^m. .
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 177
expressing a wish to look at the different parts of the ship,
he was conducted all round the decks. He observed every
thing with attention, but without betraying any great degree
of curiosity : he had heard of the boatswain's wife, and
asked to see her ; the lady, in her best dress, was presented
to him ; he stood for about half a minute looking at her
with a sort of pleased surprise, and then, as if suddenly re-
collecting that this was somewhat rude, he drew his fan from
his breast, and with an air of the utmost politeness, held
it towards her, and upon Mrs. Loy curtsying in acknow-
ledgment, he sent it to her by M4dera. He asked to see
the fire-engine worked, and appeared much gratified by
seeing the water thrown to so great a height. He had heard
of the African negro, and begged that he might be sent for.
When the black man was brought before him he looked
exceedingly surprised, and probably was in doubt whether
the colour was natural, as one of his people was sent to rub
his face, as if to discover whether it was painted or not. The
natives, who had flocked on board in crowds, fell on their
knees whenever the Prince passed.
On returning to the cabin, the Prince was invited to
a collation prepared for him in the foremost cabin:
for a long time he refused to sit down, nor could we con-
jecture what his objection was; at length, however, he
A A
Digitized by
Google
176 VOYAGE TO THE
coipplied) while the chiefB, who are neither allowed to sit
down nor eait in his presence, retired to the after^-cabin.
He tasted every thing which was offered him, but seemed
afraid of the wines, having probably heard of the proceed*-
ings on the evening of the 19th. In about half an hour he
rose and went to the after*cabin ; the chiefs and the people
of his suite, to the number of fifteen, then sat down at the
table he had left, and made ample amends for the tem«»
pertiQce and moderation of his royal highness.
As soon as they rejoined the party in the ailer*>cabin,
business was entered upon by Captain Maxwell's returning
thanks, in the name of the English government, for the
Uberal way in which we had been supplied with every kind
of refreshment, and for the other assistance which had been
given to us. The Prince replied, that the King of Loo-choo
was anxious to do every thing in his power for the King of
England's ships. Upon this Captain Maxwell observed,
that he was very desirous of seeing his majesty, for the pur*
pose of expressing in person his gratitude for the kindness
we had received in this country. The Prince answered,
that it was contrary to the laws and customs of Loo-choo,
for any foreigner to see the king, unless sent by his own
sovereign, and charged with compUmentary presents.
Coming from such high authority, this assurance was con-
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 179.
elusive^ and as nothing further could now be said on the
subject, the hope of opening a communication with this
court, which had been 80 anxiously desired, seemed now
destroyed. The Prince, however, unexpectedly resumed
the subject, by saying that a letter would be written to the
King of England, if Captain Maxwell would undertake to
deliver it; his answer was, that nothing could give him
more satisfaction than being made the bearer of sueh a
communication: that he had earnestly desired the honour
of paying his respects to his majesty, but from the moment
that he had heard that it was contrary to the customs of the
country, he had ceased to think Qf it« As soon as it waa
interpreted that Captain Ma&well was willing to carry tb0
letter alluded to, and that he no longer urged his detire to
see the King, the Prince rose and pressed Captain Maxi*
weirs hand and mine between his, while all the chiefs fell on
their knees in a circle round us, shewing by the expression
of their countenances, how great the anxiety had been from
which they were relieved by Captain Maxweirs ready
acquiescence with their wishes: the Prince in particular,
who had hitherto looked full of anxiety, became all cheer*
fulness, and his manner assumed a totally different ch^
racter.
The inference from this curious scene is, that the real
Digitized by
Google
180 VOYAGE TO THE
object of the Princess visit was to dissuade Captain Max**
well from urging his request to be allowed an interview with
the King ; and we conjectured that the circumstance of his
accident was taken advantage of to pay a visit to the
Alceste, where they naturally thought that the remonstrances
of a man of such high rank as the Heir Apparent to the
throne, would carry more weight than any which had yet
been tried.
When the Prince again alluded to the letter, it appeared
that it was to be written by the minister, and not by the
King. This altered the case materially, and Captain Max«^
well most respectfiilly informed the Prince, that such a
letter as he described could not be received, as it would be
an indignity to our sovereign to offer his majesty a letter
written by another king's minister. The Prince at once
seemed sensible of the propriety of what Captain Maxwell
had said, and calling the chiefs round him, entered into a
long discussion with them : at the close of which, he declared
himself incompetent to decide upon so important an occa**
sion, but said that he would consult with the King, whose
pleasure would be communicated in a few days. Captain
Maxwell expressed his willingness to abide by his majesty^s
decision as far as was consistent with the respect due to his
own sovereign. The Prince seemed entirely satisfied with
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 181
this answer, and said something to the chiefs, upon which
they again fell on their knees before Captain Maxwell, not*
withstanding all his efforts to prevent them. Nothing more
of any consequence passed.
In the early part of the interview the present was
brought in, or at least such parts of it as were capable of
being thus displayed. T%ie whole consisted of two bullocks,
three hogs, three goats, and a quantity of vegetables and
fruit ; besides fifteen webs of the cloth of the island, thirty
fans, and twelve pipes. The Prince said he had sent a
present to me, which I found to consist of half the above
mentioned things. He shortly afterwards rose to take
leave. The rigging was manned on his going away, and
similar honours were paid him as were shewn when he came
on board.
The Prince of Loo-choo, whose name is Shang Pong
Fwee, and title Pochin Tay Foo, belongs to the highest
of the nine orders of chiefs on the islands, the distinction of
which rank is a hatchee-matchee of a pink ground, with
perpendicular rows of black, yellow, blue, white, and green
spots. He was clothed in a robe of light blue silk, lined
with silk a shade lighter, over which he wore a girdle richly
embossed with flpwers of gold and different coloured silks :
in other respects his dress was like that of the chiefs. He
Digitized by
Google
182 VOYAGE TO THE
is about fifty years old^ his beard is full and white, and his
figure well proportioned. In manners he is genteel and
sedate, but occasionally a little awkward, which his retired
habits sufficiently account for. Towards the close of his
visit, when his reserve had in some degree worn off^ we
observed him smile for an instant, now and then, with a
shrewd expression in his eyes, as if he was observing what
W»8 passing more narrowly than we at first suspected. It
was thought, too, that in making inquiries about different
things on board, he shewed more discrimination than most
of those who had preceded him ; but on the whole, there
wfts nothing very interesting in him besides his rank. While
he was looking over the bdoks and other things in the cabin^
a picture of hi& majesty King George the Third was shewn
to him. As the interpreter was not present, we could not
immediately explain who it was intended to represent^ till it
occurred to us to join our hands and bow to it in the Loo*
choo manner : the Prince instantly saw what was meant,
and turning towards the picture, made a low and respectful
obeisance.
His suite consisted of several chie& whom we had not seen
before, and six or seven personal attendants, two of whom
stood behind to fan bim and light his pipe. It is curious
that these men, who from their dress and manner were
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 183
certainly servants, derived a sort of rank from being about
the Prince's person ; for when the chiefs sat down to table
aftier he had left it, they all stood by as if expecting to be
invited to sit down also ; but Mr. CUflford, to whom Captain
Maxwell had given the party in charge, having observed
how particular they were with respect to the distinctions of
rank, did not think of asking thein to be seated, till Jeema
requested him to do so ; still suspecting some mistake, he
applied to Mddera, who said it was perfectly correct, and
they were accordingly asked to sit down with the rest.
We had never been able to obtain from the natives any clear
account of former visitors^ and as the Prince.was thought a
likely person to be in possession of the desired infc^rmation,
questions were asked him upon thip subject. He said that
a vessel had been here about twenty years ago, and that she
went away immediately without holding any communication
with the court. This must have been the schooner in which
Captain Broughton visited Napakiang in July, 1797^ after
he had been wrecked in his majesty's ship Providence, on
the island of Typinsan*. He said that he knew of no other
* See Broughton^s Voyage, Book II. Chap. 2. for a very interesting account
of tbe natives of Tyfnnsan, who appear to resemble the people of the Great
Loo-choo Island. In Book II. Chap. 3. Captain Broughton ^ves an account
of his visit to Napachan. He was received by the inhabitants with great kind-
ness ; they supplied his wants, but objected to his landing, and sent back to the
schooner some of the officers who had been sent on shore to examine the town.
We found Captain Broughton^s account of the people quite aocurate.
Digitized by
Google
1 84 VOYAGE TO THE
stranger who had visited Loo-choo. On being interrogated
as to the knowledge of other countries, he declared that
they knew nothing of the English or French, or any nation
indeed but the Chinese, Corean, and Japanese. Something
was said about Manilla, and from its riot being very remote,
it is possible that some communication may have existed
between that place and Loo-choo. Their accounts, how-
ever, were vague and unsatisfactory, and it is not impossible
that we ourselves may have first suggested the name, and
afterwards ascribed the use of it to them*.
Nothing, however, that occurred to-day, attracted more
notice than Mddera's assumption erf his long concealed
rank. He came for the first time dressed in the robes and
hatchee-matchee of a chief, and not only took precedence
of all our old friends, but during the discussion in the cabin
with the Prince, maintained a decided superiority over
them all. While all the rest were embarrassed in the
Prince's presence, and crouching on their knees every time
they spoke, Madera, though always respectful, was quite at
his ease ; and we could not help fancying that he addressed
the Prince as if accustomed to his society. It was no less
remarkable, that the Prince referred much oftener to him
than to any of the rest, and listened to what he said with
* At Manilla we found that the Great Loo-choo Island was known only by
name. There iqprpeared to be no intercourse between the two places.
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 185
greater attentioa. Whether M4dera owed such distinction
to his actual rank, which may have placed him about the
court, or to the ascendancy of his talents, or to the ac*
cid^ital circumstance of his having had better opportunities
of knowing us than any other of the natives, we could
never discover. He admitted , when interrogated, that he had
often seen the Prince before, while the other chiefs confessed
their ignorance even of his person, before to-day.
As soon as the Prince was placed in his chair and car*
ried away, M&dera came on board, and entered with great
good humour into all the jokes which were made upon his
new character. He declined telling why he had kept his
rank so long out of sight, but it was sufficiently obvious that
his main object was to establish an intimacy with all the
different classes on board the ships, and in this he com*
pletely succeeded ; for he had gradually advanced in hb
acquaintance, first with the sailors, then the midshipmen,
next with the officers, and last of all with the captains. By
this means he gained the confidence and good will of each
class as he went along ; and by rising in consequence every
day, instead of putting forward all his claims at once, ac«
quired not only substantial importance with us, but gained
a much more intimate knowledge of our character and
customs than he could have hoped to do in any other way.
B B
Digitized by
Google
186 VOYAGE TO THE
24th of October. — Mr. ClifFord went along with me to-
day for the purpose of sketching the bridge, which, though
not above three hundred yards from the landing place, the
chiefs have always objected to our examining. We took
Jeeroo with us without telling him ojar object, which he no
sooner discovered than he became quite alaimed, and sent
off for Madera, who came to us immediately, and upon
learning that nothing further was proposed than a mere
examination of the bridge, he said that we might go on ;
having first made us promise solemnly not to go any further.
While Madera was binding us down in this way, I expressed
some little impatience at his doubting our simple declaration
of nothing more being intended than what we avowed; but
his duty I suppose was imperative, and he would not leave
us till the matter was arranged in his own way. As soon
as he was satisfied on this point he said something to Jeeroo
and left us ; but turning back again, he came up to Mr.
Chfford, and whispered, " captain no sulky?'' meaning, we
supposed, to express his apprehension that I had been angry
at the stipulations so positively required by him. Mr. Clif-
ford, having assured him that I was not sulky with him,
detained him to ask him what it was he feared ? what he had
seen in us to excite such dread of our going near the town ?>
He replied, '* Loochoo woman see Ingeree man, Loocho<a^
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 187
woman cry !'^. He then returned ; and Jeeroo, who remained
in a boat close to the bridge while I was employed mea-
suring it and drawing it stone by stone, was greatly in-
terested by Mr. CliflFord's ^iccount of the great age of our
venerable Sovereign, and the ntimber of his family, which
excited his astonishment and admiration* He conversed
freely while the subject was the King of England, but the
moment the slightest turn in the discourse was made to*-
wards the King of Leo-choo he drew up, and became im-
penetrable. " He did not know,'' he said, " how old he was,
nor how many children he had f in short he seemed scarcely
to admit that he had ever heard any thing about him.
From Mddera, however, who had no concealments, we
learnt afterwards that the King has only one wife, but has
twelve concubines ; he is an old man^ and has seven child*
ren. It is curious that none of the chiefs will inform Cap-
tain Maxwell whether or not the Prince who visited the
ships yesterday has any children ; it is hardly possible that
they can be ignorant of the fact ; but either they are kept
strangely in the dark as to what passes in the palace, or
they carry their reserve on royal topics to a singular length.
From the bridge we went to the top of the hill above
the well, where Jeeroo sung several songs. On the way up
we stopped at one of the large horse-shoe tombs mentioned
Digitized by
Google
188 VOYAGE TO THE
before, which resembles in all respects the tombs of China«
On this similarity being pointed out to Jeeroo, he became
anxious to explain that it was a Loo-choo tomb, and not
exclusively Chinese ; meaning probably that Loo-choo per*
sons were contained in it. He informed us that these tomba
did not contain a single person only, or a single generation,
but were used as cemeteries from age to age^. The bodies,,
according to his account, are put into coffins, and allowed
to he untouched for seven years, by which time the flesh is
entirely decayed ; the bones are then collected, and being
put into cases are preserved by the families of the deceased
with great care.
35th of October. — ^This being the anniversary of His.
Majesty'^ accession to the throne, the ships were dressed in
colours, and a royal .salute fired. Upon the natives this,
produced a great effect; they had never seen any other
flags than the single ensigns hoisted on Sundays, and this,
display of several hundred flags was well calculated to sur<^
prise and dehght them. They were informed some day&
before that there would be some ceremonies in honour of
our Eang, and great numbers of people had assembled on
the shore in consequence. This morning had also been fixed
upon for returning the Prince's visit ; accordingly we left the
Alceste at one o'clock, forming a procession of four boats^
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CH0O ISLAND. lfi[9
with flags in each. Captain Maxwell took twelve of his
officers and young gentlemen, and six accompanied m)e
from the Lyra, all being dressed in full uniform. We
entered the harbour, and landed at the same part of the
causeway as before, where the chiefs were in attendance^as
on the occasion of our visit on the 23d ult.
The Prince advanced a few yards on the outside of the
gate, and having taken Captain Maxwell's hand, conducted
him to the temple, where an ingenious device was adopted
to preserve the etiquette, requiring, that none of inferior
rank shall sit down in the Prince's company. The temple
was divided into three rooms by ranges of columns, which
were deemed a sufficient separation ; and, at the same time,
no person in the other rooms could feel himself slighted by
the exclusion, since the division by the pillars was merely
nominal. The feast was sumptuous, consisting of twelve
fegular courses, besides tea and sackee. There were many
new dishes, principally of meat, dressed in various ways in
large bowls. We saw what seemed to be wheaten bread
for the first time to-day. It being necessary to make some
return for the presents brought on board by the Prince two
days ago. Captain Maxwell now gave him several pieces of
scarlet and blue superfine cloth, and samples of every
species of cloths, from the finest damask to the coarsest sail
Digitized by
Google
190 VOYAGE TO THE
canvas ; also a set of cut crystal decanters and glasses, aiid
three dozen of wine of ten different sorts, with several books,
and a number of smaller articles. It was also stated to
the Prince, that a cow and calf had been left on shore in
order to be offered to the King as a small mark of our sense
of the kindness which we had experienced. The Prince ex-
pressed much satisfaction at this gift, as the calf had become
a great favourite with the natives. My present consisted of
half the quantity of wine given by Captain Maxwell, a mirror
taken from a dressing-stand, samples of English stationary^
Cary^s map of England, an atlas, and a small brass sextant;
which latter present had been suggested by the wonder
which it had invariably excited at the observatory. Mr.
John Maxwell, to whom the Prince had sent a present of
cloth and pipes after he landed yesterday, gave him a spy-
glass and a map of London ; the map was coloured, and
round the edges were the palaces, Greenwich Hospital, and
other public buildings, all of which he examined with great
attention. After he had looked over most of the things,
and was satisfied with the explanations, he rose and said
that a great deal too much had been given, to which it was
replied, that a great deal too little had been given, and that
they were not offered as being, in any respect, an equivalent
for the supplies sent on board, but merely to shew our
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND.
191
sense of the kindness and attention with which we had
been received *. During the time that we sat at table to-
day, the interpreter was hardly ever called in, as M4-
dera and Mr. Cliflford contrived between them to explain
every thing, if not as clearly as could have been wished,
yet in a more satisfactory manner than could have been
done through the medium of John the Chinaman, of whose
fidelity we were nowise certain, and whose taste and de-
licacy in conveying our sentiments v^e had great reason to
doubt.
* LIST OF SUPPLIES RECEIVED AT LOO-CHOO BY
H. M. SHIPS.
Bullocks . . . . -
Pigs
Goats . - - .
Fowls - • . - .
Fish ....
Eggs . - - - .
Bags of sweet potatoes - - -
Squashes - - -
Jars of Samchoo, each containing about fifteen
gallons - - - -
Baskets of oranges - - - -
Bundles of mns^rhread
anions
Radishes
Celery
' Garlick
— — Candles
Wood
Pumpkins
Baskets of yermicelli
Boxes of sugar
Bolls of printed linen
Bundles of papec
Alcette.
Lyra.
19
8
23
10
16
7
♦216
102
29
12
920
455
•59
27
84
14
6
8
9
4
8
3
16
8
80
12
12
S
8
4
7
8
16
8
60
80
7
8
2
1
14
7
6
I S
* Not inclodio^
extra sappliei
to the officers.
* Not indoding
ditto.
Digitized by
Google
19« VOYAGE TO THE
The Prince, after a time, rose aod proposed the King
ef£ England's health, which was accordingly drank in a
cup of sackee. In return we gave the King of Loo-choo.
As the surgeon had desired Captain Maxwell to drink no
wine, there was very little drank at the Prince's table ; but
at the others every art was used to circulate the sackee pot.
Indeed, little persuasion was required, for the sackee,
though not strong, was very good- Ookooma presided at
the table occupied by the officers, and Jeero at that where
the midshipmen sat.
Ookooma having remarked onboard, that whenever the
King's health was drank, whether his Majesty of England,
or of Loo-choo, the cups were always freely emptied, took
advantage of this loyalty of sentiment, and gave " The
King of Injeree's health'' three or four times over, to which,
of course, the officers were obliged to reply, by giving
" The King of Loo-choo" as often. He carried this rather
farther than is customary with us on similar occasions, for
observing that the company were rather backward in eating
a bowl of sweet rice-meal porridge, he stood up with his
bowl in his hand, and calling out " King of Injeree health I''
swallowed the whole of it, and invited the rest to follow his
example.
The Prince seemed to enjoy the mirth of the other
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 193
tables very much ; he was himself more cheerful and dis^
engaged than when we first saw him, though he appears
to be naturally a silent man. Ookooma, by overacting
tiis part, got, we thought, a little tipsy, and came several
times into the state chamber, talking louder than was
proper, but of this the Prince took no notice. When
Ookooma came near my chair, I whispered to him, ^' Ya
weetee," (you are drunk ;) he turned round, and affecting to
be angry, called out, " Weetee nang,^^ (I am not drunk)
in a voice and manner which were in direct contradiction
to his assertion : his subsequent behaviour, however, waa so
correct and sedate when the feast broke up, and all were
again upon duty, that he was probably merely pretending
to be tipsy, in order to suit what was considered to be the
humour of the company.
On rising to depart, the Prince led Captain Maxwell by
the hand, not only through the gate, but about twenty yards
along the causeway ; here he stopped and took leave. Cap*
tain Maxwell availed himself of this opportunity to repeat,
for the last time, his thanks in the name of his government,
for the numerous attentions and marks of kindness which we
had received. He requested that what he had said might
be communicated to the King, and assured the Prince, in
the most earnest and respectful manner, that all the circum-
c c
Digitized by
Google
194 VOYAGE TO THE
stances yofour reception and entertainment should be stated
to our own government. The Prince bowed to this in a
manner which seemed to express his satisfaction at what
was promised . Captain Maxwell next observed, that besides
the high pubUc benefits of which he had just been speaking,
he felt individually greatly honoured and obliged by the
particular attention which had been shewn to himself, and
to the captain of the little ship, and hoped that the Prince
would accept from himself a small mark of his respect and
gratitude. As soon as this was interpreted to the Prince,
Captain Maxwell took from his neck a sikiall thermometer,
set in silver, and presented it to the Prince, who leaned
bis head forward, and requested that it might be hung round
his neck«
This may be supposed a curious place to hang a ther^
moineter,but we^had learned during our intercourse with the
chiefs, that some management of this kind was necessary
wheneva: it was intended to ofier than presents ; for their
extreme delicacy made them unwilling to accept any thing
Qf value, test it might appear in the light of remuneration
for their hospitality^ Whenever any thing merely orna-
mental, or of little value, wtis ofiered, and particularly if
worn about the person, no objection was made to receivii^
it. It thus became the practice^ as bding the most oodv^ent
Digitized by
Google
GREAT. LOO*CHOO ISLAND* 195
method, to tie the proposed gift by a ribbon round the
neck ; and after a time, every one had rings, seals, watch-*
keys, or bank tokens with holeif drilled in them, pre*
pared for these occasions. The thermometer which was
given to the Prince had particularly attracted his notice
when he was on board*
After Captain Maxwell had given his present, the Prince
turned to me, and I put over his neck a cornelian omam^it,
suspended by a ribbon, in the same manner as the ther*
moqieter.
He was greatly delighted with these compliments, and
immediately resuming Captain MaxwelPs hand, led him
along the whole length of the causeway to the bo^t^ and
then stepped upon the top of the parapet to see us row
away.
As soon as we had put off, every one in the boats stood
up and gave three cheers; to which the Prince bowed
several times, with his hands closed and raised to his breast.
He remained on the parapet, and continued waving his fan
to us as we rowed down the harbour, as long as we could
see him. As the boats rowed in procession out of the
harbour, all the chiefs ran along to the end of the cause*
way, where they continued, along with a vast crowd <^
natives, waving their handkerchiefs and fans till we were
Digitized by
Google
196 VOYAGE TO THE
a great way from the shore. On each side of this group
of chiefs a gong was beat incessantly. On every side;
the rocks, the trees, houses, and boats, in short, every spot
was crowded with people, waving their hands, and cheering
us as we went along. This brilliant scene had less of
novelty in it, to be sure, than what we had witnessed at the
same place on the twenty-third of last month, but it .was
3tiJl more pleasing, for we had now become acquainted with
many of the individuals forming this assemblage, and could
feel assured that their expressions of kindness and respect
jvere. sincere. On the first occasion, too, the natives being
ignorant of our intentions, were very generally alarmed tx%
Our appearance ; and accordingly, though there was much
curiosity shewn, ^profound silence and stillness prevailed
over the whole crowd, very different from the friendly
shouts and signs with which they greeted us as we passed
among them to-day4
Precautions had been taken to prevent the ladies from,
indulging their curiosity as they had done on the first visit,
hot a female being seen any where.
26th of October. — Last night both the Alceste and Lyra
were illuminated. At nine o'clock a feu de joie was fired^
and a number of fire-works let off from the yard-arms^ A
great concourse of the natives, who had been apprised of
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
A
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 197
our intentions, assembled on the shore; and were very highly
delighted with this brilliant exhibition.
The sick, as w^ll as the remaining stores belonging to the
Alceste, were removed on board this morning, and every
preparation made for sea. While employed in completing
the series of observations at the observatory, Mddera
joined us, having in his hand the sextant which I had given
to the Prince yesterday. It seemed that he had been
ordered to make himself acquainted with the use of it; and
a more hopeless enterprise could not have been proposed
to any man. But Mddera was not a man to be thrown
into despair by difficuTty ; on the contrary, he persevered in
observing with this sextant, and the more the difficulty
was made apparent, the more keenly he laboured to over-^
come it. The progress which he made in a few hours in the
mere practical operation of taking angles . and altitudes
was hot surprising, because there is in fact not much dif-
ficulty in it; but he was nowise satisfied with thi^ pirofi«
ciency , and seemed anxious to apply his knowledge to some
tisefulpurpose^
t With a sextant on a stand, I made him take the distance
between the sun and moon, four or five times; on every
occasion he was wonderfully near the_truth. We endeavoured
I Digitized by
Google
198 VOYAGE TO THE
to confine iiim to one object, merely to ascertain the time
of apparent noon ; and I think we succeeded in explaining
to him how this was to be done. He expressed repeatedly
hi3 regret at our approaching departure, in which sentiment
he was joined by Jeeroo and the rest of the chiefs, who were
quite out of spirits. Jeeroo, poor fellow, had prepared a
handsome dinner for us under a tree near the observatory.
He made us drink what he called ^^ wackarittee,^^ or the
parting cup, several times over. We had a number of vi-^
sitors at the observatory, who saw the instruments packed
up and sent off with looks of real regret. They all said they
were sorry we. were going away. One man gave Mr. Clifford,
as a farewell gift, a curious drawing of the Alceste dressed
in flags, and executed, he said, by his 3on. The children^
too, were all much affected by our preparations, and the
wonted hilarity of the lower orders was quite gone.
Having taken our final leave of the shore, we went to the
Alceste, where we found the chiefs in conference with
Captain Maxwell, who made each of the chiefs a present
of a cut wine glass, which he knew they had long desired
to possess. To Ookooma he gave a finely cut tumbler,
in a red morocco case. This was much beyond his ex-
pectations, and perhaps his wishes, for he appeared to
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 199
observe the wine glasses of the others with somewhat of
a disappointed look. Captain Maxwell perceiving in a
moment that Ookooma had set his heart upon a wine glasB^
opened the case, and placed one inside the tumbler, to
Ookooma^s great satisfaction; and soon afterwards the
whole party went on shore, saying, before they left the
ship, that in the morning the Bodzes would come on board
in order to perform some sacrifice. As they never came, it
is probable that the interpreter misunderstood them, part-
ticularly as Isaacha Sandoo said to Mr« Clifford, ^^ Acha
hbonee nittee Doochoo mang hoonee oocooyoong/' V Tok
morrow the ships will go, and all the Loo-choo people wiU
pray for them, or wish them well ;^' which was probably
what was meant when the interpreter reported that the
Bodzes were to come on boards
While we were at dinner, Mddera came into the Alceste's
cabin for the purpose of asking some questions about the
sextant. He had not been aware of our being at dinner, and
looked shocked at having intruded ; and when invited to stt
down, politely, but firmly declined. From the cabin he
went to the gun room, to see his fri^ad Mr. Hoppner, the
junior lieutenant of the Alceste, with whom he had formed
a great friendship. Mr.^Hoppner gave him a picture of the
Digitized by
Google
200 VOYAGE TO THE
Alcwte and some other presents ; upon which M4dera) who
was much affected, said, " To-morrow ship go sea; I. go
my father house, two day distance : when I see my father,
I show him your present, and I tell him, me, Henry Hoppnw
all same (as) brother,*^ and burst into tears I
- Sunday, 27th of October. — At day-break we unmoored,
and the natives, on seeing us take up one of our anchors,
thought we were going .to get under weigh inunediately^
and give them the sUp, which was not at all intended.
This, alarm, however, brought the chiefs off in a great hurry 5
not in a body in their usual formal way, but one by one, in
separate canoes. Old Jeema called on boa.rd the Lyra on
his way to the frigate; lienvas a good deal agitated, and
jthe tears came into his eyes when I put a ring.on his fingen
He gave me in return his knife.
The other chiefs called alongside on their way to the
frigate, but went on when I told them that I was just going
to the AlCeste myself. In the mean time Mddera came on
board, with the iSextant in his hand ; he was in such distress
tbd't he scarcely knew what he was about; In this distracted
stQ^tei he sat down to breakfast with us, during which he
continued lighting his pipe jand smoking as fast as he could ;
drf linking and eatipg whatever was placed before him.
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 201
After he had a little tecoveted himself, he asked what books
it would be necessary to read to enable him to make use of
the sextant; I gave him anautiqal almanack, and told bim
that he must understand that in the first instance : he opened
it, and looking at the figures, held up his hands in despair,
and w»s at last forced to confess that it was a hopeless
business. He therefore put the sextant up ai]^ bad^ us
ferewell. Before he left the Lyra he gave Mn CKfford his
pipe, tobacco pouch, and a crystal ornament ; saying, as he
held out the last, " You go Ingeree, you gire this to jrour
chijds."
Mr. CUfford gave him a few presents in return, and
expressed his anxiety to be considered his friend. M&dera,
with the tears streaming down hb cheeks, placed his hand
JBeveral times upon his heart, and cried, *^ Eedooshee,
edposhee !'' My friend, my friend I
To me be gave a fan and a picture of an old man looking
up at the sun, drawn, he said, by himself: he probably meant
in his picture some allusion to my usual occupation at the
observatory. After he had put ofFin his boat, he called out^
^ LagCTee noo choo sibittee yootoosha,*' I shall ever remember
the English people. When he went to the Alceste, one of
the chiefs remarked that he had neither his hatchee-matchee
on nor his toheh ^nd told him that it was not respectful to
D D
Digitized by
Google
20S VOYAGE TO THE
^4dt upon Captain Maxwell for the last time, in his ordinaff
dress; particularly as all the others were in full anay.
M&dera, who, poor fellow, had been too much concerned
about other matters to think of dress, was shocked at this
apparent want of politeness, and went immediately to
apologize to Captain Maxwell, who took him by the hand,
and gave him a present, telling him, at the same time, that
Ke was always too happy to see him, to notice what dress h^
had oiu
On going into the cabin, I found the chiefs seated in a
TOW, all very disconsolate, and apparently trying to conceal
emotions different, in all probal»lity, from any which they
had ever before experienced. Captain Maxwell'had made
them his parting present, and I therefore gave to each
cluef some trifle, receiving from them in retilrn, their
knives, pipes, pouches, and fans. In the mean time the
ailchor was hove up, and every thing being ready for
making sail, the chiefs rose to take leave. Ookooma wished
to say something, but was too much affected to speak, and
before they reached their boats they were all in tears.
Madera cried lutterly as he shook hands with his
numerous friends, who were loading him with presents.
' The chiefs, as well bs the people in the numerous canoes
which had assembled round the i»hips, stood up, and con*
Digitized by
Google
GBEAT LOaCHOO ISLAND. 303^
liaued waving their fans and handk^chiefs till we were
beyond the reefs» and could see them no longer. .
. ^LHOST every thing respecting the manners and customs
of Iioo-choo, with which we have had an opportunity, of
becoming acquainted, has been laid before the reader intbe
foregoing narrative. It is proposed to insert here a lew :j^t^
ticulars which in the hurry of the moment were noted dowA
without date. They might easily have been embodied
with the narrative, but it has been considered of less con-
sequence to sacrifice arrangement, than to interfere in any
Way with the integrity of the Journal, in which ikothinghas
been inserted out of the exact order in which it is known ttf
have happened.
The religion of Loo-choo appears to be that of Fo, said
to be introduced by the bodses one thousand years ago \
We found great difficulty in discovering any thing precise on
this subject &om the natives; but from all that we could
gather, reUgion does not appear to be made a matter of
general instruction as in Europe;, being left, as in China, to
tiie priests. This we infer from the careless way in which*
the subject was at aU times treated by the natives, and the
* .See Lettw Edifiantes et Curieuies, vol. fti. '
Digitized by
Google
Sto4 . VOYAGE TO THE
igftoranoe wliich tliey professed of thje forms and cereDaonieJI
used in the temples. The fiod^es are not respected oi
esteemed in society; they are prevented from marrying,
and are not allowed to eat meat: few people associate
with them, and even the children turn them into ridicule.
On the occasion of the Loo-choo funeral service over the
grave of the seaman, the bodzes stood behind^ and were
not, called upon to oificiate, the service being entirely per*
formed by Jeeroo. ' .: . j ,
. In the large temple we saw three gilt idols and Varibii9
pictures ; but with the exception Of the. funeral servica
just alluded to, we .never met with any thing in the least
degree resembling a reUgious ceremony. The bodies, kept
the. temple dean swept^ and took care of the walks .and
hedges, and this appeared to be their only employment.
It is fair to ^suppose, however, that the occupation of the
temple by us may have caused a teivporary cestoiion of
ihdur religious observances.
^.' They. have large tombs or cemeteries for their dead^
being mostly of the Chinese form, viz. that of a horse*^shoe«:
They iafe £3nned of stones and mortar, and are covered
with a coat of cheenam, (shell lime), which is always ^ept
nicely white^washed and clean swept : some are more highly
finished than others ; their size varies from twenty to thirty
feet in lengthy by twelve to fourteen broad. The coffin,
Digitized by
Google
GREAT X0Q:CB001SX:aND. ftOS
Ifrhm dosed, is placed m the vault under the tombjEuadii
tiot toudied for six or seven years, by which time the iles){
is;foimd to have separated and wasted away j the botitojuid
tli^n collected, and put into jars ranged in rows bn' the iQ^
side of the vault. ' Burning is.never Used ia,t . any stageisf ^He
proceedings, nor iinder iany circumstances. Iiiitlte'£dUrse
of tiine^ when these vaults become . crowded, the vas^s ard
removed to houses appropriated to their reception above
ground : such must have been the bmlding described bjf
Mrv Cfiffdrd in the jirilla^e near Port Hdville. The loMref
orders,' si^ho jcanoibt »S$rd .{these .expensive, tombs, takd
advantage. of holIow-lil^Qes ii^'; the.. rocks, ivhich hy alittte
assistance jirejiilide secure; vaults^. .In the dijSs behind th6
viUagie of Gonting, the galleries cut. for the reception of
the vases must have been thc^t^ork of men possessed of
^wer and authority.. Not Jbjeing fully aware irhat the
Chinee customs are with respect to the di6ad, in ordinary
cases, it is impossible for iis to say how nearly thej-feskmhl^
those of Loo-chooi but there are certainly some points.nf
les^nblance^ ■.*'..'■
from'Mr. Clifford's notes on the Loo-choo inscriptions^
I have extracted the following particulars.
. ** A number of carved stones, called by the natives
Kawroo, were found at many plaices, particularly in- fhef
groves on the. failL The Kawioo is. two feet l<^g).by diMt
Digitized by
Google
ftOS TOYA6E TO THE
itide* ^d one high.; it ia excavated a little on the'ii^er
pBxU oa which aa ofierki^g of rice is placed. . On the udet of
tbisAtfMie axe carved a vanetj of characters, denoting the
nuik of. the person who makes ,the offering,, as well as the
fib^eet of Ins petitioo, togedier with the date.
- *'Twoofthe8ein8criptioiis,co{Hedat the time, have sinoQ
been translated by a gontiieman acquainted with the Chinese
oharacters. The ficst gives an account of a man about to sail
in Ghiira, 'm, the leign of .Kien Lung, the late monarch of
thaft country; this penoa implores the divine aid in pr6»
tecting him during his voTage. The other is dated in the
twenty-first yeaer of the reign of Kia>King, the prewnt
emperor of CSiiaa, answering to the year 1816, in which we
tisited |/x>«hoo. ThM is an invocation to the deity for
ilttcdess ilk a;litemry pursiut ...
' "Two narrow strips of paper,, with characters inscribed
on diera, which by consent of tibe natives i^ere taken
froia a pillar in the temple, and which have rinoe been
traaalBtedj prove to be invocations, one to the aopreme
deity, and the other to the evil spirit. The first is
en a fdip^ of paper, two feet long,, by two inches wide,
and contains a supplication for pardon.. The latter in*
▼oealaan' begins by seven rows of the character sym-
boical of the Devil. In the upper line there are seven,
and id the iMt one, so lAxai a triangular page is fi»nned of
Digitized by
Google
GREAT tOO.CHOO ISLAND. aO?
fwentj-eight characters^ each i»gnifymg the Devilj |^
the prayer itself is vritten ia a nant>w perp^otdicul^^ 1km
waidenieatib; tlie whote inscripticin resoiabliog itK lonn a
kite ifith a long tail attached to it/^
Polygamy is not allowed in Loo*choo as in Chun^mtdl
the king^ it appears^ is the only perscm permitted h(7:lwfit ti»
hAv^ concubines ; they inmriaUy spoke with horfor oi the
Chinese pracitice, which aUows^ftplaraMty of wives^ aod ¥iefe»
liiuch gratified on learning that the Enghsh eutitoms in thii
respect were ^milar to those of Locm^oo. Thd women aov
not treated so well a^ ^a were led to expect from'lhe miASm
ness of character in the men^and their liberality of thinking
in general* The upper classes of women are/confined a^
good deal to their houses^ and the lower ordecs 'p^nftsm
much of the hard work of husbandry. We saw thenif.at a
distance, in great numbers, cdrrying^ loads on th^ heaids^^
Mddera says that the women are not treated with modn
indulgence, being even restn<^ted-from using -fan^r and^
that when they are met out of doors by the men, they
teke no notice of one another, whatever may be the degpe^^:
of relationship or intimacy siAfsii^^ between them. Hie
perseverance with which they kept the women from ouf
sight is curious^ and leads us to conjecture that the g^eraL
practice of the ijdand is to secliide the women at all tunesv
In this respect they di£^ from the Ji^anese,* who 9t»
Digitized'by
Google
a08 VOYAGE TO THE
said to ^ allow wives to every stranger. This degree of
seclusioa does not prevail in China^ as we had opportunities
df observing at several places never before visited by EuncH
peans. The Chinese account quoted in the Lettres Edifiantetil
^ CurieuseSy voL ^3f states that the young men and
women marry on this island by choice, and not, as in Chin{|[>
by- a contraict made without any personal knowledge of
each other. We took every opportunity of interrogating
them on this subject, but as the question was always evaded»
we fear that their practice in this respect is not so praiser
worthy as that account would make it appear.
Of their literature we could get but few satisfactory 9^
counts; they say that they have few books in their own
language, die greater number on the island being Chinese*
T^ young men of rank are sometimies sent to China to be
educated. Jeeroo had been there when a boy. None but the
Upper classes understand the spoken Chinesei and the pefti^
santry are in general ignorant both of the spoken and written
Chinese language.
They appear to have no money, and from all we could
8^ or hear, they are even ignorant of its use. Those, how-
ever, who have visited China cannot be so ill informed, and
jet ncHie of them set any value upon Spanish dollars,
or upon any gold coins that we had. Though we were
inoessantly trying to make out iroip M&dera aqd the
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 209
others, what their medium of exchange was, we could never
learn any thing distinct upon the subject, nor could they be
made to comprehend our questions about money; a diffi-
culty, it may be observed, which we should expect to meet
'with among people whose only mode of purchase was by
barter. The only circumstance which came to our knowledge
bearing at all upon this question, was during the time when
the garden was under preparation for the reception of the
Alceste^s stores ; it was then remarked that each of the la-i-
bourers employed had a little piece of paper stuck in his hair,
with a single character written on it ; this naturally excited
our curiosity, but the inquiries we were enabled to make at
that early stage of our knowledge of the language, led
to nothing conclusive. Afterwards, when our means in
this respect were more ample, we could not recal the cir*
cumstance to the recollection of the chiefs. As these papers
were called by the people wearing them, " hoondtee,'' and
as ^^ ho6nee'' means ship, Mr. CliiSbrd has conjectured that
they may have been written passes to enable them to eoter
the gate on the ship's business.
We saw no arms of any kipdt and the natives always
declared that they had none. Their behaviour on seeing a
musket fired certainly implied an ignorance of fire-pnns.
In a cottage at the north end of the island, we saw a spear
E £
Digitized by
Google
eiO • VOYAGE TO THE
ivhich liad the appearance' of a warlike weapon, but we had
every reason to beUeve that this was used for the sole purpose
of catching fish, having seen others not very dissimilar actui-
allyemployed in this way. They looked at our swords and
cutlasses, and at the Malay creeses and spears, with equal
surprise, being apparently as little acquainted with the on6
as with the other. The chiefs carried little case knives in
the folds of their robes, or in the girdle, and the lower orderfi
had a larger knife, but these were always of some imme-
diate practical utility, and were not worn for defence not
as ornaments. They denied having any knowledge of war
either by experience or by tradition.
We nev^ saw any punishment inflicted at Loo-choot
a tap with the fan, or an angry look, was the severest chajs*
tisement ever resorted to, as far as we could discover. Iii
giving orders, the chiefs were mild though firm, and the
people always obeyed with cheerfulness. There seemed to
be great respect and confidence on the one hand, and much
consideration and kind feeling on the other. In this par-
ticular, more than in any other that fell under our Dptice^
Loo-choo diflers firom China, for in the latter country we saw
none of this generous and friendly understanding between
the upper and lower classes. ^ .
One day wh^n we were drinking tea and smoking pipes
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. fill
with the chiefs, on the top of the hill, a boy began to ex-
hibit feits of tumbling before us ; in a short time all eyes
were turned towards him, and his modesty caused biin to
desisti We offered him buttons and various things, but he
would not resume. his^ tumbling : we then asked Jeema to
interfere ; he did so, and told the youngster to go on ; but
he kept his seat, and Jeema became angry, or rather pre-
tended to be so, yet the tumbler sat obstinately stilL " Well/^
said Jeema to us, *V what is to be done? It was for hia pwn
amusement that he began, and probably for his amusement
lie.will do so again/' The boy, when left alone, in a^ort
tinie resumed his tumbling. I mention this to she^ Jeema'i
good &ense in not forcing the boy to do' that as a task,
Khich he had begun as an amusement, and which he had
discernment enough to know would be unpleasant for us to
y/itness in any other way. By this treatment of their children,
mutual cordiality and freedom of intercourse are encou-
raged/ It was probably owing to this mode of education
that the children became at once fahiiliar with us. Oiie day
xtrhUe I was employed sketching the village and trees near the
bridge, a boy stopped hear me, and without saying any thing,
epdeavoured to attract tny. notice by performing various
gambols before me, I took no npticfe of him for some tim^
but at last lookedup and smiled ; upon which the boy cried
Digitized by
Google
«18 VOYAGE TO THE
out in perfectly good English, " How do you do? Very
weU, I thank you;'' and ran off, quite delighted at having
displayed his proficiency in English.
The chiefs were generally accompanied by one or two of
their sons, who took their places near them, and were always
put forward when there was any thing curious to be seen. In
this way they were encouraged to make themselves ac*
quainted with every thing, and yet nothing could be more
respectful or affectionate than they always were. Great
pains were taken to form the manners of the children, and we
never observed an instance of rudeness in any one of them,
though they were as full <xf life and spirits as the wildest
English school-boys. John the Chinaman afforded them
much amusement: he was a great coxcomb, and therefore
fair game for the boys; they used to surround him and
pretend to pull his long tail; but they never actually
puUed it, but merely teamed him a little, and then ran away.
These little traits seem, worthy of notice, as they belong to
a style of education quite different from what we had seen
in China and some other eastern countries, where the ctil*
dren are made to look like men in miniature.
During our intercourse with these people, there did not
occur one instance of theft. They were all permitted to come
on board indiscriminately; to go into the cabins, store*
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 313
rooms, and wherever they liked, unattended. At the temple
the Alceste's stores of every kind were lying about, as well as
the carpenter's and armourer's tools ; and in the observatory,
the instruments, books, and pencils were merely placed
under cover ; yet there was not a single article taken away,
though many hundreds of people were daily admitted, and
allowed to examine whatever they pleased. This d^ee of
honesty is a feature which distinguishes the people of Loo*
choo from the Chinese, as well as from the inhabitants of
the islands in the South Sea and of the Malay Archipelago;
among whom even fear, as was ascertained by Captain
Cook and other voyagers, is altogether insufficient to pre«
vent theft* At Loo-choo the people are considerably
civilised ; but they have few wants, and they appear to
be perfectly contented. Honesty is perhaps the natural
ponsequence of suck a state of society.
We saw no musical instruments of any kind ; they were,
however, aware of their use. The natives almost all sing,
and we heard several very sweet airs, principally plaintive :
they had many jovial drinking songs, one of which we
wrote down from their singing; it was inscribed on a drink*
ing cup, and is as follows :
4( XyVack koo, tawshoo, shee kackoafing,
^^ Chaw uDg, itchee ahaw, ahooha nceboaroo;
^ Ting shee, you byee, cbee taroo shoo mnnee
Digitized by
Google
214; VOYAGE TO THE
^ NooBoo cadsee meese^ cannt shaw jeeroo
^^^ .Sbing ooodee sackee oochee noo shing.^
/ The. Chinese characters: on the drinking-cup were
thus, tf apslated iiL China^ ^' Tywack hoo *, inspired by a
jar of wine, writes an hundred pages of odes or verses with^
out end. At the market town of Chawt-ung-f- he entered a
wine shop to sleep. The Emperor summoned him to ap*
peaf ; in his haste to obey the summons^ he forgot to put
on his neckcloth, and rushing into the royal presence, ex-*
claimed, * I am the wine-loving immortal/ ''
The Loo-choo dres^ has been so frequently mentioned,
that a brief notice, in recapitulation, will suffice in this
place. Their loos6 robe was generally made of cotton, and
of a great variety of colours* The robe of a grown up
persotf was nevjer flovered or printed over with figures, bein^
generally of a uniform colour, though instances occurred of
striped cloths being worn by the chiefs. This robe opened
in front, but the edges overlapped, and were concealed
by the foldd, io as to render it difficult to say whether
or not the robe was continued all round: the sleeves
were about three feet wide: round the middle was bound
a belt or girdle about four or , five inches wide, always
* A man celebrated in the Tung dynasty for bis oohviyial disposition : be
is known in China by tb'b name of Jai-pe.
f The town of Chang-ngan in China, near the Great Wall.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
^Jtytf^tn^UASm.
Digitized by
Google
—\
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 215
of a diflferent -colour from the dres^, ahd in general richljr
ornamented with wrought silk and gold flowers. : The folds
of the. robe OA^erhang the belt, but not so much as to
hide it: the- whole of the dress folds easily, and has a
graceful and picturesque appearance. The garments worn
by the thildrerf were often gaudily printed with flowersl In
rainy or cold weather, a sort of great coat was worn by the
chiefs only, of thick blue cloth, buttoning in front over the
robe, and tighter both in body and sleeves than the other*
This cloth resembled the coarse, cloth used in China ; and it
looked like woollen manufacture, and may possibly have been
originally brought from England. The sand^^ls worn by all
ranks were exactly the same; they were. formed of straw
wrought into a firm mat to fit the sole of the foot, smooth
towards the foot, and ragged underneath : a stifi* smooth
band of straw, about as thick as one^s little finger, passes
from that part of the sandal immediately under the ancle
and over the lower part of the instep, so as to join the sandal
at the opposite side ; this is connected with the foremost part
of the sandal by a short small straw cord which comes
between the great toe and the next one. The upper classes
wore stockings of white cotton, not unlike our half stock*
ings, except that they button at the outside, and have a
place like the finger of a glove for the great toe* •
Their hair is of a jet black, and is kept glossy by juice
Digitized by
Google
«16 VOYAGE TO THE
expressed from a leaf. There is no variety in the fashion of
dressing it ; it is pulled tight up all round, and is formed at
top into a compact knot, so as to conceal the crown of the
head, which is shaved ; through the knot are thrust two
metal pins, one of which has a square point and flowered
head consisting of six leaves or divisions : the other pin has
one end sharp, and the other shaped like a scoop : the length
of these pins is from four to six inches. We did not see
the Prince's, as he remained covered during all the time of
his visit ; but the Chief of high rank, who visited the Alceste
on the 2Sd of September, had the flowered end of one pin
studded with precious stones. The higher orders wear, on
state occasions, what they called a ^^ hatchee-matchee,'^ which
is a kind of turban, apparently made by winding a broad band
round a cylinder, in such a way, that a small segment of
each fold is shewn at every turn, in front above, and behind
below ; this is efiected by giving a slight diagonal direction -
to each fold. The lower orders occasionally tie a coloured
cloth or handkerchief round the head; this they call
^ sadjee :'* next the body they wea;? a thin cotton dress.
The men wear no ornaments through their flesh, nor are
they tattooed : we saw, indeed, some fishermen who had fish
spears marked on their arms, but this does not prevail
generally. An etching of these marks is given by Mr.
Clifford in the second part of the Vocabulary.
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND. 31?
/ "The cattle on this island^ which. are of a small black
breeds are used exclusively for agricultural purposes. Hogs^
goats, and poultry, with rice and a great variety of vege-^
tables, form the food of the inhabitants: milk is never used*
We saw no geese, so that those left by Captain Broughton
most probably did not thrive. They have no sheep . nor
asses. Their hcmies are of a small slight make, and; the
natives are very fond of riding. W^ si^w no carts or wheeled
carriages of any kind, horses being used to carry loads ; for
thi9 purpose ^ the roads are numerous, alld kept in excels
lent order, being from six to ten feet wide^
Their mode of dressing the ground is neat, and resem<^
bles the Chinese, particularly in manuring and irrigating
it. This is most attended to where the sugar-cane is
cultivated: they have, besides, tobacco, wheat, rice,
Indian com, millet, sweet potatoes, brinjals, and many
other vegetables. The fields, which are nicely squared,
have convenient walks on the raised banks running round
each. Along the sides of the hills, and round the
\ullages, the bamboo and rattan grow to a considerable
iAze. The pine is the most conspicuous tree on the island,
growing to a great height and size, which we infer from
seeing canoes built with planks several feet wide'; the trees,
F F
Digitized by
Google
S18 VOYAGE TO THB
howefver»ii«ar tlie temple at Kapakiang were not above ninety
fieet high» and from three to four in girt. The baDjan-trof
of India was seen at several places ; the finest one overhung
the small temple at Napakiang, which circumstance led to
tiie enquiry whether, as m India^ this tree is held sacred, but
we could gain no information on this subject.
' In a little plot of ground in the temple garden, Mr*
I^iUips, purser of the Alceste, sowed mustard-seed, peasi
and a variety of other seeds, the natives taking his direct
tions for their culture. Our total ignorance of botany preN
vented our making any observations on this subject while
at Ix>o-choo ; but to supply this deficiency, we collected
specimens of every plant at the place. These were pre^
served between sheets of brown paper, and given afterwards
to Mr. Ab^, the naturalist of the embassy, in order to
be arranged ; but they were subsequently lost, alon^ with
the whole of that gentleman^s collection.
Of their manufactiu^es it is difficult to speak with cer-
tainty. By their own account the silks which they weax
are Chinese, but the cotton cloths are made on this and the
neigUbouring islands; the printed patterns of these are not
nithout elegance. We saw no weaving looms, but as we
i«ere only in ^ km houses, this is not surprising : the webs
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISLAND. 819
are thirtj^ix feet long, and fouiteen inches broad. Tobutxio^
pipes and fans are made at IxK>choo ; as well as the sepal**
chral vases, of which there is a manufactory at Napakiang,
from whence they are exported to Oonting, and other parts
of the island. Some of the pouches of the chiefs were made
of cloth, which they say comes from China ; it is exactly
like our broad cloth. We tried in vain to learn what goods
they send to China in exchange for silks : perhaps sulphur
forms a part, which these islands are said to produce^ as
well as tin. From the number of vessels constantly sailing
out and in, it appears that they must have some trade, but
our enquiries on this and many other topics, though se-^
dulously pursued, led to nothing satisfactory, owing pro-
bably rather to our ignorance of the language, than to any
wish on their part to withhold information; because, on
topics which had no reference to the royal family or the
women, they in general spoke freely.
We had frequent opportunities of seeing their method
of making salt, and an account of it may, perhaps, be in-
teresting. Near the sea, large level fields are rolled or beat
so as to have a hard surface. Over this is strewn a sort of
sandy black earth, forming a coat about a quarter of an
inch thick. Rakes and other implements are used to make
it of a uniform thickness, but it is not pressed down.
Digitized by
Google
2«0 VOYAGE TO THE
During the heat of the day^ men are employed to bring
Kater in tubs from the sea, which is sprinkled over these
^elds by means of a short scoop. The heat of the sun, in a
?hort time, evaporates the water, and the salt is left in the
sand, which is scraped up and put into raised receivers of
masonry about six feet by four, and five deep* - When the
receiver is full of the sand, sea water is poured on the top^
and this, in its way down, carries with it the salt left by
evaporation^ry When it runs out below at a small hole, it is
a very strong brine; this is reduced to. salt by being boiled
in vessels about three feet wide and one deep. The cakes
resulting from this operation are an inch and a half in
thickness. . .
Of the population of this island we know nothing sa-
tisfactory : the natives invariably pleaded ignorance them-
9elvesj and as we had no precise data, our estimates were
made at random, and as they never agreed with each other^
they. are. not worthy of notice. From the south point of
this island, to five or six miles north of Napakiang, an ex-
tent of sixteen or eighteen miles, the country is highly
cultivated, and is almost entirely covered with villages. AH
round Port Melville too there are populous villages, but
the north, north-east and eastern places are thinly peopled,
and not cultivated to any extent. We saw nothing hke
Digitized by
Google
GREAT LOO.CHOO ISI-AND. ^l
poverty' or distress of any kind : every person, that we met
seemed contented and happy. We saw no deformed people^,
nor any who bore indications of disease, except a few who
were marked with the small^pox.
»
The style of living of those with whom we associated
is generous and free ; their custom of carrying about their
dinner in boxes, and making little pic-nic parties^ is pe*
Culiarlyr striking, and they appeared fully sensible of the
advantage of bringing people together in this way, and ex*
pressed much satisfaction at the ready way in which w^
fell into a custom from which all formality, was dismissed.
They shewedjUioreover, a good deal of discernment, and could
adapt themselves to the character of the particular persons
they happened to be in company with, in a manner very
remarkable; but this was evidently the result not of
cunning, but of correct feelings, and of a polite habit of
thinking.
Of their manners, little need be added here to what
ever^ page of the narrative will show. It ought to be par-
ticularly noticed^ however, that they are an exceedingly
timorous people, and naturally suspicious of foreigners.
A stranger visiting Loo-choo ought therefore to keep these
features of their character constantly in mind. By imitat-
ing Captain MaxwelFs wise plan of treating the natives with
Digitized by
Google
in VOYAGE TO THE
gentleness and kindness, and shewing every consideration
ibr their peculiarities, he will stand the best chance of
gaining their good-will and confidence. But if he shpuld
betray any impatience, or be at all harsh in treating with
tiiem, he may rest assured that he will lose much time,
and in all probability fail at last in his attempts to establish
an unreserved and friendly intercourse.
As Loo-choo, however, ^lies quite out of the track of
trading ships, and does not appear to produce any thing
of value itself, and as the inhabitants seem indifferent
about foreign commodities, and if they wished to possess
them are without money to make purchases, it is not pro-
bable that this island will be soon revisited. _^
APPENDIX.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
:^. r-. I r (, E AT Napa :<. zi^^^.
r>yt^n dLt jp*t if uvt'H'tj:.
uigitize€i -^y ^i^£f.^i^^Q IC
.' ,' Ia '.! .mn A^' ' .<i rlf S'-^<-ff J^tujsii.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX:
CONTAININQ
CHARTS
OF THE GULF OF PE-CHE-LEE, THE WEST COAST OF COREA, THE GREAT LOO-CHOO
ISLAND, NAPAKIANG ROADS, AND FORT MELVILLE: WITH BRIEF
EXPLANATORY NOTICES.
TABLE OF OBSERVATIONS
I^UDE WITH DR. W0LLAST0N*9 DIP SECTOR; WITH AN ENGRAVINO, AND A
DESCRIPTION OF THIS INSTRUMENT, AND DIRECllONS FOR ITS USE.
METEOROLOGICAL JOURNAL,
FROM JULY TO NOVEMBER 1816. WHILE THE SHIPS WERE IN THE YELLOW AND
JAPAN SEAS.
ABSTRACT OF THE LYRA'S VOYAGE,
FROM LEAVING ENGLAND TILL HER RETURN; SHEWING THE DISTANCE BETWEEN
THE DIFFERENT PLACES AT WHICH SHE TOUCHED, AND THE TIME TAKEN
IN PERFORMING EACH PASSAGE.
GEOLOGICAL MEMORANDUM;
BEING A DESCRIPllON OF THE SPECIMENS OF ROCKS COLLECTED ON THE SHORES
OF THE YELLOW SEA, COREA, LOO CHOO, MACAO, AND THE LADRONE ISLANDS.
a
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
CHARTS
OF THE
GULF OF PE^HE-LEE, THE WEST COAST OF COHEA, THE
GRilAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND, NAPAKIANG ROADS, AND
PORT MELVILLE.
WITH BRIEF EXPlANATOny NOTICES.
Digitized by
Google
. ' ■ '
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
40 W
M
Sc"
Si
30-'
a
nB-
»■ 30-
rna*^
xH
^
/
h
WcX,
\
\
^M
ZfwJkMft^tm
M
9^
iJ^
.-A>
Law MmdyBetuk ^
\
\
\
\-
—4-
\
\
\
\
\
Lyra and Em^Om^'^Mfp investioator
GULPH ofPETCHELEE
1816.
\
\&o
Z<mSi
i
XmitrfenmmU^
■■■■•■' T7-
TTr^.^^....T....-t...)
jtf
:^
Digitized
by Google
, I
I
NOTICE EXPLANATORY OF A CHART
OF
THE SOUTH SIDE OF THE GULF OF PE-^CHE-LEE,
YELLOW SEA.
In constructing this chart, I have assumed the longitude of Fi»t meridimi
^ • . •^ used in «m-
the fort at the mouth of the Pei-ho to be 11?" 4&' east of 'H^^-fi^
Greenwich; or 11' west of the place where the squadron lay
at anchor. From this the difference of longitude was mea-
sured by two chronometers. The latitudes were ascertained
by frequent observations of the stars^^as well as of the sun. .
The coast on the south and south-west sides of this Atpeetofthe
•ottthaodKMBtlt-
Gulf is very low, resembling, in this respect, the shore at '^^^^•^
the entrance of the Pei-hp, or Pekin river, where it is
uniformly low and sandy ; occasionally a few houses are to
be seen, and also square mounds or buildings like forts, but
generally,: a low white beach isi all that can be discovered •
The coast is not visible till within about three leagues
distance, and the eye elevated eighty feet. from, the sea,
which is the height of the Lyra's foretoprgallantyard. The soundingi,
depth of water when the land firs t came in sight, was generally
five fathoms ; at some places only four fathoms, and at the
Digitized by
Google
vi APPENDIX.
very bottom of the Gulf, it could not be discerned till in
three and a half fathoms. It may be said generally, that at
ten miles distance the soundings are from four and a half to
six fathoms; at twelve miles, from six to eight fathoms.
There is a wonderful uniformity in the depth from the Pei-ho
round to the south-east comer of the Gulf; the bottom is
mud, sometimes a little gritty, particularly towards the
southern parts.
Colour of ihe Thc colour of the water was mostly of the same dirty
water. •^ •'
yellow or green which was observed off the Pei-ho, but we did
not observe any red colotrrcd water, as was frequently
noticed at that place ; at the bottom of the Gulf, indeed,
there were several changes in the colour of the water,
accompanied by long lines of foam, indicating, it would
seem, the vicinity of a great river.
Tides on the Qu tlie wcst sidc of tlic Gulf thc ebb tide runs to the
weflteru tide of
the Golf. southeast by south, and the flood north-west by west;
the periods are very regular, being . generally about six
hours : tliey vary, however, in rapidity. As we anchored
on the flood we were enabled to measure its velocity ; as we
got deep in the Gulf it decreased : at the Pei-ho it frequently
fan two and two and a half knots, but far south it was
sometimes hardly perceptible ; it is worthy of notice, too,
that the perpendicular rise and fall decreased from ten feet
off the Pei-ho, to one, or at most two feet, in the bottom of
the Gulf.
Bottom of the The most southern point of our track was 37* 15' north ;
at this time we could perceive the low coast stretching to the
east and west; the distance it is diflScult to assign very
accurately, but it was probably seven or eight miles, for
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. vii
with a gksfi we could perceive a number of people on the
shore. I took great pains to ascertain the latitude stated
above> by the meridian altitudes of several stars; the
longitude is 1* 39' east of the Pei-ho, or 119' 38^ east of
Greenwich.
The coast from the south-west corner of the Gulf to the south-c«tem
side different
peninsula of Teu-choo-foo, is of a totally different character fr^mthepppo-
from that opposite to it, for it is high, and well marked : a
range of mountains stretches from south-west to north-east,
at the distance of three or four leagues inland ; their outline
is peaked, and they are intersected by deep ravines without
any verdure ; the summits are also barren.
One of these mountains is very remarkable, having two Mount i-iiii.
peaks or paps by which it can be distinguished at the
distance of fifty miles, and bears the same aspect when
viewed from all parts or the Gulf. It lies in 37* & north,
and 2' 11' east of the Pei-ho, or 120^ east of Greenwich. It
has been called Mount Ellis, in honour of Mr. Ellis, the third
commissioner of the Embassy.
Between this range of hills and the shore, there is a lower Aipectoftiie
belt of elevated ground in a state of high cultivation, covered
with many towns and villages, and interspersed with scat-
tered trees and several extensive woods ; the ground, too,
presents a varied surface, so that the whole offers a pleasing
contrast with the rugged land behind* There are two small
islands on this line of coast ; the southern one lies in 37'' ^X
north,'and 2' 5' east of the Pei-ho; the other is in 37"" 2S' J«n^»ue.
north, and 2° 19' east of the jPei-ho. DoogMitiand.
There is a dangerous shoal about five leagues off the i>«igwM»hoftL
$hore, abreast of these islands, upon which the Lyra nearly
Digitized by
Google
vin
APPENDIX.
Souiiduir% and
tuici.
Winds.
struck at midnight on the 17th instant. When at anchor
just outside the shoal, the south island bore south 20* east,
and the other, east 21'' south; on the shoal there was two
and a half fathoms, hard bottom. It seems to extend in a
north and south direction, and is very narrow. It lies in
3>T 32' north, which I ascertained by altitudes of the pole
star, under favourable circumstances. 1 1 is l"* 58' SQf' east of
the Pei-ho.
The soundings on this side of the GUilf are somewhat
deeper than on the other, but not so deep as might have been
expected from the bold nature of the land. The ebb tide
runs to the north-eastward, and the flood into the Gulf.
The wind was south-east and quite light, from the 11th
August to the 17th, when it shifted to north north-^ast tiH
about eight P. M. when close in shore near the southern of the
two islands ; it then blew off, with all the appearance of a
regular land breeze. On the 19th it blew a gale of wind
from the north-east, with a short, high sea; during the gale
Meivuic Point wc lay at anchor oflf a remarkable point, connected with the
main land by a low sandy neck ; the ground felt soft to the
lead, but it was probably rocky under the mud, as both
ships lost a bower anchor by the cables being cut- This
point hes in ST 42' north, and 2'' 35' east of the Pei-ho.
We found the city of Teu-choo-foo to lie in 3° 4' east of
the Pei-ho. The latitude observed in Teu-choo-foo roads
was 37* 53' north, and the longitude 2° 54' east of the
Pei-ho. The western Meatow Island bearing north.
The latitude of a small island at the north-east corner of
the Bay of Cheatow or Zee-a-tow, was determined by the
sun's meridian altitude o^ shore, to be 37*" 35' 52 north,
Xeu-choo-lbo
city.
Cheatow Bay.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. k
and longitude east of the Pei-ho 3"" 45'» or in 19iV S4t east
of Greenwich.
The latitude of Oei-hai-oei was observed on shore to be oei-iMUa.
37' SO' 40^ north, and lies 4^ 25' east of the Pei-ho.
The variation of the compass in the Yellow Sea was ^^^H^^^^
found to be S"* l6 westerly.
The rise and fall of the tide at the anchorage of the
squadron off the Pei-ho was twelve feet. It was high water
at fully and change at III. The flood tide runs to the
west-^-south-westy and the ebb generally about east and east*
south-east. Its strength and direction are a good deal
influenced by the prevalent winds.
Digitized by
Google
NOTICE TO ACCOMPANY THE CHART
THE WEST COAST OF COREA.
ijjStffiS^ This chart extends from 34^ to 38^ north latitude, and
ejja«Te..ur. ^^^^ jg^o ^^ ^^^^o ^^j. j^ngitude. Thc time of our stay on
the coast being only nine days, no great accuracy is to be
expected, and this chart pretends to be little more than an
eye-draught, checked by chronometers and meridian altitudes
of the sun and stars. Under circumstances of such haste^
much has unavoidably been left untouched, and what is
now given is presented with no great confidence.
General remarks What foUows is cxtractcd from uotcs made at the time
^wed in tbe by Mr. Cliflford and myself. The longitudes by chronometer
have all been carefully recomputed, and the greatest care
was taken in ascertaining the various latitudes. The
true bearings are in every instance set down, the variation
being allowed for at the moment. The variation of the
compass recorded in this notice, was determined by two
azimuth compasses, and the method recommended by
Captain Flinders, of repeating the observations by turning
the compass first one way and then the other, was invariably
followed.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
^i"^^ r r r r r
15ft^
Cn
..^j0QlHr^: SuJdnMJbaij
37
i3f
>. N
"' r r
^- 1*6'
X
L^«^
»• ^' ^'
»«?: .Y. ....arf
V
Gnrap* *^ ^ ^W
sS
ii
T H B
IT s I, L o w
S B A^
^i- I- L i- i-
•■<iHnf|TTnhn'|im
2rrac6
AlCESTE
(^ LYRA c^(w/i/
^M^FB:arnrsuLA. c/z:>
\
\
>•%
«.«
17
• «
^
yjTT
.■^
I
/
/
^
*.,.
0 .
Hi
^
r
• I
/ r
JTT
ic
T-^^
IbyVni
Digitized by VnOO
i9f ;•' Z^
LondtnLjiMMmd m thtAitdineiflyJaknJtmrn^JMmuuiatnU^^Jk^
^■|""i"np Mi»fii|inm.iiii».iiiinni
So' 40- So }l«7* J0'
ai
3i
iS
■JO
O
^
jmaurScui^.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. xi
His Majesty's ships Alceste and Lyra, after quitting the t^ Bhijn ie«Te
port of Oei-hai-oei, which is in latitude 37^ 30l 40" north,
and longitude 122'' 16' east, on the north coast of Shantung
Promontory, stood, to the northward and eastward till in
latitude 38^ north, and then ran to the eastward. On the Make the coast
of Corea.
morning of the 1st of September, 1816, we saw the land,
bearing about east. By sights with chronometer on the
meridian of these islands, we ascertained that the west end
of the northern one lies in 124' 44J' east. The latitude of ^i""""*"'' .
the south end of the eastern island was ascertained by
meridian altitude of the sun to be 37"^ 44J' north. There is
a rocky white islot oflf the west end of the middle island.
We had from twenty to thirty fathoms on rounding the
south-west end of the islands, but on the south side of the
southern one there is a bight with seven fathoms, black sand
in the centre : here we anchored. There is good anchorage Anchorage on
all over the bay, which is sheltered from all winds except »nWand.
between west south-west and south-east, being open to the
southward. There are two villages here. From the top of the
highest peak on this island, which is about seven or eight
hundreJ feet high, we could discern the main land of Corea,
high and rugged, stretching north north-west and south
south-east, distant from eight to ten leagues. Along the
coast abreast of us there were seen many islands. The
channel between the middle island of the group and the one
we were upon appeared clear and broad ; but the northern
and middle islands seemed connected by a reef which.shews
above water at several places.
The inhabitants were suspicious and unfriendly : we character of the
saw some cattle and many fowls, but neither money nor any
Digitized by
Google
xii APPENDIX.
thing else that we had could induce them to part with
either.
J^"^*^^ In the evening we weighed and stood to the southward ;
next morning there was no land in sight. At noon we were
in longitude 124* 47' 52" east, and latitude 36° 44J' north,
no land in sight. We hauled in shore to the eastward, and
anchored in the night in deep water.
^oi^of five g^j of September. — Weighed at 3. 30 and stood in shore ;
at 7. 45 A. M. we were due south of the western of a group
of islands. Many sights were taken as we passed to settle
the place of this group : it lies between 125'' 42i' east, and
135° 57 i' east, and in latitude 36° 44' north. After passing
this group we stood to the south-east towards a vast cluster
of islands : at noon, when we were just entering the cluster,
the latitude was observed S& 18' 21' north, ^d longitude
^"^"^^ 126° 10' east. The south-west extreme of the islands bore
south 40° west. There were eight islands near us between
south-east and south-west, and a high bluff dark rock south
one-quarter east, four miles : and on the main land a very
high hill, east 19^ north. When we had got well ambng
the islands it fell calm, and we anchored in eight and a half
fathoms. It remained calm during the night. •
f^^^^^^l^^ 4th of September. — ^Weighed on a breeze springing up,
and stood in shore. Observed in 36° 13' north, longitude
126° 30^ east; at this time the following bearings were
taken.
^*'^' A remarkable peak on the main land, east.
High mountain on the main land, east 38i° north.
White cliff on the east end of the fourth island to the
left of the wide entrance into the cluster, north.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. xiii
Small round island^ north 80"" west.
Another, north 35** west.
Extremes of a large bluff island from north 38'' west, to
north 32^ west.
Rock, north 72"* west.
Outer island, north 75® west.
Extremes of the outer cluster, from north 77 J west, to
west l"" south.
Large island, from west 14° 30' south, to west 18° south.
These islands being within from 'ten to fifteen miles,
ifere laid down by estimated distances, but it was quite im-
possible to assign places to the immense number of others
which stretched away to the south and south-east, as
far as the eye could reach. We stood in shore for the pur-
pose of discovering whether there was any place of shelter
in the main land, but in general it proved shallow and
unsafe. At length we discovered a bay which promised B-fftBty.
shelter, but on running into it, the depth was found not to
exceed three or four fathoms. This bay is open towards
the south, and is formed by a curved tongue of land on the
north and west. The longitude of the south end of this
point is 126° 42^ 22'' east, and latitude 36° T 38" north.
We remained here during the night, and the forenoon of
the 5th. The natives came on board, but made great ob- uoicKWdk-
^ pontiOD of the
jections to our landing. iihabumto.
The tide rose and fell fifteen feet and a half; it was low ndM.
water at 8 P. M., and high water at 2. 30 A. M. This was
two and a half days before full moon.
The Alceste's boats were sent to sound in the eastern
quarter, but they found shoal water every where.
Digitized by
Google
V
xir APPENDIX.
procerftoAe 5th of September. — At II A. M. we got under weigh
•ontii-weitwtrd. -i -i i i i
and stood to the south-west among the islands, carrying
seven, eight, nine, ten, to fifteen fathoms, and occasionally
deepening to seventeen fathoms. At 4. 45 we observed in
longitude 12ff 2U' east, and latitude 35° 52' north at this
time.
B«Ming«. Two islands bore north half east, seven miles.
A remarkable small black island,- west 32% north four
miles.
Another, west 22® north, seven miles.
A range of islands, from east 10° north, to east l6° south.
A long island, from south 25° east, to south 11° east.
The islands off which we anchored on the 2nd instant
bearing about north 10° west.
Two' islands, from south 16° west, to south 25° west.
M«]i und. The main land from south south-east to north-east, high
and rugged.
We had a sea breeze to-day, and fine weather. Varia^
tion 2° 10' westerly. We ran on by moonlight till 11 P. M.,
and then anchored among the islands. Latitude, observed
by Polaris 35° 26' north. Longitude, at anchor by chro-
nometer next morning 126° 23' 22'' east. From this spot
the main land was seen from east 12^ north, to south 20^
east.
Bmnip. A rock, wcst 7"" south, four miles. '
An island, from west 15° north, to west 31° north, 4i'.
Three islands, extending from west 36° south, to west
45*^ south, 3'.
Two distant ones in the same direction.
Cluster of islands, from west 64° south, to west 84i° south.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. XV
Large island, north' 12*" west, ten or twelve miles.
A cluster of islajids, from north 15^ east, to north 28*
east.
Two distant islands, north 32'' east.
Two others, north 42** east.
6th of September. — ^Weighed and stood to the south-
ward. At noon observed in 35 17 1 north, longitude 126^ 28 J
east, being then in the centre of a semicircle of islands,
extending from north-east to south-east and south-west.
During the forenoon the flood tide set strong to the north
norths-east against us. Most of the channels between the channeube-
islands were deep, but to-day we tried one which had not 8«>e«"j<^«v*
more than five and a half fathoms. At 4. 30. took sights^
when a long bluff island bore east north-east a quarter of a
mile: Longitude 126^ 6' 3/ east; latitude 35^ fi' north.
This island is the most westerly of the range of islands
which lie between the latitude 35"" and 36^ north. High and
connected land was faintly discernible to the eastward.
The soundings were generally from nine to fifteen fa*
thoms, deepening in most cases on approaching the bluff
islands.
7th of September. — ^We anchored last night about ten noodtuenBi.
to tiie nordi*
o'clock in seventeen fathoms ; the flood tide had made ; it "•«*•
ran north nearly three miles an hour, till four A. M. when
we got under weigh, and drifted fast to the southward with
the ebb. At 9- SO. got sights, which gave longitude
ISS"" 52' 45' east, latitude 34'' 42^ north ; at this time a very
remarkable hill on an island bore east &" south; it has the wiodMrCMtie.
appearance of a turret or large chimney. The other bearings
from this spot were —
Digitized by
Google
xvi APPENDIX.
B^ri"*** Western extreme of a large island stretching west north-
west) and east south-east ; north S?''^ east 4 or 5^
Round rock, north 18*" east, 8'.
Cluster of islands from north SO"" west, to north 74* west.
Round bluff small island, west 9^ south.
Large island, west 42'' south, 7 or eight leagues.
Two small distant islands, west Sff" souths lOf leagues.
Small island, south 1 1* east.
Extreme of distant land, south 37** east : besides, as
usual, innumerable distant islands. The flood tide made
^<'^'"^**9** against us between ten and eleven. The soundings this
morning have been from twenty-three to nineteen fathcmia. *
The weather extremely hot and the water smooth. The
dbb made about four, and there being no wind, it carried ut
rapidly towards some rocks joining two islands. We an«
vtrbtionofthe cliored iu twenty*»one fathoms. The variation of the compass
compaM. "^ *
2U* westerly. The bearings at anchor this evening were as
follows:
Bearings. Small islaud, south S'' 22' east.
Large island, from south to south 20)" east.
A small island, south 22'' east.
Another, south 28^ east.
High bluff island, south 3 1"" east.
Island from south 9^ east, to south 18* west*
SAiarp peaked rock, south 25"" 40' west.
. Island from south dS"" west, to south dS"" west.
Distant island, from south 63^ west, to south 66* west^
nine or ten leagues.
Distant small island^ west l"" 10' north, seven or dgbt
leagues.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. xyij
Distant island) from west 6" 3& north, to .west 9^ north, Beanogi.
formed of one large flat space and five hummocks, eight or
nine leagues.
Island, west iS^ 50 north.
Large island, from west SI* north, to west SS"" 19^ north.
Round bluff island, off which we observed at noon
to<»daj, west 39^ 52' north.
Distant small island, west 44"" 28' north, four or five leagues.
Large island, from west 7V north, to west 8r 30^ north.
An island, afterwards called Thistle Island, south 79^
east, to east 14'' 52' north, besides numberless islands, in
thick clusters^ extending as far as the eye could reach, in the
north-east and east quarters. In the afternoon a boat went
inside Thistle Island, and reported that there wai^ a dear
anchomge.
8th of September. — ^Atnoon we wdehed and sailed round sdi bto Moi.
the north end of Thistle Island, carrying seventeen fathoms,
till the north end bore south ; we then shoaled to ten and
eleven, and one cast nine fathoms. On rounding the island
we steered south,^. and anchored in eleven fathoms, soft
bottom, about four hundred yards from the middle part of
the island. The islands at this place are so situated as to
form a capacious and secure anchorage, with passages
among the islands in all directions. The latitude observed Lxttadeob.
with an artificial horizon on shore, was 54!" 22^ 39^ north ; lon-
gitude by mean of two chronometers, agreeing nearly, LongHiide.
126^ 2' 52' ^Btst The tides run at the springs at the rate of luet.
three and four knots, the flood to the north north-east; the
rise and fall is fifteen feet. Strong eddies are felt among
the islands. The variation of the compass is 2"" 30^ westerly. varMtionofthe
c
Digitized by
Google
XV3H
APPENDIX;
Appearance of
the Amherst
Isles, from the
top of a peaked
Difficulty of es-
timating the
number of
islands on this .
coast
Winds and
weather.
Barometer and
thermometer.
: Oii Ihe 9th of September Captain Maxwell and a party
went t6 the summit of a high peak, on an island to the'
south-east of the ships, in latitude 34* 20' north, and lonp'
gitude 126^ G east. From this spot, elevated about seven
or eight hundred feet above the sea, the view of the islands
was very striking : we endeavoured to number them, but
our accounts varied, owing to the difficulty of estimating/
the number in the distant groups ; it will serve, however, to
^ve some idea of this splendid scene, to say that the lowest
enumeration gave one hundred and twenty islands.
Many of these islands are large and high, almost all are
cultivated, and their forms present an endless diversity.
High land was seen to rise above the distant islandis in
the east and north-^st ; this probably was the main land of ^
Corea, for it seemed more extensive and connected than>
any group of islands we hacl seen*
c We had n6w ran along upwards of two hundred miles of
this: coast, and at every part which we approached, the^
islands were bo less thickly sown than here; so tliat oud
attempts to enimierate th^n all, or even to assign places on*
tihexhart to those which we passed the nearest to, becaQae-
aflter a time quite hopeless^
' During our stay upon the coast of Corea, between the
1st and 10th of September, the winds were principally:
6*om the northward; the weather was moderate and clear t
and occasionally calm during the heat of the day.
The barometer rose and fell gradually between 29. t8*
and 29. 98. The thermometer was never above 82?, and
Ojsver, evea at night, under 72^. For further details respect^
ing. the winds and weather, see the Meteorological JournaU^
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
l^rr^H-
30 as'
■y...-..i.-..
ii8*
ID J« ««
Sp
Jo
""]
*€
jJmrXMf
^
7 Am^Trirrima
1 > K*
j<irfiitflrf*ayu/^MiA^<te«Bfr4rJ8a^^
jr«0hisM«
Digitized by
Google
NOTICE TO ACCCHfPANY THB GENERAL CHART
OP
THE GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND,
AND THE
CHARTS OF NAPAKIANG, AND PORT MELVILLE.
Th is inland is called Xioo-choo, and sometimes Doo-choO| Dufoent dmm
\}y the natives. In our maps it is variously written^ but
iDuofitly liekayo ; the Chinese know it by the name of Low^
kov. The spelling used by Mr. Horsburgh in his directions^
Lieou^-kieoUy or lieu-chew. ' ' i
. : The island lies between 26^ 4rr' and 26° SSi", norths aud Geopmphitti
limtti and se-
between 127'' 34' and las'" 18' east, being v^ry nearly sixty ne«i«pec*.
miles long in a north-east direction, and preserving a tolerably
qniform breadth of about ten or twelve miles. The. north
end is high and bold^ with wood on the top of the hills;
The nortb-east coast is also abrupt,, but qui):e barren. The
south-east side is low, with very little appearance of cul«^
tivatimi. The south, south-west, and western faces, par-
ticularly the two former, are of moderate height, and present
a scene of great fertility and high cultivation : it is to this
quarter that the mass of population have resorted. The
north-west side is generally rugged and bare.
There are two deep indentures, one on each side pf the D^imf. .
island ;. that on the west has at least one hundred fathoms
Digitized by
Google
XX APPENDIX.
depth) and appears to have no coral in it : while the eastern
bight is extremely shallow, and is not only skirted by a
BwroWf Bey. broad fringe of coral, but has reefs in the centre ; and these
last are very dangerous, for they give no warning either by
^^^^ breakers or discoloration of the water, or by soundings:
'**^ and this remark will apply generally to all the reefs round
this island, rendering the navigation, particularly at night,
very dangerous.
I^J^^^ The most remarkable headland is the island called
by Captain Broughton the Sugar Loaf, and by the na-
tives Eegooshcoond (tower or castle); it can be seen
distinctly at the distance of twenty-five miles when the eye
is elevated only fifteen feet. It is a high conical mountain,
varying very little in its aspect when viewed from different
quarters : as there is no other peak like it on or near, this
island, it cannot be mistaken. The latitude of the peak is
26^ 43' north; and I have reason to believe that this is
within one mile of the truth. Its longitude is IST" 4A\ ot
€f east of the observatory at Napakiang, by two chrono^
meters. The base of the cone and one- third of the way up
is covered with houses; and the whole island has the
appearance of a garden. When nearly on the meridian ot
the Sugar Loaf its top seems rounded ofi*.
Twoiafean. -. Thcrc arc two places where ships can ride in safety,
chonag placet. * * "^ '
Napakiang Roads on the south-west, and Port Melville on
the north-west side of the island. The first of these is the
one in which his majesty's ships Alceste and Lyra lay for
^^^^^of^ upwards of a month. By means of a base of 1319 feet on
Napakiang. ^ cotol rccf, which dried at half ebb, we were enabled to
make the survey which accompanies this notice. The
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
y Google
APPENDIX* xxi
latitude of the observatory was determined to be S6^ 13/
34''^ north, the mean of three meridian altitudes of the sun
by a sextant of Gary's, and five by a circle of Troughton^s,
the extreme difterence being 20". The longitude is 127^
38^ east ; this was ascertained by measuring the difference
of longitude between the observatory and Lin tin ^ Island
off Canton river in a run of six days ; on which occasion
two chronometers on board the Lyra gave within one mile
the same difference of longitude, viz. IS"" 50', with that shewn
by two others on board his majesty's ship Alceste; the
longitude of Lintin being US'" 48' east of Greenwich. The
longitude, by lunar observations, is 127'' 37' 28". The plan n-nof
of Napakiang roads will be found sufficient without many
directions for ships wishing to enter it. The principal danger nirectiaps on
r o r r G appnnduDg
lies in the outer reefs, which do not show when the weather Napukiang.
is very fine and there is little swell ; on such occasions a
boat ought to go a*head at least a quarter of a mile, and
the ship should put about instantly upon approaching the
reefs, which are every where bold. A ship coming from Heefuiand.
the westward ought to steer between the norths-eastern of
the group of high islands to the south-westward, and a low'
green island with extensive reefs to the nordiward, in la^
titude 2& 15' north. On passing which she should haul
up east by south, giving Reef Island a birth of at least a
mile.
On approaching the main land a conspicuous wooded Directioufor
'rr O r entering Nipt,
point will be seen, having rocks on its summit like the ruins J^^ro-^a.
of an abbey ; this forms the south side of the anchorage,
and is considerably more to the westward than the north-*
east side. The harbour of Napakiang will soon be seen at
the south side of the bay; steer directly in for this, giving
Digitized by
Google
Kxii APPEHmX,
Abbey Point a birth of half a mile, and when directly be^
tween the south end, of the outer reefe and Abbey Point
capitin Rock, h&ul up east by north. There is a very remarkable rock on
the. south-east side of the anchorage resembling the head
of a capstan. It would be safest to anchor when this bears
about south-south«^east half a mile at most, in order to avoid
a dangerous coral tongue, which Ues north a little easterly
ftom it, three^uarters of a mile ; but as this anchorage is
exposed, the ship may proceed farther in as soon as the
exact place of the reef has been ascertained by boats ; and
if she proposes staying any time, she may warp into Bam*
poo|, taking the precaution of placing a boat on each side
of the entrance. There are two rivulets at this place, and
Beitmn^o^ probably the best anchorage is oiF their mouths, the bottom
of tworifdet*. comsisting of the mud brought down by the stream. There
is a well on the eastern ^de supplied, by a spring, ajnd theis
are landing places at the entrance of both harbours; Ther^
The northern £| a salc passagc betwecu the reef, on which the base was
measured, and the outer ones. The Lyra passed throu^
this three times ; and if the object is to go to the northward
it ought to be followed, provided the wind will admit of
* steering north and two points on each side of it. Tiie
leading mark for going by this passage is Capstan Fort or
Bock, on with a remarkable nose formed by the trees on
the highest . distant land; these are on when they beac
Not to he et- about south by east half east, it would certainly not be
■tnnger. ^* advisablc for a stranger to enter by this passage, but he
may run on coming from the northward along the shore at
the distance of two or three miles till Reef Island bears
west, and then he should Jook sharply out for the ree&,
keeping outside them till near Abbey Point, then act as
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. xxiii
before directed. ' On running down tbwdrds l^ftpakianc Appearance of
^ land in comiog
from the northward a remarkable bluff table land will be fro™ ^« north-
ward towards
seen to the southward of Abbey Point. The west face of ^'^^'*^' "
Abbey Point ought to be kept just on with the ea$t end of
the table land; this will take you further out thao if
absolutely necessary ; but it is safe; and when Reef I^lftQn)
is just on with the northern of the group of distant islands
you will be exactly off the north entrance*
On coming from the southward tbe only danger tha^ ^IbSTt'foS^'
Hes in the way is a coral reef even with the water's edge ; it iJJS^^y'^'^j"
is of a circular form, and at low water several rocks sheT? kiTg. "
on it On every occasion that we passed the sea broke high
upon it ; but from what we saw of other similar reef^, i^
seems very probable that when the water is smoQth it wiU
give no warning : it i^ about eight miles west^ 15^ north i>f
the extreme south point of the island, and lies in latitude
9& 7' north, and longitude IS?"" 26' east of Greenwich.
: *Port Melville is <»i.tl^ north*-west side of the inland/ PortMeiviUe.
A ship wishing to enter it ought to make the Sug^r Loaf ^^?^^*p'
Peak, and steer between it and the cluster of islands to the
northward, directly for the bottom of the bight, which lies
between the Sugar Loaf and the north end of the islands
here Herbert's Island will be seen close to the shore, run in
towards its western end, anchor when it bears east one-third
of a milje, and the Sugar Loaf west one-quarter north, barely to anchor pre-
shut in with a low dark green point of land ; here you; will theharb^n™^
have from seventeen to twenty fathoms.
The entrance of the harbour is narrow, and ought n6t Boats shodd be
' ® ' sent to buoy tba
to be attempted without previous examination by the boats •'^°°*'-
of a ship wishing to enter Jt r With a very littie trouble tlsa
Digitized by
Google
xxiv APPENDIX.
passage might be buoyed : a large ship will probably find
it expedient to warp in and out.
pJrtlSfaie^^ The eye-draught, with the directions on it, render
much further notice here superfluous. The harbour is
secure, and sufficiently capacious for a numerous fleet. It
extends in a north and south direction for about two miles,
varying in breadth and form in a very remarkable manner ;
at the lower or north end there are two basons of a circular
form, and have from nine to fifteen fathoms, soft bottom;
these are about one-third of a mile across. At some places
the steep rocks which form the banks approach within an
hundred yards of one another ; here the water is sixteen,
eighteen, and twenty fathoms. There are many fine coves^
Some with shelving shores, and others steep- to* Every part
of the harbour is secured from the sea, and many parts frott
all winds : it is well calculated for the re-equipment of ships^
for it IS not only secure as an anchorage, but offers con«
veniences for landing men and storesi and also for heaving
down or careening a ship.
^^jj^ST' There are several large villages on the shores of an
extensive bay, communicating^ with the sea to the norths
eastward, at the upper or south end of the line of harbours,
and one called Oonting on the west side of the lower
harbour; there is another of some extent, on the south side
of Herbert's Island, called Cooee.
By permission of Captain Maxwell, I have named this
excellent harbour, Port Melville, in honour of Lord Viscount
Melville, First Lord of the Admiralty.
From the top of a range of hills which we ascended,:
rising on the south side of the upper bay of Port Melvill^^.
Digitized by
Google
Tie wheU of thu i^kt
(port-^melville)
i>i<5^0FriCERS of
LYRA
X.CW C¥ltJBHUed rwtngr
Si^h Mnmtabu cule»aied
"Dire c t ions
Xmrhour hSJShS. Offtk^ poitte /hrminf «i» SJS Jtdm
9^Aemu^ur.tken art Iteo sonjpuauw^ rvumd blmdt rocket
iks0Utm»oiu mutt be kept on wUk the tcpofa dittnu tUu-
Ue teppeet hOi. oh. a JUbS tmankf. tOi tkemuieuropen^.
wkukwMnetkm.tmmUm, Tkm hMmlupa^utSSW.tmJL
*t»«reioee€U9i^tkremtienieh»rem,T.6.54uuL4tAthf, The
TtOm^ wiUj'eem.ekomMttke wiatnnsiU end whrnpeH thm.
luwroDfeUpertaktrtk mugr beeeieetedatpUmJure,
Jtei*»uUiermmrfititkmttl^dittmMh^hMiMiHtm^teheh.4Uotu
ef title iemdiM^ martu it net the hi^Aett, but teceni, kiphett
efthertmpe-
Leiulen, TuhUihtd at AeAtttUredtlyJehiiJitutf^JUhenmtle Street 2l*Jm»UiiS.
uigitized Dy "^^s^kjkjj^w^
JVMarJSmtft
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. XXV
we could see the south-west corner of the great western
bay, the whole range of Port Melville, and the coasts
adjacent.
The latitude of Herbert's Island, which lies directly off Geogmphicai
^ pontionofPert
the entrance of Port Melville, is 26° 42t north, by meridian Meiwiic.
altitude of the sun observed on shore. Its longitude, which
is also the longitude of Port Melville, is 127** 55' east, or 17'
east of Napakiang observatory . The Sugar Loaf bears from
the centre of the island, west 4J^ north, about ten miles.
As the whole part of this coast is skirted by dangerous cowttkirted
coral reefs, the greatest attention should be paid to the lead,
and the ship ought to be put about the instant that the water
shoals to eight, seven, or six fathoms. On rijinning in for
the west end of Herbert's Island, on the morning of the 11th
of October, we passed over a coral ledge having nine fathoms
on it. The west point of Herbert's Island bore at this time
south ^ 40' west, distant four or five miles. Before and after
passing this we had from thirty to sixty fathoms ; whether it
was shoaler than nine fathoms at any place, was not ascer-
tained, but the circumstance is deserving of notice, and.
ought to teach the necessity of constant vigilance, when
near coral reefs.
The cluster of islands to the northward of Port Melville Montg^merj
iflbncU.
lies between 26*" 54' and 27° 4i' north, the north end of the
northern one being in longitude 127' 57' east, or 19/ east of
the observatory. It does not appear that there is any
good anchorage about them ; and there are dangerous reefs
off the south and south-western ones.
The north end of the Great Loo-choo lies in 26° 52 J' Hope Point.
north, and this is probably within one, or at most two miles
d
Digitized by
Google
XXVI APPENDIX.
of the truth. We observed in 27^ OO 15" north, at which time
the northern extreme bore east 59° south, nine miles by
estimation, an inference which was checked by the distance
nm on a direct course afterwards. The longitude is 128** 9^
east, or 31' east of the observatory.
The coast from the north point runs south-east by east,
with some minor deviations, nearly four leagues : great pains
were taken to ascertain this precisely, as the former charts not
only place it many miles further north, but make the coast
sidmouth Point at tliis end lie east and west. The north-east point lies in
26° 47' north, and longitude 128° 18' east, or 40' east of the
observatory. The latitude was determined by the meridian
altitude of Siyius and an altitude of Polaris, so near daylight
that the horizon was well defined; but as this point, off
which there is a small island, was some miles north of the
ship at the time of observation, the above latitude may err
possibly two miles. It was intended to have examined two
islands which lie to the north-eastward of the north point,
but a strong current in the night carried us so far to leeward,
that we could not effect this object; the situation, therefore,
of these two islands, may perhaps not be accurately laid
down in the chart.
BarmWsBay. Thc dccp indenture about the middle of the east side
of the island is unsafe to enter during the north-east mon-
soon : as the wind, however, had westing in it, we sailed up to
within three or four miles of the top, carrying from thirty
to twenty fathoms water; but when about to haul in for the
north side, where there appeared to be a bay, we shoaled
suddenly from twenty-four to eight fathoms : the helm was
instantly put down, and when head to wind, we had only
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. xxvii
five fkthoms. While in stays the water was observed to
wash on a rock not a hundred yards to leeward of us, on
which we must infallibly have struck, had we bore up
instead of tacking.
From the north-east to the south-east point, the coast sooth-eaatcowt
''' dangerotiB.
runs south 40** west ; the shore to the north-east of this deep
bight is bold, and seems clear ; that on the south-west side
of it presents a formidable barrier of islands and coral reefs,
which break to a great distance : in fine weather this part
of the coast ought to be approached very cautiously.
The southern extreme of this island lies in latitude south Pomt.
2& 4 46" north, determined with great care by the meridian
altitude of the sun on shore ; and in longitude 127° 35' east,
or 3' west of the observatory. There is good anchorage
from twenty to thirty fathoms, south a little easterly, of this
point. Between this point and the group of islands to th6 Reef.
westward, there is a dangerous reef, already spoken of; it lies
in 26^ 7' north, and 127° 26' east ; it bears 26' west, \6- north
from the south point of the island, distant eight miles. Im*
mediately round the point on the west side, there is a shallow
harbour, formed by coral reefs, but the entrance is narrow
and intricate.
We stood over to the largest of the south-west group, on sonth-westcm
the east side of which there stands out a conical rock,
behind which it was thought that a harbour might lie, but
upon examination, it proved only fit for boats ; it lies in
26^ ir north.
Reef Island lies west by north, about two leagues from Kecfidand.
Napakiang Roads ; on the north side the reefs stretch a
great way, but the south is^ more clean
Digitized by
Google
xxviii APPENDIX.
Between Napakiang and the Sugar Loaf there is no
place for ships to lie in safety ; the bay immediately to the
north was examined by Mr. Mayne, master of his Majesty's
ship Alceste, when two shallow harbours were found.
Tidei. The flood runs to the northward and eastward, along
shore, and the ebb in an opposite direction. The rise and
fall is about nine feet perpendicular. High water at full and
change IX.
VHriationoftb« Thc variatiou of the compass, determined with great
precision by the transit azimuth instrument, was 52'
westerly. •
The longitude of the Lyra's observatory at Napakiang
by the mean of thirty-six lunar observations on both sides
of the moon, is 127° 37' 28' east ; by four chronometers,
agreeing nearly, 127'' 38' SO*' east. The latitude is 26" 13' 39'
north.
COIupM*.
Digitized by
Google
OBSERVATIONS
MADE AT
NAPAKIANG OBSERyATOBY, GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND.
Liuuurs with a Sextant.
0 West of d
Lunars with a Sextant
* a Arietis, East of J
25th September, 1816.
0 d 187''.88'. 16" East
35 . 15
86 . 15
34 . 45
33
36
00
00
30 . 45
S8 . 30
32
81
15
80 127° . S3' . Sd'' Mean
26th October, 1816.
0 ([ 127 . 88
89
41
44
44
80
45
30
15
80
82 . 15
33 . 00
4th October, 1816.
• J 127* . 31' . 00" East
37 . 00
43 . 00
52 . 30
54. 80
88 . 45
52. 45
50 . 15
50 . 80
41 . 45
40 . 80
84 . 15
43 . 15
39 . 45
Meui by sextant 127 . 43 . 20 « East of D
Lunars by Circle.
O West of d
81
81
27
45
15
80 127". 86*. 16" Mean
4th October, 1816.
0 « 127° . 88' . 45"
82 . 80
Mean by sextant 127 . 34 . 58 0 W. <( Mean 127 . 85 . 87by circle.
Mean by sextant 0 west D 127° . 84' . 58"
• East d 127 . 48 . 20
Mean lon^tude by sextant 0 * D 127 . 89 . 9
by drcle © * <[ 127 . 85 . 87
Mean lonntude by 86 lunars 127 . 37 . 28
Longitude by chrononieters 127 . 38 . 80 east of Gremwich.
Digitized by
Google
XXX APPENDIX.
LATITUDE OF NAPAKIANG.
By Meridian Altitudes of the Sv/n and AUitttdes taken near Noon.
By meridian altitudes observed By meridian altitudes deduced in the
usual way from sights taken near noon.
1816. ^ 1816.
Sextant. 8th Oct. mean of 3 A. M. \ q«o t «/ qa// • w* i
17th Oct 26° . 13' . 43" and 3 P.M. | -^o . id . Mr circle.
20th Oct ^.13. 44 ^^o^^ A.M.{g.l8.46|^^^
Circle. f 26 . 13 .SS)
26th Oct 26 . 13 . 29 20th Oct. . P. M.^ 26 . 13 . 47 J-sext.
( 26 . 13 . 57 j
22dmean2A.M.&2P.M.26 .13 .241 . ,
26th 3P.M. 26 . 13 . 29 j ^^''*^'
Latitude by mean of 3 meridian altitudes 26° . 13' . 39'' sextant and circle,
mean of 5 altitudes near noon 26 . 13 . 50 sextant,
mean of 3 do. do. 26 . 13 . 28 circle.
Mean latitude - - 26 . 13 . 39 north.
VARIATION OF THE COMPASS AT NAPAKIANG.
The declination of the magnetic meridian was ascertained with considerable
precision by means of the transit azimuth instrument : the needle seldom showed
the same variation, as it oscillated about ten minutes, but the mean position of
the magnetic meridian was 52' 10" west of the true. A coral reef was selected
for the place of these observations, in order to avoid the attraction arising from
buildings', or &om inequalities in the ground.
Variation observed on board by Walker'*s Azimuth Compass.
29th Sept 1816, P. M. ship's head W. by S. variation by
1st azimuth - 0^ . 51' . 30" west
2nd - - 0 . 63 . 90
3rd - . 1 . 17 . 80
Amplitude - 1 . 15 . 00
30th - A. M. - 1st azimuth - 0 . 55 . 30
2nd . - 0 . 34 . 15
3d Oct. A. M. ship's head E. N. E. 1st azimuth - 0 . 37 . 00
2nd . - 0 . 48 . 00
Variation by mean of 7 azimuths and 1 amplitude - 0 . 52 . 39 west.
Digitized by
Google
-^
TABLE OF OBSERVATIONS
MADE WITH
DR. WOLLASl ON'$ DIP SECTOR:
WITH AN ENGRAVING, AND A DBSCRIPnON OP THE INSTRUMENT,
AND DIRECTIONS FOR ITS USE.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
c
,?.
--D-
"^
!
.•''
_..••■■'
\
1
fc^=r=:
...■ -'V..\- i. -
t^-
- fri-^ i
•
'■•'.._
/
....•■■■'
N
JVoflasiofUf Dip Sr(?^or.
Fuihstud'A! t/iejln^dvr>ett hyjyurr^^.Jlbemyu-U'J^ Jd*T-^2-*iAS
Digitized by
Googk
j^.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
EXPLANATION OF THE DIP SECTOR,
AMD
REMARKS ON IHB OBSERVATIONS MADE WITH IT IN HIS
MAJESTY'S SLOOP LYRA.
In our tables for apparent dip of the visible hori2on at
different heights from the sea, as calculated from the known
cuirvature of the earth, allowatice is made for the refraction
of the atmosphere, oh a supposition of its being constant,
but as it is known to vary, the tabular dip will often be er-
roneous, and, consequently, altitudes taken under different
states of the atmosphere, will exhibit differeiit instead of
corresponding results.
It is foreign to the present purpose to shew what the
causes are which have most effect in raising or depressing
the apparent horizon. It may be sufficient to mention,
that changes in the relative temperature of the air and the
sea must produce changes in the refraction near the surface.
Dr. WoUaston has pubUshed two papers in the Philosophical
Transactions on this subject, in the volumes for 1800 and
1803, and to these I beg to refer the reader for precise in-?
formation upon this very curious subject.
The object which this sector proposes to attain, is the
adtual admeasurement of the dip angle ; that is, to ascertain
how much the visible horizon is depressed below the hori*
zontal plane passing through the eye of the observer. The
Digitized by
Google
xxxiv APPENDIX.
instrument is so contrived as to measure double the dip
angle twice over, so that we obtain four times the required
dip, and one quarter of this angle is what must be applied
to vertical angles, measured from that part of the horizon
which has been observed.
Figure I. is the instrument seen in perspective, and
Fig. IL is a plan of it with the telescope removed. In
order to explain its use, let A and B (Fig. II.) represent the
two reflecting glasses at right angles to the plane of the
instrument, and also nearly at right angles to each other.
It. is clear that. when the plane of the instruinent is held
vertically, an eye situated at £, and looking through the
\msilvered part of the glass A at a distant point C, will at
th.e*same time, see by joint reflection from both glassee^
another distant poini; D at 180"^. from C ; and P wiU appeat
to ciorrespbnd with .C, if a jsuitable. motion be* given to the
index glass B by the tangent screw F.
t . Xh^^ instrulmedt ; may . np w. be supposed to measure ' the
afc CZp., If the points C and D be each three minutes
(atftber horn the zenith than dO%. the entire angle will thetf
exfieed IfiJO'' by double that quantity. The relative position
of the glasses, then corjesponds to ISO"" 6', and the six
ilMttutes of. excess. would be. shewn on the arc at F if there
Dii^lievnaindQ?: error* But^ by reason of. the index error,
tlu$ ceal quantity will not be known till a similar observa-t
tion has been made with the instrument. in an opposite
diri^ction. .
^ If the instrument be now. inverted, so that the unaik
v^red glass is uppermost, the arc intended to be meaauFed
ig GND, or the. sum of the distapcea of the points C and H
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX'. x^jtxvc
from the' Nadir instead of the Zenith, wKidh of course felW
short of 180* by as much as the former arc exoeedefd thali
quantity.
The diflference of the two arcs is conseqilently twelv^
minutes, and if the index be now mov€d till the objects
C and D appear to correspond, the amount of this double
difference will be shewn by the change of position of th^
vernier.
Hence it is evidently unnecessary that the ihdex erroi»
should be previously known, and even preferable that its
amount should be such as to avoid the needless introduction
of negative quantities by positions on diflferent sides of
zero. :)
In the preceding description, it is supposed that the ey^
is looking directly through the unsilvefed glass at the
horizon, and that it also 'perceives the opposite horizdri
after two reflections ; but an inspection of the figure will
shefw that the observer's head would necessarily intertept
the rays from the horizon behind him. To obviate this,'
both the direct and the reflected rays are received in coming
from the unsilvered glass, (arid after passing through th^
field-glass of the telescope) on a mirror placed at an angle of
45% which reflects them to the eye. By this ingenious con-
trivance, the obstruction is removed, and the opposite points
of the horizon may be both seen at one moment;
In practice, ii is most convenient to direct the telescope
to the same part of the horizon in both cases. Thus, if the
east and west parts of the horizon be observed, and that the
mdex glass be uppermost, and ttelescope pointing to the
west, the observer is on the south 'side, and his face must
Digitized by
Google
xxxvi APPENDIX.
be turned to the north. When the instrument is inverted,
if the observer turn himself round at the same time, so as
to face the south, then the telescope will be pointed as
before to the west; but since the index glass is now under-
most, the inferior arc will now be measured precisely as if
his face were to the north, but with the advantage of the
same lights seen in the erect position of the instrument.
In using this instrument at sea for the first time, con*
siderable difficulty arises from the constant change in the
plane of the instrument from the perpendicular position, in
which it is absolutely necessary that it should be held, in
order to obtain a correct observation. What at first appears
to be a defect, however, is a real advantage, namely, that
whenever it is held in the least degree out of the vertical
plane, the two horizons (that seen direct, and the reflected
one) cross each other, and it is only when the plane is ver-
tical that the horizons can appear parallel.
The object is to get the two horizons to coincide exactly,
and for this purpose it will often be necessary to have them
of different shades. This is managed, as in the sextant, by
means of the screw, which raises or lowers the telescope.
When the telescope is brought nearer to the plane of the
instrument, the reflected horizon becomes dark and distinct,
but when scriewed off it becomes fainter, and is not so well
defined. Practice alone can teach the degree of intensity
which is most favourable. In general it is best to have one
horizon dark, and the other light; then bring them very
nearly to coincide, and wait till the ship is steady, at which
moment a slight touch of the tangent screw brings them
exactly to cover one another. It will happen^ of course.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. xxxvii
that when the coincidence is perfect, there is only one ho-
rizpn to be seen, and a doubt remains whether all is right,
but a slight motion of the instrument, by making the
horizons cross each other, defines them at once.
It is advisable to take several observations, and the
safest way is to take one first with the index glass upper-
most, and then with the instrument inverted, after which to
return to the first, and so on for two or three times each
way.
In the pages which follow, there is given a table con-
taining the result of all the observations made during this
voyage, preceded by several sets of observations in the
fullest detail. From the table it will be observed how
seldom the dip, actually measured, agrees with that inferred
from the mean refraction. Some of these experiments shew
very remarkable difierences^ and point out the great utility
of this instrument.
The practical navigator, particularly if he has been in
hot climates, will recollect how discordant his observations
for latitude always were, and how few even of the best ob-
servers agree in their determination of the latitude of the
same place, simple as the observation is thought to be.
The cause is quite clear ; and though it equally affects al-
titudes taken for absolute time, the disagreement is less
obvious, and it will often happen that a chronometer going
extremely well appears to vary every day from inaccuracy
in the observations. Thus it is, I think, generally admitted,
that it is almost impossible to rate a chronometer from al-
titudes observed with the sea horizon. Nor is this diflSculty
removed by taking equal altitudes, because the refraction
Digitized by
Google
xxxviii APPENDIX.
in all probability will be different at the two observations «'
With an artificial horizon, indeed, the changes in refraction
are not felt, because, at a considerable elevation above the
horizon, the changes are very trifling. But it often happens
in practice, that the artificial horizon cannot be used, and
we are then reduced to the sea horizon, where the changes
of refraction are always the greatest. In the Yellow Sea,
for instance, we had no opportunity of landing during all
the time that the squadron was at anchor, till the day before
we sailed. So that during nearly a fortnight that the ships
were at anchor, the sea horizon was necessarily used. I
need only to refer to the observations taken off the Pei-ho,
viz. from No. 37 to 62, to shew how extremely fallacious
the results must have been.
^ It is much to be wished that this excellent instrument
should be brought into general use in navigation.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. xxxix
THE FOLLOWING EIGHT OBSERVATIONS ARE SET DOWN
IN THE FULIJ:ST DETAIL, IN ORDER TO SHEW THE
METHOD USED IN RECORDING THEM.
No. 31.
YELLOW SEA,
jviy as; i8m->6 p. m.
Index uppermoat InstnimeBt inverted.
A + 8M(r B-»r.lOf
8.06 7.10
8 . 00 7 . 10
Mean 8 . 05 Mean 7 . 10 B.
Mean + 8. 05 A.
16.16
8. 49 Dip.
8 . 60 Tabulur.
1 Difference.
Heij^t of the eye, 16 feet, 8 inches.
Parts of the horizon obaenred, WSW. and ENE.
Barometer - 9Q . TSinches
Thennometer|^ ??
Latitude . - 86° north.
L(»g^tude - 124° east
Windlig^tr^gamioatfa; hdrinmimoonunonly well defined and sharp; sky dear,
and sea pofectly smooth.
Digitized by
Google
x\ APPENDIX.
No. 40.
OFF THE PEI-HO, YELLOW SEA.
/if;^«9, 1816.— 9 A.M.
Index uppermost Instrument inverted.
A + S'.JW" B-ir 40"
8 . 4S 11 . 85
8 . SO 11 . 50
Mem 8.82
Mean
Mean +
11
8.
.4SB.
8SA.
4)
90.
5
8
1
14
. 8 Dip.
.50 Tabular.
. ISINfference 4-
Heieht of the eye^ 15 feet, 8 indies.
Parts of the hoiiztm observed, NW. and SE.
The low land just -nabie in the NW. distant 1ft or 14 miles.
Depth of the sea, 18 feet
Bamneter • 89 . GO inches..
Thermoineter|^ ^°
Latitude ■ ■ 88° . 50^ north.
Longitude - 118*. 00' east
There has been little wind this morning, after a veiy dose night.
No. 43.
OFF THE PEI.HQ, YELLOW SEA.
ilt^tM< 6, 18161— 1 P.M.
Index uppermost. Instrument inverted.
A + r.48" B-11'.6S"
7 . 48 11 . 45
7 . 65 11 . 46
Mean 7.50 Mean 11 . 48 B.
Meai+ 7. 50 A.
4) 19.88
4. 64 Dip.
8 . 58 Tabular.
1 • 1 DificTCDoe -It
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. xli
Height of the eye, 15 feet,' 6 inches.
Parts of the horizon observed, SW. by S. and NE. by N.
Depth of the sea, 29 feet.
Barometer - 29 . 64 inches.
Thermometer }|^ I?!"
Latitude - - 88*» . 50' north.
Longitude - 118*» . Off east
Moderate breeze from SE. by & ; rather hazy, but the horizon sharp and disdnct.
No. 50-
OFF THE PELHO, YELLOW SEA.
August 8, 1&16.— 6. 15. A,M.
Index uppermost Instrument inyerted.
A + 10'. 20" B-12'.60'
10 . 18 12 . 46
10 . 35 13 . 00
Mean 10 . 24, 3 Mean 12 . 51.7 B.
Mean + 10 . 24.3 A.
4) 23 . 16
5 . 49 Dip.
3 . 50 Tabular.
1 . 59 Difference +
Height of the eye, 15 feet, 3 inches.
Farts pf the horizon observed, NNE. and SSW. dear of the land.
Depth of the sea, 26 feet
Barometer - 29 . 65 inches.
Air 69i
Sea 78
Wind NNW. moderate.
Latitude - - 38*» . 50^ north.
Longitude - ll** . 00' east
f Air
Thennometer^ ^^
Jlffm.-^The top ci the fort at the mouth of the river, is just visible at SO
feet fiiDm liie snr&ceof the water.
/
Digitized by
Google
xlii APPENDIX.
No. 53.
. OFF THE PEI-HO, YELLOW SEA.
Augutt 10, 1816.--6. 10. A.M.
Index uppermost. Instrument inverted.
A + 18'. 66" B-7'.30'
18 . 60 7 . 16
13 . 46 7 . 26
Mean 13.60 Mean 7. 23.3 B.
Mean + 13. 60 A.
4) «1 . 18.3
6 . 18.8 Dip.
2.20 Tabular.
2 . 68 Difference +
Hdght of the eye, 6 feet, 6 inches.
Depth of the water, 6 feet
Parts of the horizon observed, N. by E. and S. by W. just dear of the land.
Barometer - 29 . 69 inches.! On board His Majesty^s
ri^k«..»..»»^.» f Air 76° > ship Lyra, distant three
Ihermometerjg^ TT J ortouriSes.,
Wind WNW.
About (me mile from the fcfft of Tung-co(^ at the entrance of the Pei-ho river.
JVbto.->In8trument re-adjusted.
No. 58.
OFF THE PEI-HO, YELLOW SEA.
Augutt 10, 1816—2 P.M.
Index uppermost Instrument inverted.
A + W- 40" B-8'. 60'
16 . 30 8 . 60
16.86 8.60
Mean 16.86 ' Mean 8.60B.
Mean + 16. 86 A.
4) 24.26
6. 6.8 Dip.
8.60 Tabular.
2 . 16 Difference +
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. xliii
Height of the eye, 15 feet, S inches.
Parts of the horizon observed, N. by £. and S. by W.
Depth of the sea, S7 feet.
Barometer - S9 . 68 inches.
Thermometer ^^"^ ^"^
Latitude - - S8f^ . Bff north.
Longitude - 118'^ . 00' east
No. 59.
OFF THE PEI-HO, YELLOW SEA.
Jugust 10, 1816.— 2. 16. P.M.
Index uppermost Instrument inverted.
A + 16'.aO" B-7'.60r'
16.10 8.10
16 . 10 8 . 06
Mean 16.13*3 Mean SOl'TB.
Mean 4- 16 • 13-8 A.
4) 23 . 16
6 . 48-7 Dip.
3.60 Tabular.
1 . 69 Difference.
Hdght of the eye, 16 feet, 3 inches.
Parts of the horizon observed, NW. by N. and SE. by €.
Depth of the water, 27 feet
Barometer - 29 . 68 inches.
Thermometer 4 « «qo
Latitude . -, 38<' . 60^ north.
Longitude - 118^ . 00' east
Tht vessels in all parts of the horizon have an inverted image under them ;
this is very considerable, some having about a third of the sail, others only the
hull.
Digitized
by Google
itliV APPENDIX.
No. 110.
OFP THE CAPE
/ui^ 28, 1817.— 2. 30. P. M.
Index uppermost. Instrument inverted.
A + ff.36" B-5'.OO"
6.35 4. 55
6.40 6.00
Mean 6 • 367 Mean 4 . 583 B.
Mean + 6 . 367 A.
4) 11 . 35
2 ' 53-7 Dip.
3 < 49 Tabular.
55 Difference
Height of the eye, 15 feet
Parts of Ae horizon observed, SE. and NW.
Thermometer{|^Jj ^
Depth of the sea, S23 fee|;.
Latitude - S4P . 5T south.
Longitude 20^ . 15' east
Cape LaguUus due north, distant 6 or 8 miles.
Cakn all day; sky dear, and weather hazy.
On the 29th and 80th of July we were off the Cape, but the weather was so
bad as to prevent any sights being taken.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
xk
Height
of
eye.
Dip.
Differ. Therm.
Differ.
Long.
• J:a5t.
l&l 1
No.
Date.
Obs.
Tab.
+ -
Sea.
Air.
+
-
Baro.
tat.
1-^
feet
Remarks.
1816.
f. i.
/ //
9 U
// H
o
e /
o /
16
Jiiae 16.
15 3
4 85.0
3 50
45
83
82j
§
29.86
5 11 S
106 3
GO
Weather hasy. The low land
of Suraatnijiist visible. The land
wind has been blowing gently for
aboot foar hours.
19
Jane 16.
15 3
4 33.0
3^
43
83i
82
•h.
(85
Jsb.
i95
1*
29.86
5 05 S
106 10
56
East and west parts of the ho-
rizon observed. Coast of Sumatra
just visible. Hazy. The land-
wind dying away. .^
90
Jone 16.
14 0
3 59
3 41
18
84]
i
29,83
5 05 S
106 10
48
The day has been extremely'^
Qsu.
breeze not yet set in, only a few
light flaws.
21
Jane 16.
14
4 01
3 41
20
83
81
2
29.85
5 05 S
106 10
57
'
83
Junes?.
16
4 21.0
356
25
84
82
2
29.81
6 49 1>J
107 49
98
Jane 28.^
16
4 92.2
3 56
26
84
82
2
29.80
8 00
lOS 10
94
July 8.
16
4 08.2
3 56
12
84i
81
H
29.77
13 29
112 .59
A fresh breeze from WNW.
The san set in fiery dirty red
clouds. Weather squally, with
occasional showers of rain. Paits
of the horizon observed east and
west.
Weather remarkably fine -, sky
25
July 6.
16
853
3 56
3
84
^1
i
29.75
20 00
114
clear ; and a gentle breeze from
the south. The sun set about
five minutes after these observa-
tions were taken. IHurts of the
horizon observed east and west
27
JoIyT.
15 3
4 3
3 50
13
85
85
29.79
21 11
114
The forenoon has been ex-
tremely hot and oppressive. A
rolling swell Irom Uie $W.
28
Jaly8.
14 6
3 49
3 45
4
844
82
2*
29.72
Parts of the horizon observed
SSW and NNE, the first clearto
seaward, the other dear horizon,
but the mainland of China behind
it, and various islands on each
side oftheNNE line.
20
July 16.
15 3
3 27
350
23
79
79
29.75
24 37
118 56
Very baay weather: sky fiery.
Clear weather, with a light
80
Joly21..
15 8
3 44
3 50
6
77i
76
n
29.78
34
124
270
breeze from the eastward. San
set behind a low range of &uk
clouds : sky in that quarter was
unusually red. A long swell
from the northward.
31
JoIy23.
15 8
3 49
3 50
1
77
83
5
29.78
35
124
Wind light fifom south ;hori.
zon uncommonly well defined and
sharp; sky clear; and the sea
perfectly smooth. These sights,
and the two following, may be
depended on, I think, within ten
seconds.
32
Jaly 23.
453
8 49
3 50
1
77
82
5
29.78
35
124
Circumstances sunilar to No.
31.
ParU of the horizon observed
38
Jaly 83.
15 3
344
350
6
77
82
5
29.78
35
124
were that immediately under the
setting sun; viz. W 31* N, and
the opposite £ 21« S, the sun '
bdng about 4» high. Day has
been renmrkably clear, although
the wind has beoifirom the south-
1
•
ward, which in these seas is said
generally to bring fi)g8.
86
July 27.
15 8
402
3 50
12
76
76
29.70
38 55
118 50
72
Weathersomewhathazy; wuid
easterly.
36
July 27.
18
885
3 33
2
76
76
29.70
38 55
118 50
78
Wmd easterly.
87
July 28.
15 3
4 21
3 50
31
88
84
1
29.62
38 50
118 00
20
These sights were taken while
at aikhor off the mouth of the
Pei-ho. The fort of Tung-coo, '
on the south bank of the river.
■
four or five miles.
38
July 28.
15 3
406
3 50
16
83
84
1 i
29.62
38 50
118 00
20
}
Digitized by
Google ,
xlti
APPENDIX.
No.
Date.
Height
of
eye.
Dip.
Differ.
Therm.
Differ.
Baro.
Lat.
North.
Long.
East.
1^
Remarks.
Obs.
Tab.
+
m
Sea.
o
Air.
o
+
-
1816.
f. i.
/ M
/ H
/ //
o '
o /
feet
39
July 28.
15 3
3 40
3 50
4
82
83i
i4
29.r>j.
58 50
118
23
The day has been exceedingly
40
July 39.
15 5
5 3
3 50
I 13
84
81
3
29.60
38 50
118
18
close, wiih Gttie wind.
There has been Uttlewind this
42
July 29.
15 3
4 00.
3 h^
10
84
83
I
29.58
38 50
118
20
rooming, after a very close night.
Nearly calm, there being only
a very light air £rom the S£. —
i2
Aug. 6.
15 3
5 19
3 50
I 2i
80
79
1
29.G4
38 50
118
22*
Day sultry.
Weather hazy ; sky dear over-
head; sea remarkably unootli;
43
Aug. 6.
15 6
4 54
3 53
1 1
8Ii
83i
2
29.64
38 50
J18
29
wind north.
Moderate hreese ifom S£ by
S ; rather hazy ; but the boiiaoo
sharp and distinct. And tfaia^
together with the Ibor foUowiiig
observations, may be taken «•
very accurate, every drcuin-
44
Aug. 6.
15 3
4 47
3 50
57
81i
83i
2
29.64
38 50
118
29
stance bdng most fiivourable.
45
Aug. C.
15 3
4 59
3 50
1 9
81i
83
1|
29.64
38 50
118
29i
Parts of the faoriaon observed
46
Aug. 6.
3 9
8 39
1 54
45
81
84§
34
29.62
38 50
118
30
E by N and \V tfy S.
Parts of the horizon observed
SSEandNNW. Wind S£.
47
Aug. 6.
6
3 S6
2 25
1 1
81
84i
34
29.62
38 50
118
30|
Wind SE.
48
Aug. 6.
15 3
4 59.2
3 50
1 9
82
80
2
29.59
38 50
118
30
Parts of the horizon observed
E and W. The day, which baa
been remarkably fine, has as-
sumed towards sunset a wild.
stormy aspect. Wind fresh at
SE.
Rirts of the horizon observed
49
Aug. 8.
15 3
5 47
3 50
1 57
78
69§
8*
39.65
38 50
118
26
EbySandWbyN. Thbmom-
ing unusually dear ; so that wben
the sun's semi-diameter only was
above the horizon, it was painfiil
to look at him. The horizon has
50
Aug. 8.
15 3
5 49
3 50
1 59
78
69§
84
29.65
38 50
118
26
a rugged apfeanmce.
Parts of the horizon observed
NNEandSSW. WindNNW,
moderate.
61
Aug. 8.
15 3
5 47
3 50
I 57
77i
73
44
29.66
38 50
118
24
Weather remarkably dear;
horizon stiUrugged ; wind NNW,
moderate.
52
Aug. 9.
15 3
4 30.4
3 50
40
79i
75
44
29,72
38 50
118
This morning doudy,and looks
ndny, but the air seems clear.
Parts of the horizon observed
NWbyWandSEbyE.
53
Aug. 10.
5 6
5 18.3
2 20
2 58
77
75
2
29.69
38 50
118
5
Parts of the liorison observed
NbyEandSbyW. Instrument
readjusted. Wind WNW.
54
Aug. 10.
5 6
4 28.3
S 20
2 8
38 50
117 55
ParU of the faoriaon observed
WSW and ENE. Wind NW.
dose to the low land, near the
mouth of the Pei-ho. Theiught
had been cold, and the momuig
was stiH keen ; but unfortunatdy
there was no thermometer in the
boat; I suppoflie, however, that
the air was about 66*. At the
time these sights were takeii, I
observed a vesld bearing N by
W, the lower hairof *J%»se sul
'
was inverted. =
WindNW. • r .
55
Aug. 10.
5 6
4 7
2 20
1 47
77
75
2
29.69
38 50
117 55
12
WiiidNW. Parts of the ho-
56
Aug. 10.
5 6
3 55
2 20
I 7>b
77
75
2
29.69
38 50
118
13
rizon observed NW and SE.
'
tf
54, 55, 56) the vessels near the
land had more Qr less an invelted ^
image under them.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
xivii
Height
Dip.
Differ.
Therm.
Differ.
Lar.
T.ong.
I--
feet
No.
Date.
ejre.
Ob*.
Tab.
+
Sea.
e
.\ir.
o
+
**■
Barr.
North.
East.
Remarks. >
1816.
f. i.
t 0
/ tr
o /
e t
57
Aug. la
15 3
5 37
3 50
1 4'7
78
76^,
1*
89.70
38 50
118
26
Weather very clear. Parte of
the horizon observed £N£ and
wsw.
56
Aug. 10.
15 3
6 6
3 50
2 It.
83
84
1
29.68
38 50
118
27
Parts of the horizon observed
N bv £ and S by W.
The vessels in all parte of the
59
Aug. 10.
15 3
5 49
3 50
1 59
83
84
1
89.68
38 50
118
27
horizon have an inverted image
under them ; this is very consider-
able, some having about one-third
of the sail, others only tlie hull
60
Aug. U.
15 3
5 3
3 50
1 13
79
76
«
3
89.78
38 50
118
26|
Dght wind from SE. Sky
cloudy, somewhat hazy ; but the
horizon sharp and unbroken.
61
Aog. 11.
15 3
5 13
3 50
I 83
80
79
1
29.73
38 50
118
24
The inversbn of the vessels as
the horizon observed £S£ and
WNW.
62
Aug. 18.
16
4 58
3 56
56
80
79
1
89.79
38 50
118
84
A light breeze from the SE.
Cloudy and close.— N. B. Instru-
ment readjusted.
63.
Aog.l«.
15 3
4 35
3 50
45
81
79i
li
89.77
38 36
117 56
89i
Part of the horizon observed
N and S.
64
Aug. 13.
16
4 4
3 56
8
79
78
1
89.80
38 31
118 09
48
Part of the horizon observed
£ and W. A moderate breeze
from the SW. Clear over-head;
hazy in the horizon.
Parts of the horizon observed
65
Aug. 13.
16
4 6
3 56
10
79
7S
1
89.80
38 31
118 09
48
N and S.
66
Aug. 13.
16 '
4 30
3 56
84
81
83
8
89.80
38 21
118 04
44
WiudSR Sky clear, and the
67
Aug. 14.
15 3
4 30
3 SO
1
78
79
1
89.71
38 30
118 84
Light breeze from ESE. Parte
observed NE and SW.
68
Aug. 14.
15 3
4 85
3 30
55
79i
80i
I
89.70
38 30
118 35
50
Light breeze at£S£. Ctoudy,
with a haze in the liorizon. Piarts
observed N£ and SW.
69
Aug. 15.
15 3
4 39
3 30
1 9
80
79
1
89.77
38 00
118 35
48
Parts of the horizon observed
£andW. Moderate bieeze from
ENE. Remarkably clear wea-
ther.
70
. Aug. 15.
15 3
4 53
3 30
1 83
81§
79
n
89.76
38 00
118 54
44
Steady moderate breeze at
ENE. Very clear. Horbon
.iharp, and well defined.
71
Aug. 15.
15 3
5 4
3 30
1 34
88
79
3
29.70
37 54
118 56
4U
79
Aug. 16.
15 3
4 43
3 30
1 13
81
76
5
29.17
37 38
118 57
39
Wind at East Sky cloudy,
and rather hazy.
73
Aug, 17.
■
15 3
4 38
3 30
1 8
80
79i
i
89.73
37 81
119 88
30
Ught wind at SW. Hazy
weather.
74
Aug. 17.
14
4 39
3 41
48
81*
81
i
89.75
37 19
119 44
33
Dght breeze from the North-
ward. Weather hazy. Parte of
the horizon observed SE and
NW.
75
Aug. 17.
15 3
4 48
3 30
1 18
8li
88
*
29.70
37 21
119 44
30
Parts of the horizon observed
NE by E and SW by W.
76
Aug. 18.
16
4 S9
3 56
43
80
77
3
89.76
37 89
119 37
48
Moderate breeze from £ast.
Parts of the horizon observed
WNW and ESE.
77
Aug. 90.
1
16
4 80
3 56
84
77
78
5
89.85
37 50
120 16
The wind has been blowing
hard for two days firom NE;
this evening it has lolled, and the
weatlier has cleared off: there
remains however a high swell.
79
Aug. 81.'
15 3
4 48
3 50
58
77
71
6
89.80
37 58
180 27
Land-wmd South* Fine clear
80
Aug. 81.
4
8 37
1 58
\
39
77
79
8
89.80
37 58
120 27
60
morning.
Parte of the horizon observed
SW by S and NE by N.
81
Aug. 81.
15 3
4 8
3 50
18
77
76
1
89.7G
60
The inversions which were so
conspicuous this morning have
been entirely removed since the
sea breeze set in. In some distant
islands there is a slight inversion
at the ends, bjit very trifling. |
'
Digitized by
Google
xlviii
APPENDIX.
No.
Date.
Height
cje.
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
90
91
93
1816.
Aug. 31.
Aug. 21.
Aog. 23.
Sept. 4.
Sept. 4.
Sept. 5.
Sept 7.
Sept 7.
1817.
March 3.
March 5.
March 5.
March 5.
94
94
March 8.
March 6.
f. i.
14
15 3
16
12
12
15
15 8
15 3
14
14 8
14 8
14 8
14 8
14 8
Dip.
Obs.
3 26
3 29
3 52
3 46
3 42
3 47
3 33
8 27
3 57
4 49
4 50
4 53
4 33
4 58
Tab.
/ It
3 41
3 41
3 56
3 25
3 25
3 49
3 41
3 41
3 41
3 46
3 46
3 46
Differ.
+
16
1 8
1 4
I 7
3 46
3 46
47
1 12
Id
Therm. Differ.
Sea.
o
76
83
84
84
Air.
75
84.i
85
85
84
82i
li
Baro.
29.74
29.74
29.80
29.86
29.86
29.80
29 84
29.84
29.74
29.73
29.73
29.86
29 86
Lot.
North.
36 10
36 8
35 40
34 32
34 22
2 18
8 40
5 12
Long.
Eait.
I&
126 30
126 35
126 17
126 34
126 34
102 20
100 35
100 14
feet
165
190
120
Reoarki.
ThU and tha IbUowuig wen
observed towards sunset; they
exhibit a oonsidefabie degree of
refiractiofi above what is osoaL
The sights on this momiiig in the
same place gave Hpwwds of 1'
greatrr dip.
All other circimsteaees tbe
same as in No. 82.
Fresh breese from SE, with a
remarkably clear skv. The ho-
riaon nnoommooly sharp.
Wind moderate fiR>m WNW.
Qear weather.
All other drcunatancea tbe
same as in Na 85. Farts of the
horiflon observed SSW and NNS.
Pttrts of the horiaon observed
WNWandESE.
The morning has been exceed-
ingly hot before the bneaes aet
m from sea at 11 A.M.
Ail other circamstaiioes llie
same as in No. 88.
After a very hot day.
Puts of tbe horizon observed
£SE and WNW. See further
remarks under 93. ^istromeot
readjusted.
PailB of the faoriaoB observed
NEandSW. All other dream,
stances as in No. 91.
Parts of tbe horizon observed
SSE and NNW. These three
observations (Nos. 91 » 99, and
93) were made under the mo&t
favourable circumstances, and
may be considered as shewing
the accuracy which the instru-
ment is capable of attidning. The
sea was so perfectly smooSi, that
not the slighter motion ooald be
detected. The horiaon atall the
parts observed was sharp, and
better defined than- 1 recollect
to have seen it ; and, what is not
(Aea the case, the opposite parts
were alike in strength of fight,
&c. The day has l^n hot» but
not close, with a light breeae
fimn die Southward. The dip
is very great, bat the observations
were made with such core, that
there Cfui be no doubt of their
accuracy.
Tliere had been a I|g^ bfeese
from the Nortli in the morning;
but for an hour before these sights
were taken it had lieen calm.
Nearly the same place as No.
94(a); but the otner circum-
stances were changed, as the
sea breeze at NW had set in
about a quarter of an hour,
whereas in the last instance it,
was calm. The above angles
were taken with great bare.
The horiaon sharp. Farts of
the horiaon observed NW and
SE. I
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
xlix
No.
95
06
96
100
101
103
104
105
Date.
1817.
March 19.
March 19.
March 30i
March 21.
March 22.
March 23.
March S4.
Jol^ 22.
Jnlj 24.
Jul^ 25.
July 26.
Height
of
eye
f. i.
14 8
14 8
14 8
14 8
14 8
14 8
14 8
15
15
15
15
Dip.
OU. Tab.
3 51
348
3 48
8 48
3 39
3 47
3 53
3 36
3 16
3 36
3 30
3 46
3 46
3 46
3 46-
3 46^
8 46
3 46
3 49
3 49
3 49
3 49
Differ.
5
13
33
13
19
Therm.
Sea. Air.
80
80
79i
80
79
78i
78
71
59
58
82
82
82
79§
79
80
72
63
60
Differ.
+ —
Lat.
Baro. North.
29 84
29.78
29.83
29.84
29.84
29.80
29.78
18 30
14 30
15 00
16 00
17 00
17 30
Soath.
34 0
34 25
35 S
35 S
Long.
East.
11
89 30
89 15
89 00
88 30
88 00
88 15
24 56
23 45
23
feet
400
372
462
462
s
Remarkf.
The wind steady and moderate
at N£; atmosphere clear; hori-
zon wdl defined; a Ions swell
fromSW. This swell, which was
not lugh, produced an olrvioQs
effect on ue dip angle, as oh«
senred, the two horiaons aliens
ately separating and oTerliq[>ping ;
this change was however so slight
that I have not been able to mea-
soreit
All other circnmstsnces as in
No. 95. Farts of the horiaon
observed N£ and SW.
During the night there has
been a light breese finom East ; at
this moment it is freshening up a
little. The atmosphere Is dear ;
horizon sharp ; a long low swell
from SW, as yesterday.
It has been calm, or nearly so,
doring the night; occasionally a
light air from SE and S. All
drcumstances ^vourable.
During the night there has
been a H^bt wind from SW. The
weather u more hazy than when
the wind was from the Eastward, ;
and the horizon not so distinctly *
marked ; but t6e above sights are •
good. There is still a swell finom I
S W, which causes some little un- j
certainty as to the exact moment
of takmg the angle.
In the night there has been
a light breeze from W by S.
WeiUher hazy ; but the honzon
sharper than yesterday morning.
Durmg the'^night almost calm ;
just now a light air from the NE.
Parts of the horizon observed
NE and SW.
Fine Ciir clear weather, but
with so high a swell as to render
the observation difficult Wmd
lieht from N, after having been
bbwing fresh.
light breezes from the North-
eastward; smooth water, and a
clear cool mr: hazy about the
land. The distance from the
South coast of Africa was about
8 or 9 leagues. Alldrcomstances
favourable. No current : we have
probably been too near shore
for It
Light breeze frt>m the SW,
with a long swell. Hazy weather.
The wind has been from the West
for 24 hours; at first blowing
hard, but latterly moderate, the
current setting us to the SW
about a mile an hour. A veiy
heavy dew fiilling this evening.
Farts of the horizon observed
East and West
Moderate breeze from the NE ;
air hazy ; long high swell from the
Westward. From observations
by stars and duonometers, it has
been ascertained that tbeie IS not
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
He^ht
Di
r-
Differ.
Therm.
Differ.
Ji«g.
P
No.
Pat^
«ye.
Ob*.
T«b.
•f ,
--
Sea.
Air.
+
^
Bmo.
IM.
£Mt
Aem.^
'
1817.
f. i
/ tt
/ M
M
1 n
•
«
• '
• «
feet
tfaeleartcuient DitlweefimB
the Sonth coMt of Afirica fbout
50 miles. Ahigh rangeiAagfat
to the Northward. Parts of the
horixoB observed North and
South.
106
JolySO.
15
%m
349
19
60
63
3
34 52
22 23
420
A light breese fimn the NE;
ur haay; a loDg swell £rom the
Westward. About 50 miles dis-
taot from the land.
107
July 27.
15
265
3 49
54
56
59
3
35
21
24
The wind has been moderate
fram the land aU night ; air ha^ ;
weather raw ; a Teiy heavy dew
fiJliDg all night. The land in
sight to the Northwaid. dbiast
one end to the other.
166
July 27.
15
2«7
3 49
1 2
56
59
3
35
21
240
Pkrts of the horisoa observed
NNEandSSW. AU other cir-
cumstances as in No. 107.
100
Jal7 28.
15
3 17
349
32
58
64
6
34 58
^ 15.
Parts of the horiion observed
N£ and SW. Cape Ligullas
North 2 or 3 leagues. A light
breexe from the Eastward. Air
Parts of the horizon obaerred
110
July 20.
15
254
349
55
59
64
5
34 57
20 15
222
SE and NW. Cape Ligullas
due North, diftant 6 or 8 miles.
C^maU day; sky dear; and
weather hasy.
.
N.B. On the 29th and30th
of July we were off the Cape,
1
but the weather was so bad as to
1
_»
prevent any sights bang taken.
Digitized by
Google
METEOROLOGICAL JOURNAL,
FBOM JULY TO NOVEMBER 1816, WHILE THE SHIPS WERE
IN THE YELLOW AND JAPAN SEAS.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
liii
Barom.
ThenDom.
Windi.
Lat
Longr
Boon.
Air.
Sea.
1
2
8
4
S
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
SO*. 01"
80.01
83°
84«
South
SSW
SW
N
8ap.or
E
116^.26'
Sunday, July 14, 181&
The wind continued quite
light during the night, with one
or two sli^t showers, but no
squalls.
About 8 A. M. the wind
hauled to alxri SW, from
which quarter it blew a light
breeze.
1
S
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
S9.94
89.98
•
SE Coast of China.
1
ft
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
S9.89
89.89
88
83
sw
SWbyW
WNW
N
3a».48r
E
Monday^ July 15, 1816.
Thie same winds during the
nig^t
•
Found that we had been
driven by a current, setting
about E by N, 9i miles an hour.
1
ft
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
89.80
89:76
89.80
West
WSW
SW
SE Coast of China.
About 3 oVlock it became
extremely ha^; the sun set in
fiery clouds, and ^ blood red
tint was riven to the low clouds
all round the hoiizon,
Digitized by
Google
Ut
APPENDIX.
BtfDm.
Thennoni.
Windt.
Ut.
iMlg.'
How.
Air.
Set.
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29'. 74^
29.83
29.74
88''
SW
wsw
West
WSW
sw
N
24''.37'
E
11»».60'
Tfiefdasf, Jukf 16, 1816.
During this day there has
been a moderate breese finom
the SSW, with a thick Itaoe,
and dew at night
Soundings fix>m 8S td 26
r fathcMns: dark itie dand
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
29.76
29.78
29.76
80
80
79i
79J
sw
Stnats of Ponaosa,
China.
We have seen no land all dajr,
hatinff ran alon^ nearly parallel
with £e coast aSdut Chnsafi, at
the distunce of about 80 ot 40
leagues.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.74
29.76
29.80
29.81
29.80
29.81
8»
82
82
80J
81
80
ssw
sw
SWbyS
N
2e°.2i'
E
WednescUy, Jufy 17, 1816.
The weather is remarkably
haay , and there is a very di».
agreeable sea coming after us.
1
2
3
4'
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.80
r
29.76
29.76
29.76
29.79
29.80
82
82
81
81
80
80
ssw
Soudi
SbyW
StraitB of Formosa,
China.
At night hazy with li heavy
dew; soundings 5S fathoms.
To^lay we quitted the Stndu
of t^ormosa, and stood towards
file Yellow Sea. Last eveding
we were among a cluster S
larp islands Hear the coaal of
way through the fltnttts ^ F<»v
mote.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
1^
Barom.
Tberrooiii.
Windf.
Lat
Jjang,
•
Hoar.
Air.
Seiu
'
1
4
-
sw
Thursday/, July 18, 1816.
The wind during all this day
has beai from the Soudi West-
S
99'.78^
ward.
6
From noon till midnight it
7
continuedfresh and steady, after
8
39.80
81"
80"
wsw
which i^ lulled. Weather very
9
hazy, and at night a heavy dew
10
!e9.86
sw
faUing.
11
N ■
Depth of water from 86 to 37
Noon.
39.80
81
79
ssw
g6^«r
fathoms.
1
~"gW
.
a
S9.80
To the northward
^
s
of the Straits of
4
29.80
81
80
SWbyW
Formosa.
6
29.76
SW
No land seen to-day, bdng
about 30 leagues off shore, to
7
8
d
10
11
29.76
81
79
ssw
the Northward of the Straits of
Formosa. .
'
Mid.
~1
V
9
S
. 4
5
•
Friday, Jvhf\%lSi^
29.78
79
78
SbyW
During this day there has
been a moderate breeze from
6
29.76
the SSW, with a thick haze
..• 7
and dew at night
8
29.78
78
78
SSW
Soundings from 98 t^ 26
fathoms: mie dark sand.
9
10
29.78
sw
11
29.78
N •
E
Noon.
29.78
78
79
SWbjyS
30^.54'
i2d».«y
' 1'
29.76
' <
Off the Islands of
s
ChusanS0or40
4
29.72
80
80
SSW
leagues.
6
o
We have seen no land this
6
29.72
day, having ran along nearly
parallel yrSti the coast about
- 7
8
29.72
79
80
South
-
Chuaan, at the distaiiiae of idbout
9
10
i
1
80 or 40 leagues.
11
Mid.
29.74
80
79
'■ ■
Digitized by
Google
Ivi
APPENDIX.
BuDm.
Thermooi.
Winda.
LM.
Ung.
Hoar.
Air.
Sm.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29*. 69"
29.70
29.70
29.72
29.70
29.70
79»
79
80
76»
774
78
SbyW
South
SbyW
N
82°.S6'
E
Sahirdajf, Jukf 5», 1816.
Light SSW winds, with thick
haze and dew at night Re-
gular soundings 20 fathoms:
mud and black sand.
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.70
29.66
29.68
29.66
29.69
80
79
78
77
77
77
SWbyW
WSW
SWbyW
WSW
Entering the
Yellow Sea.
To^y we are about half-
way between the SE part of
Corea and the Chusan idanda,
each being about 50 leagues
distant ; the mouth of the great
river Yang-tse^kianfl; is nearly
W 50 leagues, and £e promon-
tory of Shan-tung N by W 100
leagues.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noqn.
29.72
29.76
29.78
29.79
29.79
75
76
76
77J
WbyN
NNW
NbyW
North
N
88».56'
E
184*
Sundagf, July 21, 1816.
The wind after noon yester-
day freshened up towardfs sun-
set from the WI?W, and in the
night it hauled to the N W gra-
dually, and 90 to North; about
noon it became auite light as it
drew to the northward.
The weather has became
Quite clear since the change of
tne wind.
Land in sight to^ay about
East from us, supposed to be
Corea.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.78
29.80
29.78
29.79
29.79
77
77
77J
77i
NNW
EbyN
East
EbyS
BE
Yellow Sea.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
Ivii
fiarom.
Tbermoin. |
Winds.
Ut
Long.
Hour.
Air.
Sea.
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
SSE
Monday, July 82, 1816.
29". 69^
29.72
76°
77»
SbyW
In the night there was a
breeze firom the SSW with very
thick weather, and much hght-
ning all round.
29.71
77
76
SWbyW
29.71
29.76
29.76
78
77
ssw
N
84».44'
E
128^66'
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.74
29.76
29.78
29.78
79
76
79
77
sw
Calm
NNE
NbyE
Yellow Sea.
AAer noon it fell calm till
about 6 P. M. when there came
a li^ht breeze from the west-
wara which hauled to north, and
about morning fell nearly calm.
Regular soundinffs fifom 44
to 43 fathoms : mua.
29.74
76
76
North
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
NbyW
West
Tuesday, July S8, 1816.
29.76
29.78
29.80
29.80
76
77
79
76
77
78
Calm
SSE
SE
South
N
85''.06'
E
123^06'
About 8 this morning a
breeze sprung at South, which
lasted during the day, freshen-
ingvery gradually — sky dear.
Regular soundings 48 fa-
thoms: mud.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
29.79
Yellow Sea.
29.79
29.78
81
78
SSW
A moderate breeze fix>m the
Southward, and fine dear wea-
ther.
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.76
78
77}
SE
_
29.77
77
1
76
SSE
SbyE
Digitized by
Google
Iviii
APPENDIX.
Barom.
Winds.
IM.
Loiig.
Hour.
Air.
Sea.
1
8
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29'. 76"
29.77
89.88
89.86
89.88
77°
76
76JO
73
SSE
SEbyS
SbyE
NW
NWbyW
N
36».87'
E
183».01'
Wednesday, July 24, 1816.
The wind during these 24
hours has been moaerate from
the Southward.— Quite clear,
not the least appearance of fc^.
A very curious assemUage
1
8
S
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.70
29.69
89.70
89.70
76
76
74
72
EbyS
SEbyE
SSE
SbyE
SbyW
Yellow Sea.
of clouds passed over us at noon
from the NW.
Soundings 40, 38, and 37
fathoms : brown mud.
1
8
8
4
5
6
7
8
0
10
11
Noon.
89.70
89.70
89.70
29.70
29.70
TO
71
74
71
66
73
SW
SSW
WNW
Calm
WNW
NWbyW
NW
E
1220.37'
Thursday^ July 25, 1816.
The wind during the night
hung to the SW, with rain
occaaonally.
After daybreak the weather
cleared up, and the breeze fell
gradually as we rounded the
NE point of the promontory of
Shan-tung.
\
8
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.70
29.66
89.66
29.61
29.61
77
76
76
72
72
75
East
SE
SSE
SbyW
Nearly on the me-
ridian of the NE
point of Shan-
tung promontory,
YeUow Sea.
In the forenoon it fell calm,
and towards sunset a breeze
sprung up from ESE and SE
which lasted during the night
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
lix
Bftrom.
Thermom.
Winds.
Ut.
I-ong.
Hoar.
Air.
Sea.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon
29'.61»
29.61
29.62
29.62
29.62
74'
74
74
72»
72
72
SbyW
South
SSE
South
SSW
SbyW
N
38».or
E
122».0'
Fridaj/y July 96, 1816.
As the day broke, the breeze
which bad been light duriiLg; the
night, fre^ened up, ana th^
weather, hitherto dear, became
suddenly auite foggy; this how-
ever lasted only 1^ an hour,
and we emoyed during the day
the same fine clear weather, with
the exception indeed of one
thunder squall, which lasted
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.62
29.59
29.60
29.60
29.60
76
78J
76
66
68
74
SSW
sw
WNW
SEbyS
SEbyE
Yellow Sea.
t
on}y a few minutes, and paaied
over, going towards the SE.
N. 8. This was the only in-
stance of fog during the six
weeks that the ships were in the
YeUow Sea.
1
2
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.69
29.69
29.70
29.70
77
76
77J
76
South
SSE
SE
East
ENE
N
88».62'
£
117^40'
Saturday, July 27, 1816.
During the whole of this day
we had a iresh breeze from East
and ESE, with dark cloudy
weather. As we drew across
the Gulf of Petchelee we had
the wind much stronger.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.68
29.61
29.61
29.80
29.84
76
77
77
82
EbyS
EbyN
East
EbyN
SEbyE
Yellow Sea.
We anchored at seven o^clock
in 3} fathoms water.
In the night it blew hard
from the East, and at sunrise
we had a violent thunder storm.
Digitized by
Google
Ix
APPENDIX.
BafDm.
Thennom.
Windi.
Ut.
I«.g.
How.
Air.
Sea.
1
2
S
4
5
6
SEbyE
Sundayy July 28, 1816.
89'. 70''
80»
80i°
SEbyS
AAer the thunder stcmn had
passed the weather deared up,
and became quite fine.
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.68
82J
82
SW
'
29.61
29.62
29.60
m
82§
WbyN
N
38»52'42"
1
8
4
5
6
7
29.60
29.61
29.62
81
82
NbyE
North
EbyS
SSE
SbyE
Pei-Ho,
Yellow Sea.
During the day the breeze
has been moderate, with fine
dear weather.
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.61
29.60
83
80
82
82
South
SbyE
SW
1
«
3
4
C
6
7
29.69
79
81 i
SW
wsw
NNW
M(ynday, July 39, 1816.
Light breezes and cloudy
weather.
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.60
29.62
29.60
82
82
82
84
EbyN
NE
N
38''.56
E
118°.00'
Towards noon it fell cahn.
1
2
8
4
B
6
29-69
29.68
29.66
88
84}
SE
ESE
At anchor ofP the
mouth of the Pei-
ho river, Yellow
Sea.
7
8
9
29.66
82i
82
SE
Dunng the night a moderate
breeze fiSm the Eastward.
10
11
Mid.
29.63
80
82
SEbyE
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
Ixi
Barom.
Tbcrmom.
Windi.
ut
Long.
t
Hour.
Air.
Sea.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29'. 60^
82»
820.
SEbyE
East
ENE
Tuesday, July 80, 1816.
During this day there has
been a li^ht ur from the East-
ward, ana fine dear weather.
29.68
29.63
29.62
81
EbyN
'
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.65
29.65
81
84
SEbyE
At anchor off the
mouth of the Pd-
ho, Yellow Sea.
29.60
29.61
82
88^
•
29. 68
88
82
Calm
At midnight it fell calm.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
Wednesday^ July 81, 1816.
29.62
88
82
SW
This morning there is a li^ht
air from the eastward, indimng
to calm.
29.70
29.70
84
85
WNW
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.70
29.71
88
86
ESE
SE
At anchor off the
mouth of the Pei-
ho, Yellow Sea.
29.71
29.72
29.84
82i
83
82
82}
SSE
South
Towards night the breeze
freshened up from the SE.
Digitized by
Google
Ixii
APPENDIX.
Barom.
A^Dds.
Lat.
Loog,
Ehmr.
Air.
Sea.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29*. 69"
ie9.7o
29.69
29.70
83»
81
81
84"
82i
sw
West
SWbyS
SSW
SWbyS
Thursday, August 1, 1816.
DuruL^ the night there has
been a ^esh breeze from the
SW, with rain and lightning.
Towards noon it became more
moderate.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mkl.
29.63
29.66
29.66
29.66
82
80
79
82
82
82
SbyE
SE
SbyE
SSW
sw
At anchor off the
mouth of the Pei-
ho, Yellow Sea.
And at night it was very
squally, with rain.
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.'
29.62
29.68
29.67
78J
79
82
82}
WbyS
SSW
Friday^ August 2, 181ft
Durinff the whole of the night
it rained.
Towards morning it blew
fresh from the Westward.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.63
29.63
29.63
29.66
29.70
78}
78
79
83
82}
82
East
SSE
East
At anchor off the
mouth of the Pei-
ho, Yellow Sea.
During the whole of the day
it has been very hazy with slight
showers of rain.
Midnight, fresh breezes and
dear.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
bciii
Barom.
Thenaom.
Windf.
Ut.
Long.
Hour.
Air.
Sea.
1
9
EbyN
NE
Saturday^ August 8, 1816.
3
4
5
6
r
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29', 72"
77"
81°
Fresh breezes and cloudy
weather.
29.84
29.84
29.82
77J
79
81
82
ENE
NE
%
Strong breezes and doiidy^
with sli^t showers of rain at
intervals.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29. 8»
29.80
76
8>
NEbyN
At anchor off die
mouth of the Pa-
ho, YeUow Sea.
29.84
29.90
76
76
80
80i
ENE
NEbyN
Towards evening it cleared
up.
A short swdl from the N£.
Moderate breezes and cloudy.
1
S
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
North
Sunday^ August 4, 1816.
Light airs and fine weather.
29.69
78
81
NW
•
10
11
Noon.
29.70
29.70
29.70
78J
81
West
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.68
29.68
78
81
NW
WNW
WSW
At anchor off the
mouth of the Pei-
ho, Yellow Sea.
Cloudy, with slight showers
of rain at intervals.
29.68
29.68
78
80
West
29.68
77
81
SW
1
Digitized by
Google
Ixiv
APPENDIX.
Hour.
1
s
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
1
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
1
9
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
Barom.
29*. 68'
29.68
29.69
29.68
29.68
29.66
29.65
29.64
29.59
TbertDom.
Air. Sea.
77'
78
78
29.65
29.64
29.64
29.63
81
81
80
80^
81
71
73
76
81 i
82
, Wiudi.
WbyS
WSW
WbyN
sw
WbyS
WSW
Lat.
I«ng.
Monday f Augutt 5, 1816.
Moderate breezes and cloudy.
At anchor off the
mouth of the Pei-
ho, Yellow Sea.
78
77i
81
WbyS
29.64
29.60
29.62
29.66
29.66
79
80
81i
81
82
81
SW
NW
North
NNW
WSW
SWbyW
In the forenoon we had a
slight shower.
Moderate breezes and cloudy.
Light breezes and cloudy.
SSE
SE
SbyE
At anchor off the
mouth of the Pei-
ho, Yellow Sea.
Tuesday, Aitgust 6, 1816.
A light breeze from the SW.
Towards 4 A. M. the wind
shifted round to NW, and
freshened up.
Noon, a moderate breeze and
fine weather.
After noon the breeze, which
had hauled round to SE,
freshened up considerably.
Towards sunset daric sla^
clouds drew over us from the
land, moving in a contrary
direction from that of Uie wind
which we had.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
Ixv
Bmob.
'rbermoai.
Winds.
Ut.
LoDg.
Hour.
Air.
8«>.
1
8
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Norai.
89*. 67^
89.96
80.00
79J«
77
81"
80
South
EbyN
East
EbyN
WednMcUnfy AuguH 7, 1816.
At sunrise it was moderate,
but about nineo'^clock thebreeze
freshened, and towards noon
blew fresh from the Eastward.
1
8
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
80.00
89.98
89.88
89.81
76
78
80
78J
NE
At anchor off the
mouth of the Pei-
ho, YeUow Sea.
Fresh breeases and doudy.
Towards night it moderated.
At midnight a moderate
breeze.
1
8
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
89.66
89.66
89.67
89.69
89-68
71
78
76
78
77i
81
North
NNW
Thursdagfy Attgusi 8, 1816.
Moderate and doudy.
Moderate and fine
1
8
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
89-66
89-66
89.69
89.70
89.71
8H
79
77
80
79
NNW
NE
At anchor off the
mouth of the Pei-
ho^YeUowSea.
Light airs.
Digitized by
Google
Ixvi
APPENDIX.
Barom.
nicrmom.
Winds.
Lat.
Long.
Hoar.
Air.
75°
Sea.
77^-
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
29*.73»»
NbyE
NW
Friday, August 9, 1816.
29.74
76i
79
9
10
11
29.78
2 A. M. a moderate breeze
sprung up at NW.
Noon.
29.77
80
79i
ESE
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
29.76
29.70
79
77t
SSE
At anchor off the
mouth of the Pei-
ho, YeDow Sea.
29.70
29.70
Moderate breezes.
10
11
Mid.
29.70
76
78
NW
1
3
NW
Saturdajf, August 10, 1816.
4 .
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
WNW
Moderate breezes and dear.
29.69
76
77
NW
29.70
29.70
29. YO
81
79
Cfdm
Cahn and fine weather.
1
8
4
5
6
7
29.69
29.67
79
78J
SSE
At anchor off the
mouth of the Fei-
ho^ YeUow Sea.
29.65
8
29.64
76
78
sw
9
10
11
Mid.
29.72
29.74
Moderate and cloudy.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
Ixvii
Buon.
Thenwm.
Winds.
IM.
Long.
Hour.
Mr.
Sm.
1
9
■
•
Sunday, AuguH 11, 1816.
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
89.70
76»
78»
S£
89.70
76
79
SEbyS
29.76
29.74
79
80
Modonte and dear weatlier.
1
8
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.74
29.72
79
78
SE
Off the iiTer Pes-
ho, Yellow Sea.
29.72
29.78
89.76
76
76
79
77
1
8
Mondo!/, August 12, 1816.
4
5
76
78
SE
Moderate breezes attdddudy.
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
89.78
89.79
89.79
79
79
78
79
SEbyE
N
8»'.88'
E
117».44'.
Moderate breezes hom the
SE, with fine dear wedther:
lightning at times.
1
8
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
89.79
6ulfofPedie.lee.
89.78
89.78,
89.78
89.80
81
79i
79i
88
81
80
SE
SEbyS
Moderate and fine weather.
Moderate breezes and dear,
with lightning.
Digitized by
Google
Ixviii
APPENDIX.
Barom.
Thermom.
Wmdi.
L>t
toag.
Hour.
Air.
Sea.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29*. 79"
29.80
29.80
89°
88
79°
81
SbyW
SSW
SE
N
SSf.M'
E
11»'.08'
Tuesday^ August 18^ 1816.
In the evening we had iredi
breezes from the SE-nsky as-
suming a threatening appear-
ance. Towards mMliught it
moderated, 8t which time it fell
calm.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.74
29.77
29.80
29.79
80^
79
80
78
ESE
SE
SEbyS
Calm
GulfofPe<he.lee.
•
1
2
S
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.70
29.71
29.72
29.72
29.74
77
79
79
79i
78
78
78
78
SEbyS
WSW
South
SSE
N
88»;29'
E
W^ednesday, AuguH 14^ 1816.
After midni^t a npoderate
breeze sprung up from.the SE.
About 4 A. M. it shifted
more to the Southward, and
remained so the.rest of thedajr.
1
2
S
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29. 71
29.74
29.70
29.72
29.76
66
78
76
80
80
79
SbyE
EbyN
EbyS
ESE
EbyS
GulfofPe«he.lee.
Weather fine.
At midnight the wind drew
round to the Eastward.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
Isix
Baron.
Themwrn.
Wind*.
Ut
Long.
Hour.
Air.
Sea.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon
29*. 77*
29.79
29.78
76»
78
78J
79i»
80
81
SE
East
EbyN
N
8r.68'
£
118».49'
Thursday, AuguH 15^ 18llS.
Moderate and fitie weather.
Duriio^ the day the wind
remuneaat East and ENE,
blowing a moderate breeze.
iTowards night it fiesbened
up, and remained quite steady.
1
2
S
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.76
29.74
29.74
29.76
29.86
80
78
77
82
80
-ENE
GulfofPe^e-lee.
1
2
* 8
' 4
S
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.79
29. 80
29.80
79
m
•
81
81J
EbyN
EbyS
EbyN
N
87''.80'
118" J57'
Friday, AugU9i\%\%\^.
To-day the wind oontbued
at East, the same as yesterday.
1
2
8
4
S
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.74
29.74
29.74
29.74
80
79J
81
80
Eby S
ENE
SEbyE
SbyW
6ulforP<M:he4ee.
In the erening it became
squaUy, with ram.
Towards midnight the wind
hauled to the Sou&ward.
Digitized by
Google
Ixx
APPENDIX.
Barom.
TberiDom.
Windi.
Ut.
Hoar.
Air.
Sea.
SO-
84
81
Long.
•
I -
2'
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29". 74^
29.74
29.74
29.74
29.76
78JO
791
81
SbyW
SSW
SWbyS
SW
N
87'.«0'
£
119^.83'
Saturday, August 17, 1816.
To-day we have had a breeze
from the SW.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.74
29.74
29.70
29.70
29.71
82
79
79
81
80
80
NEbyN
East
EbyS
GulfofFe^he.lee.
During the afltemoon the
wind shitted to the Eastward,
where it remained, and blew a
steady breeze.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.72
29.80
29.81
29.80
791
79
79
80
80
791
East
EbyN
N
8r.47'
E
Sunday, August 18, 1816.
After midnight we had a
moderate breeze from the East-
ward,and at 4 A.M. it freshened
up at ENE, where it continued
until the evening, at which
time it shifted to Uie SE, with
rain.
1
2
3
'4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.82
29.88
29.82
29.90
29.96
29.98
781
78
78
79
78
78
NEbyE
ENE
SEbyE
Calm.
East
GulfofPe^he-lee.
At eight it was nearly calm.
About nine a breeze sprung
up fix>m the Eastwavd, accom-
panied by rain.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
Ixxi
Buom.
Thenaora.
Wbida.
Ut.
Long.
Hoor.
Air.
So.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon
29'. 98"
29.94
29.92
29.92
78J«
74
774"
77J
NNE
ENE
NE
N
37».40'
E
119».44'
Monday, August 19, 1816.
A light ur.
Towards ncNm the breeze
freshened up at North-easterly,
where it continued all day, and
blew rather fresh, with a short
sweU.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.92
29.92
29.94
29.99
76
74J
771
76
NEbyN
GulfofFe^e-lee.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.96
80.00
80.02
80.08
76
76
76
78
77i
NbyE
NNE
N
87«.46'
E
120».08'
Tuesday y August 90^ 1816.
During the night it blew a
steady fresh breeze from NNE,
in which quarter it continued
all this day.
The sky having athreatenbg
appearance.
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
80.00
29.90
29.90
29.90
74
74
78
77J
NEbyN
6ulfofPe^e.lee.
Towards the evening mo-
derated.
Near midnight the wind came
round to the S W, and blew a
moderate breeze.
Digitized by
Google
Ixxii
APPENDIX.
Barom.
Tbermom.
Windf.
Ut
UHlg.
Hoar.
Air.
Sea.
. 1
8W
Wednesda^y August 21, 1816.
8
4
6
6
SSW
The early part of the day
the wind has been moderate
from the Southward.
7
8
9
10
11
iioaa.
«9'.80h
74»
77.
SbyW
«
S9.80
39.80
79
77
Caha
N
sr-si'
E
About nooD it died away,
butshortly after abreeze sprung
up fiiom tne Eastward, and blew
1
8
89.78
East
GulfofP<w5he4ee.
pretty steady from that Quarter
till the evemne, when it hauled
round to the SE.
4
5
6
7
29.76
76
77
.
89.76
8
9
10
11
Mid.
89.74
76
77
SEbyS
29.88
74J
78
SbyE
1
Thursday, August S2,1816.
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Nocm.
89.80
During the earlv part of the
day we had a moderate breese
from the SE.
89.80
77
78
89.80
29.74
80
78
SE
1
S
8
4
5
6
7
'29.74
29.74
78
78
OflFCheatow, Yel-
low Sea.
After noon it hauleil to the
Southward.
29.72
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.72
77
78
SSE
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
Ixxiii
Bmob.
Tbermoia.
Windf.
•Ltt.
Ug.
r
How.
Air.
S«a.
^
1
2
S
4
6
6
!
Fridoff, AuguH 28, 1816.
29*. 70^
78»
78»
NE
During the night the wind
has been moderate, and steady
from the Southward
7
8
9
29.70
80
78
^
10
11
Noon.
29.72
81
78J
. -
1
2
«
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.70
80
78
SEbyE
SE
At anchor in
Cheatow Bay, Yel-
low Sea.
In the forenoon it veered to
the NE, ^JDA towards night to
the Southwaid.
29.68
29.66
79
78
Calm
'
29.66
77
78
South
-
1
2
8
4
5
6
South
Saturday, luguH 84, 1816.
29.70
77
78
Durinff the morning the wind
was steady from the Southward.
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.68
78J
78
SbyE
•
29.70
29.68
29.68
79
78
NE
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.68
29.66
29.66
29.66
29.64
29.64
29.62
79
78
78
78
East
Che-a-tow,
YeUow Sea-
Towards night the wind
hauled to the Eastwaid, bbw-
ing a moderate breeze, and
steady.
29.62
78
77
EbyS
Digitized by
Google
IXPT
APPENDIX.
Buoiii.
Tbennom.
Viiid,.
Ut
fong-
^
How.
Air.
Sea.
'
I
2
9
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
rfooii*
29.64
29.66
78»
79
78»
78
EbyS
NbyE
NE
•
l^undayy August 25, 1816.
The wind continued to blow
froni the NE quarter all the
farenocm.
1
2
1
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.64
78
77J
NE
NbyE
EbyS
Che^tow,
Yellow Sea.
In the afternoon it hauled
At midniffht it hauled to the
SW,' ifitli 4ne clear weather.
A heavy dew falling.
1
»
S
' 4
K
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.56
29.56
29.56
29.56
77
78
79J
77i
77J
78
SW
WNW
IVbyN
Monday, August 96, 1816.
After midnight it continued
to blow a moderate breeze from
theSW.
i
2
8
4
I
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.64
29.52
29.52
29.54
29.56
79J
79
78J
78
78
78
NW
Che^tow,
Yellow Sea.
j^bout 4 A.M. it shifted to
the NW, from which Quarter it
blew the whpl^of the day.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
lix^
Barom.
llienDOiD.
Wiuds.
Lat.
Long.
Hour.
Air.
Sea.
1
9.
NW
North
Tuesday, August S7> Ism
8
4
B
89*. 58"
77*
770
Towiurds noon the wind
hauled more to the Westvhftrd,
with mm, thunder, and light-
6
7
ning.
8
9
99. est
•
10
11
Noon.
29.64
29.64
78
78
NWbyW
1
8
4
6
6
7
29.62
29.62
76
77
SbyW
At anchor' in
0ie.hai*4>ie harbour,
YeUowSea.
29.62
•
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.64
29.64
76
76
77
77
NNE
In the evening the wind came
totheNNK
1
It
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Nooni.
NEbyE
Wednesday y August 28, 1816.
To^y the wind has been
moderate and steady from the
North-eastward.
29.70
76
77
29.72
29.72
77J
76J
1
2
8
4
5
29.70
77J
76
NE
ENE
0i6-hai-<ne harbour,
YeUow Sea.
6
7 ■
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.70
29.74
77
79
76
76
NE
«
Towards night the breeze
freshened, and the sky became
cloudy, assuming a threatening
appearance.
Digitized by
Google
kxvi
APPENDIX.
Baram.
Tbennom. |
Wind*.
T«t,
Loog.
How.
Air.
Se>.
1
8
8
4 -
5..
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noun.
89*. 78"
89.78
89.80
89.80
77.
78
81
76»
76J
77
EbyN
SbyE
South
Thursday/, August 29> 1816.
Aflter midnight the vind
hauled to the &stwiird, blow-
ing fresh, the weather still look-
ing very black.
1
8
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
89.92
89.90
89.98
89.98
89.94
81
78
79
78
77
77
SSE
South
SW
Sfiuth
CKe-hai-me harbour,
YeUowSea.
After 4 it moderated, and the
weather cleared up and became
quite fine.
About 8 P.M. the w'md came
to the Southward. Towards
midnight it drew round to the
SW, and then to South again.
1
8
S
' 4
6
7
8
9
10
11
Nixm.
89.96
89.98
89.98
89.96
78
78
80
77
77
78
SbyW
• SW
West
Calm
N
870.68'
E
Friday, August SO, 1816.
All the forenoon the wind has
been light from the Southward
and SW.
About noon it fell calm.
1
8
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
89.94
89.98
89.90
89.90
80
79
81
79
Calm
NNE
ENE
YeUowSea.
•
AtSabreeze sprang up from
the NE, with small dnzzling
rain, and thick weather.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
Ix^^vii
Baram.
Wind*.
IM.
Long.
Hour.
Air.
Sea.
1
a
8
4
6
6
7
Saturday, August 81, 1816.
29'. 90^
.79»
79»
WbyN
After midnight alight breeze
from the Eastward, indiiUDg to
cahn.
8
9
S9.9S
80
79
10
29.94
11
Noon.
89.96
80
79
NWbyN
N
87».6ff
E
128°.8T
About noon a breeze qxruDg
up from the Westward; wea«
ther cloudy.
1
»
8
4
5
6
7
8
29.94
NW
YellovSea.
29.94
29.92
80
79i
In the afternoon it died away
quite light
29.92
79
79J
Calm
9
10
11
Towards midnight a mode-
rate breeze from the Northward.
Mid.
NW
-
1
ft
8
NEbyN
Sunday, September 1, 1816.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.90
29.90
76
76
78
76
NbyE
During this day thertf. has
been a steady breeze at North,
and North by East
29.92
29.90
76
76
N
87».46'.
E
124».20'
1
S
8
4
29. 98
North
YeUoT
rSea.
Towards night the wmd
freshened up.
5
6
7
8
9
29.9^
29.98
75
76
10
11
Mid.
Digitized by
Google
Ixxviii
APPENDIX.
BaroiD.
Themom,
Vrindt.
Ut.
liOOg.
Hoar.
Air.
Seib
I
2
8
4
»
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.82
29.82
29.82
29.82
78»
80
81
79*
79
80
•
Edst
ESE
•N
E
124f.8r
Mondkify September % 1816.
About 2 A. M. the i^d
shifted to the Eastward, where
It freshened
1
2
8
4
B
6
7
8
9
10'
11
Mid.
29.96
29. 98
29.98
80.04
80
80
80
80
SbyW
SSE
SbyW
Soath
WestCotstofCoioa.
In the afternoon it freshened
and shifted to the Southward,
aooompaniedby a slight shower
of rain.
i
»
S
4
B-
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
80.02
80.04
80.04
80.00
77
79
79
78
South
SbyW
SSW
N
E
Tuesday y September 8, 181&
itie wind during all the
night has been steady from the
Southward, and remained so
all day until the evening, when
it shifted to the Westward.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
.29.98
29.95
29.94
29.92
81
80
78
77
SW
WSW
Wert
Calm.
About sunset it fell calm.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDI?^.
l«tW
Baram.
nMmnm.
linndt.
Xrt.
}^.
1
Honr.
Air.
Sol.
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29". 96"
29.96
29.95
29.92
78«
79
80
780
78
82
(^fdin
West
NW
N
?(f 13'
E
126'> 19'
Wj^nesfUtjf, (leptemberii, ^816.
It coptinu^ calm al]| night.
«
About fi A* M< a %¥ l]0^eeze
frpm th^ Wcistward.
At nooB it freshened^ hav-
ing fro^l W to NW.*
Toieiuxk ok^t the wind
shifted to the Northw^, and
contmued to blow steiu^y.
1
2
3
.4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.85
29.84
29.84
^.84
81
79
82
80
Weft
VfSW
NbyE
N
W^StCqMtfpfCorea.
1
9
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.82
29.82
29.82
29.82
78J
80i
80
m
79
80}
N
Calm
WNW
N
8e».05'
E
126«.27'
Thurtiatf, l^epteniber B, |816.
About 7 it fell cahn,
Towwds noon a br^ze
spnuw ^p ftoift, WWW,. wHh
fine cfeur weiither.
Towards midnight die wind
c^me to the fJorthwarc^
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.82
29.80
29.80
29.80
80
80
79
79
WNW
Digitized by
Google
IXXX'
APPENDIX;
Buorn.
ThennoiB.
Winds.
i^.
Long.
Boar.
Air.
Sea.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon
29'. 86^
29.86
29.88
29.88
78J»
79
79J
78»
78
78
NbyE
NNE
N
E
126^09'
Fridatfj September 6» 1816.
The moet part of this day the
wind has hem from the North-
ward^blowing a steady moderate
breeze.
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.89
29.90
29.90
29.88
79
771
771
74
North
NbyE
ENE
Calm
WestCoaBtofCorea.
Towards night the wind drew
round to £N£» and became
quite light
At midnight it fell calm*
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.82
29.82
29.82
429.82
76
80
76
76
NNW
NbyE
ENE
N
84».82'
E
126^86'
After midnight a %ht breese
sprung up from NNW.
About 4 it hauled round to
NE, and at noon it was atNorth.
1
2
8
4
fi
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.80
29.82
29.82
80
78
72
82
N
NNE
Calm
N
fe.
At ft the wind shifted to NE,
and by 4 it fell cahn.
Towards 8 P^ M. a breeze
sprung up from the Northward,
and conUnued so the remainder
of the night
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
Ixxri
Bsrom.
29*. 79"
29.82
29.81
Themioni.
Wiiuik.
Lat
Long.
Hour.
Air
Sea.
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
74"'
78
70°
71
NNW
North
Cahn
NNW
North
N
84<'22'.80f'
E
126».8'
Sunday, SipUmber % 1816.
Shortly after midni^t it fell
calm; tms did not last above
half an hour, before a breeze
sprung up from the Northward,
which oontinu^ so all day. In
the night a heavy <lew feu; and
much lightning was oh^rved
in the NE quarter. •
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.80
29.80
29.80
29.79
76
74
70
70
NbyE
NNE
Moored in Mw-
ray^s Sound,among
the islands yriaS
lie off the SW ex-
trente of Cotea.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.78
29.78
29.80
29.80
74
76
75
70
70
72
NbyW
NNW
84«.22'W
E
126».S'
Monday^ September 9, 1616.
In the forenoon the wind
came to N W^ and continued so
all day, with a steady moderate
bteeze^ and fine clear weather.
1
2
3
4
5
9
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.80
29.78
29.78
74
74
78
71
70
69
NW
NNW
A heavy dew fell during the
night
Digitized by
Google
Jlxxxii
APPENDIX.
Bwom.
Thermom.
Windi.
L>t.
Long.
How.
Air.
Set.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
• 8
9
10 '
11
Noon.
29". 76"
29.76
29.77
89.76
720
73
78
68°
68
68
NW
N
34».19'
E
126«.6'
Tfiesdai/, September 10, 1816,
The breeze continued at
NW until the afternoon, when
it drew round to the Northward,
and freshened up from that
quarter, lookmg threatening and
squally.
1
8
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
89.74
89.78
89.90
89.90
89.74
89.76
72
76
76
76
68
80
80
80
North
NbyW
North.
Got under weigh
fiom Murray^s
Sound, and stood
to the Southward
into the Japan Sea.
Saw Quelpaert
Midnight, strong breezes
with occasional showers of rain,
and a very high irr^tilar swell
from the NE. This seems to be
the NE monsoon, which sets in
to the Northward much earlier
than in lower latitudes.
'1 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
89.73
29.78
89.71
80
81
80i
83
NbyW
NNW
N
31°.41'
E
126°.44'
Wednesday.September 11, 1816.
To-day we have had a stnn^
breeze from the N by W, with
a high irregular swell setting
after us. In the aflemoon the
wind hauled round to NW.
1
8
3
4
5
6
7
8
»
10
11
Mid.
89.71
89.71
89.71
89.78
89.80
88
79t
88
88
NW
North
Japan Sea.
Towards midnight it mode-
rated: weather cloudy.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
Ixxxiii
Barom.
Thcrmom.
Wind*.
Lat.
Long.
Hour.
Air.
80°
81 i
88J
Sea.
88»
88
88
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
89^.74"
89.76
89.75
29.75
North
N
29°.S8'
E
127''.66'
Thnrsdayy September 12, 1816.
During the night the wind
shifted to the Northward, with
a moderate breeze, and fine
clear weather.
1
8
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
89.70
89.70
89.72
29.78
29.78
83
88
m
83
83
88
Nby E
NEbyE
NE
Japan Sea.
In the afternoon it became
squally, with a heavy shower of
rain.
ITiis wind, though not fixed,
has much the appearance of tlie
monsoon.
Latitude by Polaris 80^ 8' SCT'
at2h.57mm. A. M. 18th.
1
2
8
4
6
6
7-
8
9
K)
11
Noon.
29.72
29.70
29.70
29.76
29.78
88
84
84
84
NbyE
N
27».48'
•
128^20'
Friday^ September 13, 1816.
The wind continued at NE,
with a steady fresh breeze; which
towards noon freshened consi-
derably, and a swell got up from
the NE. At noon observed in
27* 48' N latitude. 2^ 30' P.M.
it became dark and stormy in
the NE, and the signal being
made to shorten sail, we brought
the ship under the main topttEul
and foresul, and made pre-
parations for a gale. At i we
saw the Loo-choo Islands SW
by S 20 miles. At 6 the wind
shifted from N to N£, and the
mountainous swell which we
had experienced dujing the day
rose stOl higher. The wind did
not blow fredi except in short
rainy squalls. After 8 P. M. it
blew at times very fresh; and
also in tl^e night, but when! the
moon got up it liecame dear.*
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.60
29.74
29.75
29.80
29.90
29.95
29.94
29.52
NE
Off Sulphur Island,
Japan Sea.
Digitized by
Google
Ixxxiv
APPENDIX.
Barom.
Tbermom.
1
Windi.
Lat.
LOD^
Hour.
Air.
Seiu
1
9.
Saiurdatfj September 14, 1816.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29'. 52"
Duriog the night the wind
shifted from N£ to NW, and
continued to blow fresh with a
high irregular swell*
29.52
29.54
29.54
29.56
29.60
as-
83
82J»
82
NW
NWbyW
N
2r.44'
E
127^85'
1
8
3
4
5
6
7
29.58
29. 60
29.64
29.52
2».54
29.66
83
82
NWbyN
NW
OffLoo-choo,
Japan Sea.
Towards crvetung it became
moderate and clear.
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.70
29.74
82
81
82
NWbyN
NW
In the night fine clear wea-
ther.
1
2
8.
4
a
6
7
8
9
Smdajfj September 15, 1816.
29.80
29.78
80
88
NNW
A moderate breeze firom
NNW, with a dear sky; the
swell much leas, though still
considerable.
11
Neon.
.29.76
29.71
S».75
83
84
NWbyN
N
26«.44'
£
1
2
3
4
5
e
»
10
11
Milt.
29.75
29.76
29.75
83
8Si
NbyW
OffLoo>«boo,
JafMui Sea.
Towards nig^ the wind
veered to NNE.
2».80
29 . 81
>29.80
81J
81
84
, North
NNE
NEbyN
*
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
IJCXXV
BaroiD.
Thermom.
Wlndt..
ut.
Long.
Hour.
Air.
Sou
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29^.84"
29.84
29.90
29.90
81"
82
83"
83
NNE
NbyE
N
£
UT.39
Monday^ September 16, 1816.
The wind continued at NME.
About 4 A.M. we had several
showers of rain, but soon cleared
off.
About noon the breeze freah-
^ ened.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.80
29.80
29.80
29.80
29.80
82
80i
80
83
m
NE
At anchor in
Great Loo-choo
Island.
In the afternoon we had a
Midnight, clear weather, inth
lightning in the SW.
1
«
8
4
«
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29. 7»
29.82
2^.82
81J
83
82
82
NEbyE
EbyN
Tuesday^ September 17, 1816.
The wind continued at NE,
witk a moderate breeze. At
4 tkere was a slight shower of
rain, but it dearra up again in
a short time.
1
2
S
4
&
e
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.78
i
!29.77
29. 7»
2&.80
29.78
8»
81
81
82
[
82
82
I ESE
EbyN
Moored in
Napakiang harbour.
After noon the woatd shifted
to the Eastward : sqUally, with
showecaofxain.
Midnight, cleflr;'.:^edeKte
weather.
Digitized by
Google
Ijdixvi
APPENDIX.
Buoni.
ThenaoiB.
Winds.
Lat.
Long.
Honr.
Air.
Sea.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ii
Noon.
29*. 72"
29.75
29.75
80O
82
82i
ENE
NEbyE
ENE
Wednesdmf, September 18, 1816.
To-day the wind has been at
NNE.
After 4 A.M. we had several
showers of nun.
Towards noon the breeee
freshened.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.70
29.72
29.74
29.72
82
82
82^
82
NEbyE
NE
NNE
Napakiang harbour.
At night squally, with rain.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.63
29.62
29.62
81
82}
82
83
NNE
Thursday, September 19, 1816.
After midnight it continued
to rain, with occasional squalls.
As the day advanced it cleared
up.
At noon quite moderate.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.50
29.58
29.56
29.54
29. 54
29.54
82
88i
NE
Calm
East
SSE
In the evening it looked very
black all round, and fell calm.
About 7 a breeze sprung up
from the Eastward, and it com-
menced lightning. About 8 the
wind shifted to SSE, and fresh-
ened, with squalls.
Towards midnight heavy
squalls, with rain : munder and
lightning.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
Ixxxvii
Darom.
Thcrmom.
Winds.
Lat.
Long.
'
Hours.
Air.
Sea.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
«9'.60'«
29.62
29.63
80i°
84i
88»
831
SSE
SbyE
Friday, September SO, 1816.
After midnight the same
squally weather continued. As
the day advanced it cleared up.
In the afternoon it became
squally, with slight showers of
rain. Towards evening it looked
very black all round.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.68
29.64
29.69
29.69
82
81
82
SSE
SEbyS
Napakiang harbour.
It seems probable that this is
the breaking up of the mon-
soon. We were so completely
sheltered by the land, that we
did not feel the wind much;
but it was evidendy blowing
hard outmde.
' 1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.68
29.69
29.70
29.70
80
83}
82
88
SE
EbyS
Saturday, September 21, 1816.
During the day the wind has
been South-easterly, with ooca^
sional squalls ana showers of
rain, and lightning.
In the forenoon the wind
hauled to the Eastward, and
cleared up.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.70
29.70
29.70
29.70
29.70
88J
814
80
88i
82
82
ESE
EbyS
•
Digitized by
Google
Ixxxviii
APPENDIX.
Buom.
Winds.
Lat.
Long.
Hour.
Air.
Sea.
2
8
4
. *
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29*. 70^
29.70
29.70
81"
83
82»
82
ENE
EbyN
Sunday, September 22, 1816.
Ailer midnight squally, with
rain and lightning.
About 7 the wind hauled to
the ENE, afid cleared up, and
continued fine all day.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.68
29.66
29.06
29.66
82
81}
82
82
ENE
Napakiang harbour.
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.62
«9.62
29.62
80
81
82
82
NEbyE
Monday^ September 2d, 181&
To-day the wind has been
about NIE; saually at times,
with showers of rain, and dvery
appearance of approaching bad
weather.
1
2
8
4
6.
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.60
29.58
29.60
29.50
81J
82i
ENE
NEbyE
During all this day the ba*
rometer continued falling, in
the. evening it had reached
29.S0. The wind in the early
part of the night hauled to
NNE, and towanls morning to
the Northward.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
Ixxxix
Buna.
Thennoin.
Wuidi.
Lat.
Long.
How.
Air.
Sm.
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29'. 48"
29.42
29.40
81»
811"
NNE
NEbyN
-
Tuesday, September 84, 1816.
In the ni^t the unnd has
been about NNE. About 4
A. M. it b^;an to blow very
fresh, with squalls.
About noon the wind shifted
to NNW, and increased in
strength.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.40
29.44
29.50
29.55
29.56
29.68
29.65
29.66
81
79
78
81J
81
80i
NNW
NWbyN
*
NW
During the afternoon it blew
hard, and graduaUv shifted to
the North-westward, with fresh
squalls of short duration. At
3 30 P. M. the mercui^ began
to rise, and continued rising very
rapidly.
The weather at sunset as-
sumed a very stormy appear-
ance.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.72
29.80
29.86
29.86
78
79
80
80
NWbyW
NW
Wednesday, September9&^ 1816.
Shortly after mid^ght it
cleared up and moderated.
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.84
29.84
29.86
29.92
29.95
78
77J
77
80i
79i
78
NWbyW
NW
NWbyN
Diuing the day it has been
blowing a steady moderate
bieeze from the N W.
Midnij^t, moderate and
cloudy.
171
Digitized by
Google
»c
APPBNDIX.
Bwom.
HicrmoiiL
Mrnidt*
Lat.
toofr
Bmt.
Air.
Sea.
1
s
9
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
Thurtde^, Slumber 86, 1816.
29'.96''
NNW
The wind ooDtinued about
NNW aU diiy, blowii« « mo-
derate breeze^ with fine treither.
29.96
78»
80>
89.99
80.00
79
81J
NWbyW
1
8
80.00
Ni^Mdkki^ harbMtf.
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
29.99
88
81J
8 P.M. it fell calm.
89.99
Calm
89.99
79
81
t
10
11
Mid.
89.99
79
80i
NNE
Towards midnight a iidit
breeze Bprung up fiooi NN£.
1
t
8
4
NNE
Fridag, Seftember 27, 1816,
Afttf midnight the wind died
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
89.99
70
Calm
away.
89.99
76
81
89.99
89.99
29.99
80
81J
North
Towards nodftabneae 8|miig
up from the Northwatd.
1
ft
S
4
B
6
7
89.98,
89.96
79
80i
ENE
In the aftertuxm it shifted to
ENK
89.96
8
9
10
11
Mid.
89.94
78
80
NE
89.94
77
79
Calm
Midnight, ddm and cidudy
weather.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
xci
Barom.
Tbermom.
Winds.
Ut. .
Long.
Hoar.
Air.
Sea.
1
s
9
4 .
5
6
7
8
Saturday, September 9R, lfil6.
AU the e«rlj part of the
29'.90»
76J»
79"
Calm
•
9
10
11
Noon.
29.94
29.94
81 i
81 J
About 8 A«M. a breeze
smning up about ES£ : in the
m/^xmxfa it hauled round to
East
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.90
BS£
Napridai^ barbour.
29.92
81i
81
29.90
29.90
80
81}
Sast
29.90
76
79
NE
Midnight, the breeze sMfted
to !N£, and vas moderate.
1
8
8
4
5
: 6
7 •
8
•
Sunday^ September 9Q^ 1816.
«9.90
29.90
US
80
79
81
NE
•
Duriag this day the vind
shifted oocaaonally from NE to
ENE, blowii^ a moddrate
brteze, with line dear Weather.
10
11
Noon.
29.92
29.92
82
81
ENE
1
9
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.94.
NEI7E
29.94
81
81
29.96
29.95
80
80}
NE
TowaoxU fcoglit k beoame
ddudy.
29.95
78
80
-
Digitized by
Google
xcu
APPENDIX;
Buom.
Therrooro.
1
winds.
L. .
Long.
Hour.
Air.
Sea.
. . . . • : .
1
2
8
4.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.96
29.96
29.97
29.98
29.98
79»
82
80i">
81
NEbyE
1
Monday, September 80, 1816.
1 i
Durii^ the forenoon Oxe wind
has been light from the NS.
Towards noon it freshened
up.
1
2
3
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.91
29.96
29.95
29.96
8H
80
81
80i
NEbyE
Napokiang harbour*
Midnight, cloudy weather.
1
« -
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.95
30.02
80.07
30.07
79 J:
80
80
80i
East
ESE
N
26°.84'
E
Tuesday^ October 1, 1816.
After midnight the wind drew
more to the j^tward, and the
sky became very black allround:
squally, with rain at intervals.
We gbt under wcsffh at day-
light, and proceeded i£>ng sbdre
to the Northward.
1
2
8
> 4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
30.00
29.94
29.94
29.94
29.94
29.92
79}
78
80J
80
EbyS
Sugar Loaf Point.
N.24»R
The wind contmued to the
Eastward.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
kciu
Baram.
Tbennon.
WilMk.
Ut
Long*
How.
Air.
Sea.
1
2
. 8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon
29*. W
29.91
29.94
29.96
29.96
^8f
79
80»
80
EbyS
N
26>.25'
E
127°.88'
Wednesday, OOober 2, 1816.
The whole of this day the
wind has been from the East-
ward, blowing a moderate
breeze, with fine weather.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.92
29.89
29.88
29.90
29.90
80
79
81
81i
East
Towards night doudy wcsp
ther.
' 1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.87
29.87
29.87
78
81
81
8U
NEbyE
EbyS
Thursday, October 8, 1816.
During the nidht the ^nnd
shifted to NE by E.
Towards noon it shifted to
East,. and in the evening to
ENE again.
1
2
8
. 4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.86
29.86
29.86
80
78
78
81
81
80
East
ENE
EbyN
NiqMkiaog haifoour.
Digitized by
Google
xat
APPENDIX.
Bwm.
Thennom. |
VJndfc
Ul
i«»
Hour.
Air.
Set.
1
2
8
4
8
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
•
29". 87*
29.87
78^
79
81»
84}
NE
!
Fridatf, OcUAer 4, 1816.
To-day we had alight bfeese
(ran the NE, until the after-
noon, when it shifted to S£
by £, but only remained a dhort
midnight, when it fell cihiL
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.86
29.86
29.85
29.85
29.86
79
79
80}
80
ENE
SBbyE
NE
Napaliang harbour.
1
B
8
4-
5
6
•jr
«
9
10
11
Noon*
20.86
29.87
29.87
29.85
78
81
801
81
ElbyN
NEbyE
SaJtwrdayy October B, 18^6.
In lihe morning a breeze
aprung up fiom the Eastward^
where it remained until noon ;
then shifted to NE, md con-
imued to bW fitn thftt quarter
an the rest of the day.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.84
29.82
29.82
29.88
29.88
,81}
79
78
81
80}
NbyE
NE
'•
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
tcv
BwDm.
Thermom.
Winds.
Lat
Long.
Hour.
Air.
Sea.
1
2
S
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mood.
29*. 8S*
29.84
29.84
80
80|»
81
NEbyN
North
Sunday, October 6, 1816.
The early part of the day
the wind has been moderate
from the NE.
About noon the wind shifted
to the Nonliwanl.
i
2
8
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.83
29.83
29.83
79J
80i
NE
NNE
Napakiang harbour.
At m^ it 4aiae back to
N£, with rain.
.8
3
4
S
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.80
29.94
29.95
78
79i
80
80i
IKE by E
North
NbyE
Uonday^Oaober 7, 1816.
After midnight the wmdeon-
ofrain.
1
2
8
4
ff
6
7
8
10
11
Mid.
29.92
29.93
29.93
29.98
29.96
79
78i
80
80
79i
NbyE
At 4 A.M. the wind came
foN<»tlL andthe weatherckared
up: it mew a ffedi breeze from
that quarter all day.
Towards txAisAfjtA it mo-
derated. .
Digitized by
Google
XCVl
APPENDIX.
Bmm.
Thermom. |
Wait.
•
Iiong....
Honr.
Air.
Sou
. . ..
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
80».00^
80.02
30.02
78»
78
79}'
79J
NEbyN
NNE
Tuesday J Odober 8, 1816.
To-day we have had a mo-
derate breeze at N£ bj N.
Squally at times.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
80.00
80.00
80.00
80.00
80.00
78
76
76
79i
78
78
NEbyN
Towards midnight fine dear
weather.
1
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
80,00
80.04
30.10
80.10
80.10
76
77
78i
78i
NEbyE
ENE
N
ae».84'
E
127M26'
Wednesday^ October 9, 1816.
During the morning a mo-
About 6 A.M. we got under
wdgh, and stood to the North-
warf.
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
80.06
80.00
80.06
80.18
78
77.
78
78
East
EbyS
In the afternoon the wind
shifted to the Eastward, and
continued so the remainder of
the day.
At night, cloudy weather.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
Jicvii
Buom.
Thermom.
Winds.
Ut
long.
1 ♦
Hour.
Air.
Seiu
, 1
1
4
5
6
7
1
Thiirsdaif, October 10,|1816.
SO'.OO^
■
Durii^ this day the wind has ^
been moderate from th^ East-
ward ; ;
. 8
9
10
11
Noon.
80.00
77"
79i<'
ESE
30.01
30.01
78
79
E«wt
EbyN
N
26».60f.
E
1
8
3
4
5
6
7
89.98
29.98
79
79J
ENE
Off the Great Tioo-
choc laland.
29.98
NE
•
At night fii^e clear weather.
8
9
29.98
•
10
11
Mid.
29.98
78
79
1
NE
Friday, October 11, 181&
•
3
4
6
6
7
8
29.98
After midnight thei wind
Aifted from NE to SE, with a
light air.
29.97
78
79
SE
,
9
10
11
Noon.
29.97
29.97
80
80
N
26«.42'
E
187^68'
Ten A. M. it fell calm.
1
S
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29. 96
Off Port MelviUe.
29.96
29.96
29.94
80.00
80
80
t
West
NbyE
NNE
In the afternoon a breese
sprung up from the Westward ;
about 8 it looked very dark dl
round, and shortly afterwards
b^an to blow fresh from N by
E, and continued so all night
n
Digitized by
Google
XCVIII
APPENDIX.
Buom.
TheriDnm.
Winds.
Lat.
Long.
Hoor.
Air.
Sea.
•
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
30'. 30"
30.26
30.26
30.22
30.22
76°
76
79»
79
NEbyE
NE
N
2.5°.38'
E
127°.60'
Saturday^ October 12, 1816.
During the night the wind
came to N£ with a fresh breeze,
and rain at intervals.
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
30.20
80.20
30.30
30.34
30.20
76
76
79
79
ENE
OffLoo-choo.
In the afternoon a swell ^t
up from the NE; the wind
moderated, and drew round to
ENE.
Midnight, fresh breezes and
cloudy.
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
80.10
30.06
30.04
30.04
75
76
78
78^
ENE
Calm
N
ar.oo'
£
128°.3'
Sundaj/y October 13, 1816,
After midnight it became
(]|uite moderate, with rain at
times.
In the forenoon it fell calm.
1.
1
2
8
4.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
30.00
80.00
80.00
80.02
30.02
75
75
78i
78
NE
NE by E
During the afternoon a breeze
sprung up at NE.
Towards midnight it fresh-
ened considerably.
1
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
xcix
— -T
Baiom.
'niennom.
Windt.
Lat.
Long.
Hoot.
Air.
Sea.
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
NEbyN
Monday, October 14, 1816.
After midnight the wind
moderated.
80'. 04"
30.02
80.00
75°
75
794°
79
NNE
N
26°.86'
E
127^66'
About 8 A. M, it fell nearly
calm, but shortly after it fresh-
ened at NNE.
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.94
North
OffLoo-choo.
29.97
29.98
30.02
76J
76
79
79
NNW
NbyW
i
1
Towards midnight the wind
shifted to NNW, and continued
to blow, fresh.
80.18
NNW
1
2
8
• 4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
Tuesday, October 16,. 1816.
80.10
74
78
NbyW
During this day the wind
has been from the N by W,
blowmg a fresh breeze, with
occasional squalls.
80.10
80.10
74J
78
North
N
E
12r.86'
1
2
8
80.08
•
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
. 11
Mid.
80.08
30.08
30.10
74J
741
78
79
North
At midnij^t it moderated
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
Barom.
Tncrniofn.
Windii.
Lat.
Long.
Hour.
Air.
Sea.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
30».20*
30.20
30.10
73"
74
77*
77J
NbyE
N
26°.ll'
E
lar.so'
WedfiMdin/, October 16, 1816.
During the night the wind
drew round to N by E, with
a moderate breeze. About 7
A. M. we weighed and stood
to the NW, shortly after the
breeze freshened, with squalls;
at 2 P. M. anchored in Napa-
kiang harbour.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
30.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
74
74
77
77
NbyW
OfTIxxM^hoo.
■
Towards midnight the breeze
freshened.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
30.00
30.00
30.00
n
76
76
77
NNE
Thursday^ Ockber 17, 1816.
The whole of this day we
have had a breeze frtnn the
NNE, with fine dear weather.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
30.00
30.00
80.01
30.02
30.00
75
76
77
761
NEbyN
Napakiang harbour.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
ci
BwDm.
80*. 00^
30.00
30.02
Thcrmom.
Windf.
Lat.
lilllg.
Hoar.
Air
Sea.
. 1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
73J»
74
76»
75i
NEbyN
EbyN
Friday^ October 18, 1816.
The wind continued about
NE by N.
Towards noon it caikie to
the eastward with a moderate
breeze.
At night it shifted to the
NE.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
80.02
80.00
30.00
71
76
NEbyE
NE
Moored in Napo-
kiang harbour.
1
2
8
4
> 5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
29.98
29.98
76
76
NE
Saturday, October 19, 1816.
During all this day the wind
has been moderate and steady
at NE, with fine clear wea.
ther.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.98
29.98
29.98
78
78
76
76
NE
.
Digitized by
Google
cu
APPENDIX.
Boiom.
Thermom.
Windi.
Lat
Long.
Hour.
Air.
Sea.
1
2
,3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
NOOD^
29*. 98"
29.98
29.98
72°
78i
76i
NE
Sunday, October SOyl616.
The breeze still continues at
NE, with the same fine clear
weather as yesterday.
• 1
2
8
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
29.98
29.98
89.98
29.98
73
72J
75
75
NEbyN
Napakiang harbour.
-
1
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
80.00
80.00
80.00
78
74
76
76
NbyE
Monday, October 21, 1816.
After midnight the wind
shifted to the N by E, with a
moderate breeze.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
80.00
30.00
80.04
78
72
76
74J
NNE
Towards night it fell almost
calm.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
• * •
cm
Bwom.'
Winds.
Lat.
Long.
Hour.
Air.
Se>.
1
s
NNE
Tuesday, October 22, 1816.
After midnight the breeze
4
freshened up at NNE, and
5
continued so all day, with fine
6
clear weather.
7
8
80*. 06^
71»
74JO
9
10
11
30.06
Noon.
30.06
73
75
NEbyN
1
30.00
■
Napakiang harbour.
3
4
80.08
78
74J
5
'
6
30.08
■
7
8
80.08
70
74
9
10
11
Mid.
1
NEbyN
S
Wednesday, October 28, 1816.
3
*.
The wind continued steady
6
at NNE, with the same fine
6
7
8
weather as yesterday*
30.08
70
76
NNE
9
»
10
80.10
11
Noon;
30.10
71
76
1
S
30.10
3
4
30.10
72
74
NbyE
6
6
30.12
7
8
30.12
78
73i
9
10
11
Mid.
Digitized by
Google
(^V
APPENDIX.
Bma.
Tbennom.
Wiodi.
Ut.
LoDg.
1
Hour.
Air.
Sea.
1
2
8
4
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
30'.04»
80.00
72»
76»
NbyE
Thursday, October S4, 1816.
After midnigfat we had a
moderate breeze at NNE.
Towards noon it shifted to
north, and freshened up in that
quarter.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
n
Mid.
29.99
29.98
29.98
72
74i
North
Napakidng harbour.
After noon we liad a slij^t
shower of rain, but soon after
it cleared up.
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
80.05
80.08
80.00
30.00
74J
76
North
FridMfj October 26, 1816.
At dayli^t the breeee fresh-
ened.
At 9 the weather became
squally, with a shower of rain.
1
2
8
4
ff
6
7
8
9
10
Mid.
80.00
80.00
29.96
74t
78
74J
74
NNW
After noon the wind hauled
to NNW, and contimied to
blow a fresh breeze all day.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
cv
Buom.
Thermom. {
Winds.
Lat.
Long.
!
Boon.
Air.
Sea.
1
1
NNW
Saturday, October 86,1816.
9
4
5
6
During thid day the mnd has
been at north^ blowing a fipesh
breeze, with occasional squalls.
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
80*. ay
74"
74JO
North
•
• 1 .'
80.90
80.18
74
76
'[ :
1
ft
9
4
80.16
Mapakiang ha^rbour.
■
80. 1«
74
5
6
7
80.10
:
tTowards nliidmgfat id mode-
rated.
8
9
30.10
74
i
10
11
Mid.
;
1
1
2
Calm
Sundaif, October 87, 18M.
S
4
•
After midnight it fell calm.
o
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
80.10
30.10
80.10
30.10
68
70
78
74
NN£
NbyE
♦
N
26».00'
E
127" . SC
About 9 A. M. a breeze
sprung up fiom NNE.
Weighed and stood out of the
harbour.
1
8
8
4
5
. 6
80.10
Japan Sea.
: 1
i
80.10
71
74
NNE
:80.10
, •
7
8
9
80.05
72
74
Towiurds night the bteeze
freshened.
10
11
Mid.
;
1
Digitized by
Google
cm
•'
APPENDIX.
Bftroin*
ThermoDi.
Lat.
LoDg.
Boar.
Air.
Sea.
WiBdf.
1
it
Monday, Oddber S8, 1816.
•8
6
i
r
■
During all this day tbe wind
has been at NNE, blowii^ a
steady fresh breeze.
7
8
9
10
11
Notm.
SO'.lO*
72j
0 77c
NNE
80.08
N
24».41'
£
126P.O'
1
8
29.99
«^Ha8etu
4
6
S9.98
74
79
NEbyN
1
7
8
9
10
11
Hid.
80.00
60.05
74J
79
NE
Towards nicht it shifted to
NE.
1
It
8
Tuesday, October 29, 1816,
4
ft
6
7
The wind has been from the
N E, and a swell rising fiom
that quarter.
8
9
10
11
NOOD.
80.02
SO. OS
30.02
76j
76J
79
79
NEbyN
NE
N
98<^.94'
■ E
1«4^01'
1
29.95
NE
4
7
8
9
29.99
80.00
80.00
76
76
79
79
■
r
Towards ni^t the sky as.
sumed a threatening appear^
anoe.
10
11
Mid.
., , ,
-
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX.
evil
Bsrain*
Tbennom.
Wind*.
Ut.
I^lg.
Honr.
Air.
Sea.
1
8
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
80'. 50^
80.80
80.00
89.98
71»
78
80»
79
North
N
82^.10'
E
Wednesday^ October iO^lSi^.
During the night the wind
fthifted to the Northward, and
continued to blow fresh, with a
heavy swell. Saw the islands
of Botel-Tobago-Zima, and
Formosa.
The breeze moderated, and
1
8
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
80.50
80.85
81.10
81.00
78
77
79
78
NbyE
the swell abated oonaderably
as we drew near the land.
But towards midnifht^ as we
stood off the land, the breeze
freshened up again.
1
8
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Noon.
Thursdayy October 81, 1816.
Passed Formosa, and en-
tered the China sea.
1
8
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Mid.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
ABSTRACT
OF THE
LYRA'S VOYAGE,
FROM LEAVING ENGLAND TILL HER RETURN ;
■BBWINe
THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE DIFFERENT PLACES AT WHICH
SHE TOUCHED, AND THE TIME TAKEN IN
PERFORMING EACH PASSAGE.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
ABSTRACT
OF THB
VOYAGES OF fflS MAJESTY^S SHIP LYRA,
In 1816 AND 1817.
The Lyra, in the short space of twenty months, viz. from
the 9th of February 1816, to the 14th of October T817,
visited Madeira, the Cape, Java, Macao, the Yellow Sea,
the West Coast of Corea, the Great Loo-choo Island,
Canton, Manilla, Prince of Wales's Island, Calcuttii, Ma-
dras, the Mauritius, and St. Helena ; hating run, in direct
courses, a distance of 11,940 nautic leagues, or 41,490
statute miles.
An abstract of the various passages, from place to {^^6,
during this voyage, illustrated by brief remarks on the par*
ticular circumstances of each, will probably be eonsklared
interesting.
1.
Sailed through the Needles passage on the 9th of Fe-
bruary, 1816.
Arrived at Madeira, 18th of February . 9 days. sngUnd to bo.
d^ni and Capc»
Crossed the equator in longitude 25'' SCX west, ww kngaes.
4th March 15
Reached the Cape of Good Hope, 14th April 41
From JB^land to the Cape, in 9 weeks, 2 days, or 65 days.
Digitized by
Google
cxii APPENDIX.
This is not a very good passage^ considering that we
carried the north-east trade wind to the latitude of 4^ north,
and longitude 23° west, where we^ot the south-east trade,
without any interval of calms.
2.
^mK«: Sailed from the Cape on the 26th April 1816.
Arrived at Anjier Point, Java, 7th June . 42 days.
Six weeks.
" After leaving the Cape we had strong westerly winds,
with which we ran the longitude down, in the parallel of
38** and 39"* south, till in longitude 57'' east, where the
weather being very stormy, we hauled to the north-east till
in $5^ south' latitude, and then ran east till in PO"" east,
whan we steered to the east-north-east, and crossed the
tropic in 102'' east, which was probably too far west. The
south-east trade hung far to the eastward, and made it
difficult to fetch Java Head, which had we not succeeded in
doing at first, might have caused considerable delay, as the
wind still blew out of the Straits of Sunda.
. - • ■.- ■ .3. ■ .
Java to China, Sailed from Aniier Point, Java, on the 12th June, 1816.
600 leagues. ^ *'
Reached Gaspar Straits on the 17th June 1816 5 days;
Arrived off Macao, 8th July . . .21
From Java to Macao in 3 weeks 5 days, or 26 days.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. cxiii
This passage was unusually bad, it being nearly a week
before we reached Caspar Straits, an ordinary run of
one day: in the south part of the China sea the south-
west monsoon was very light. An American brig, which
sailed only one day before us from Anjier Point, carried
the breeze along with her, and reached Macao twelve days
before us.
4.
Sailed from the Ladrone Islands oflf Macao, on the 13th If^^^l^"^
to the Yellow
July 1816. £^^
Rounded the promontory of Shantung and entered the
Yellow Sea, 25th July 12 days.
From thence to the anchorage off the Pei-ho
or Pekin River, 27th July .... 2
Macao to Pekin Riyer, in 2 weeks, or 14 days.
This voyage can be compared only with that of the Lion
on the occasion of the former embassy. The Lion was
nearly three weeks, exclusive of the time at anchor at
Chusan. We had fine weather and steady south-west winds,
with very heavy dews at night. When nearly abreast of the
south point of Corea, the wind became variable from the
south-east and southward. In the Yellow Sea we had easterly
winds and no fogs.
P
Digitized by
Google
cxir APPSNDIX.
5.
Mbo to od. Sailed from tihe anchorage off the Pei-ho on the 1 1th Atigost^
Ifjr^ 1816.
Arrived at Cheatow Bay, after having coasted from the
anchorage along the south side of the Gulf of Pe-che-lec,
28d August 11 days.
From thence to the harbour of Oei-hai-oei,
2Sd August 1
From Pekin River to harbour of Oei*hai-oei,
1 week 5 days, or ... • 12 days.
In this cruise round the Gulf of Pe-che-lee we had con-
stant easterly winds, which obliged us to tide the whole way.
It blew a gale of wind on the 19th from the north-east, with
a high short sea. With this exception, and a fresh breeze
on the Sd and 6th, the weather was uniformly fine during
our stay in the Yellow Sea, and we never experienced any
fogs.
6.
Ye^ s« to Ssiled from Oei-haimei, ia Chinai, oa the 39th AugnsV 13 16^
Made the tslaoda off the coait of CSoreay 1st
September 3 dajs^
Bumungabi^the coast ofCoie* till the 10th
Sdptembeff ....,,. 9
Outm^iO
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. crv
On the coast of Corea the winds were mostly from the
northward, and the weather uniformly fine, with heavy dews
at night.
7.
From the south-west end of Corea to the Great Loo- cowatoLoo.
choo, 940
choo Island, on the 14th September, 1816, 4 days. *«v«-
. From Corea to the Great Ijoo^<2hoo Island we had north,
^easterly and northerly winds^ with one gale from the north--
ward.
8.
From Loo-choo to lintin, off Canton.
27th October to the 2d November, 1816 .
Loo-diooto
^ Cbina^aSO
0 days, ^^•e^
As the north-east monsoon was blowing fresh^ this quick
passage was to be expected.
9.
From Lemma Islands to Manilla.
2d February to the 5th February, 1817
Clikm to Bil^^
iiilU,900
S days. »«ig««-
A good passage lor this season of the year.
Digitized by
Google
cx^i APPENDIX.
<
10.
Maniuato From Manilla to Prince of Wales's Island.
Penang, 600
'••«™»' 21st February to 8th March, 1817 . . 15 days.
In the north-east monsoon this is somewhat under the
average passage.
11.
Swo tej^. ^rom Prince of Wales's Island to Saugor Roads, Bengal.
13th March to the 27th March, 1817 . 14 days.
ifines.
The average at this season is twenty-one days, con-
sequently this passage is very good- At this season of the
year the north-east monsoon has entirely ceased in the
centre of the Bay of Bengal ; so that a ship which steers
well out between the Nicobars and Andamans need not
apprehend northerly winds ; whereas in the north-eastern
parts of the bay, the monsoon still blows faintly, with long
intervals of calm. A merchant brig, reputed a good sailer,
left Prince of Wales's Island 6 days before us, and followed
the inner route, while we went outside, and arrived 10 days
before her at Calcutta.
12.
Sld^aoo ^^^^ Heads off Calcutta to Madras, against the south-
west monsoon.
From 19th April to the 7th May, 1817 . 18J days.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. cxvii
Three weeks is said to be a good passage. We beat
down as far as the latitude 11** north, apd longitude 87"^ east,
before we hauled across. We had fine weather all the way.
13.
From Madras to the Mauritius.
1st June to the 1st July, 1817 . . 30 days. ^;^.„*^ ^,^^
leagues.
We were driven by the south-west monsoon as far as
longitude 92° east, before crossing the equator ; here we had
a constant high swell.. We were, much baffled, and did
not get the. steady south-east trade, till in T south, and
longitude 88° east. The average passage is between five
and six weeks at this season of the year.
14.
From Mauritius to making the land of Africa, about jjj[^|^^jjj
Algoa Bay. 2&?^
8th July to the 22d July, 1817 . . 14 days.
Thence to rounding the Cape on the 30th July 8
Mauritius till round the Cape, 3 weeks 1 day, or 22 days.
The average from the Mauritius to rounding the Cape^
is twenty-eight days;. on this occasion we kept xlose in-
shore : we had no current, and though in the depth of w:inter,
the .weather was invariably fine, and the wiater smooth.
At night a breeze generally blew offshore. There was a
heavy dew every night.
Digitized by
Google
esviu APPENDIX.
16.
§3^1!^^, FiWii ttff tbft CApe to St. Itdeuft ttn the 11th A«m.
gilst 12 days.
Mauritius to the Cape (see above) • 22. days.
FromMauritiu8toStHelenain4 weeks6daySyOr 34 days.
^^ti^o^ This is an excellent passage. It appears to be a great
object in making a passage from India to England, to pass
the Cape without going in ; for it is often easy to round the
Cape and go to St. Helena, when it is difficult and tedioui
either to go to Simon^s or Table Bay, and much delay k
^toduced by the difficulty of getting oat of the former aii<-
chorage.
16.
I^rom St. £telena to Ban try Bay in Ireland.
Sailed from St. Helena on the 14th August, 1817*
Arrived off Bantry Bay, 14th October, 1817 6l days.
This passage was unusually long, owing to a succession
of hard gales from north-east to south-east, which we en-
countered in latitude 47"" north, longitude IS"" west, be*
ginning on the 27th of September, and continuiiig, with
little intermission, till the 8th of October ; after which period
th^ weather became fine, but the wind hung constantly to
the eastward, so as to render it difficult to fetch Ireland.
Digitized by VnOOQlC
A
GEOLOGICAL MEMORANDUM ;
BEING
A DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIMENS OF ROCKS
COLLKCTKO AT
MACAO AND THE LADRONE ISLANDS, AND ON THE SHOBBS OF
THE YELLOW SEA, THE WEST COAST OF CORBA,
AND THE GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
GEOLOGICAX MEMORANDUM.
It is greatly to be regretted ^ that, during this voyage,
our means of gaining information on this interesting jsubject
were so limited. In China we were restrained, sometimes
by the jealousy of the Chinese, and sometimes by an ap^
prehension on our part of giving offence, or of exciting
suspicion, by following up enquiries, the nature of which
it was impossible to explain when interrogated by the
inhabitants. On the coast of Corea, the still greater jealousy
of the natives rendered it impossible to prosecute geological
investigations beyond the beach. Both in China and on
the coast of Corea our stay at each place was very short,
and our time b(eing often necessarily occupied by avocations
foreign to such enquiries, many opportunities were lost
merely for want of time. Even at the Great Loo-choo
Island, where we remained much longer, our researches were
confined to a coast which offered nothing interesting.
J Having therefore nothing of a general or striking na-
ture to offer to the scientific world on this sqbject, I
Digitized by
Google
cxxii APPENDIX.
shall merely give an account of the specimens collected
at the yarious places which we touched at during this
voyage, accompanied by brief explanations from memo-
randums made on the spot.
The geologist will be struck with the resemblance which
the rocks in this remote quarter of the globe bear to those
with which he has been familiarly acquainted.
SPECIMENS FROM CHINA. ^
MACAp.
1. Granite, composed of white quartz, porcelain clay,
and greenish steatite, with veins of white quartz intersecting
each other.
3« Fine-grained granite, composed of yellowish feldspar,
white quartz, and black mica.
Quartz dykes of great magnitude traverse the granite
which forms this peninsula.
HONG-KONG, ONE OF THB LADRONE ISLANDS,
OFF MACAO.
3. Lead-coloured compact quartz rock, with imbedded
crystals of flesh-coloured feldspar.
GEBAT LEMMA, ONE OF THE LADRONE ISLANDS,
OFF MACAO.
4. Coarse-grained granite, with distinct crystals of
feldspar.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. cxxiii
SOUTHERN SHORE OF THE YELLOW SEA.
CHE-A-TOW.
5. Fine-grained gneiss, composed of white quartz, white
feldspar, and black mica, with a vein containing hornbleod
and crystals of feldspar.
6. The strata are here very much contorted ; the cliflfs
at some places being folded up like webs of cloth.
7. Granular primitive lime-stone, containing greenish
steatite.
8. Quartz rock,, alternating with gneiss.
9* A specimen containing amorphous pieces of iron..
CUNG-CUNG-CHEEN ISLANDS.
10. Very fine-grained gneiss, composed of white quartz,
flesh-coloured feldspar, and black mica.
11. Coarser variety of the same.
12. Compact blueish-grey feldspar, with grains of quartz.
0£I-MAI*0£l.
13. Gneiss, composed of yellowish feldspar, white quartz,
and black mica*
LUNG-CUNG-TAO ISLANDS.
14. Coiarser variety of the rock described above*
Digitized by
Google
cxxW APPENDIX.
WEST COAST OF COREA.
From an Island in Latitude 37"* 45' North.'
1. Compact stratified pale-pink lime-stone; variegated
in colour ; strata highly inclined.
• 2. -Very compact slaty light-grey rock; strata inclined
at an angle of 75^ dipping towards the north-east.
S. Dark olive steatitic rock, containing fragments of
granular marble.
4. Very fine-grained greenish hornblend rock.
5. Vine-grained purplish slate; the strata highly in-
clined.
6. Greenish-grey slate, containing crystals of white feld-
spar and specks of hornblend : strata highly inclined, dip-
ping towards the north-east.
SPECIMENS FROM HUTTON^S ISLAND, COAST OP COEEA.
Latitude 3& 10' north, longitude 126*" 13' east.
The following note is taken from the narrative at page 8.
We found the north-east end composed of a fine-grained
granite * ; the middle of the island of a brittle micaceous
schistus of a deep blue colour -f- ; the strata are nearly hori-
zontal, but dip a little to the south-west. This body of
strata is cut across by a granite dyke J, at some places forty
feet wide, at others not above ten ; the strata in the vicinity
* Spedmen 7, infra. f Specunen 8. X Specimen 10.
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. Gxxv
of the dyke are broken and bent in a remarkable manner :
this di8k)cat]on and contortion does not extend far from' the
walls of the dyke, though veins of granite branch out from it
to a great distance, varying in width from three feet to the
hundredth part of an inch : the dyke is visible from the top
of the cliff to the water's edge, but does not re-appear on
the corresponding cliff of an island opposite to it, though
distant only thirty yards. This island is composed of the
same schistus, and is. cut in a vertical direction by a whiii
dyke*, four feet wide, the planes of whose sides lie north-
east and south-west, being at right angles to those of the
great granite dyke in the neighbourhood, which run south-
east and north-west. The strata contiguous to the whin
dyke are a good deal twisted and broken, but not in thei
same degree as at their contact with the granite dyke;
The whin dyke is formed of five layers or sets of prisms laid
across in the usual way. *
Beyond the small island cut by the whin dyke, at the
distance of only forty or fifty feet, we came to an island
rising abruptly out of the sea, and presenting a high rugged
cliff of breccia*!', fronting that on which the granite dyke
is so conspicuous : the junction of this rock with the schistus
cut by the granite and the whin would have been interesting ;
but although we must have been at times within a few yards
t)f it, the actual contact was every where hid by the sea.
The whole of the sQuth-west end of this island is formed
of breccia, being an assemblage of angular and water-worn
pieces of schistus, quartz, and some other rocks, the whole
• Spedmni II3 infirau f Specimen ft.
Digitized by
Google
cxxvi APPENDIX.
haying the appeajance of a great shingle beach and cliffs.
The fragments of the schistus in this rock are similar to that
which forms the cliff first spoken of, (Specimen 8.)
The theory which presented itself to us pn the spot was,
that the lower part of the great mass of strata which now
forms the centre of the island was formerly at the bottom
of the ocean ; and that the western part, now a firm breccia,
had been a beach of shingle produced by the action of the
waves on the upper strata, which may have formed a coaat
above the sea: the granite of the eastern end of. the island
had been forced into its present situation from beneath the
strata, with sufficient violence to dislocate and contort the
beds nearest to it, and to inject the liquid granite into the
rents formed by the heaving action of the strata as thej
nfere raised up. It is natural to suppose that the ragged
edges of the strata forming the sides of these cracks would
be subjected to a grinding action, from which the strata
more remote might be exempted ; and in this way we may
account for the extraordinary twisting, and separation of
masses along the whole coarse of the granite dyke* In the
dykes as well as in the veins which branch from it, there are
numerous insulated portions of schistus. That this last was
softened, seems to foUow from the frequent instances which
occur of its being bent back upon itself without producing
cracks. The same heat, generated by the melted granite
in the neighbourhood, and which appears to have been just
sufficient to soften the schistus, may be supposed to have
reduced the shingle beach to a state of semifusion by the
aid of some flux contained in the sand scattered amongst
the fragments. We could not discover any circumstance
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX* exxvii
by which the relative antiquity of the two dykes mentiotted
above could be inferred*
The junction of the granite and schistus above described,
resembles very much the well known junction at the Lowrin
mountain, in Galloway, described by my father. Sir James
Hall, in the 7th vol. of the Edinburgh Transactions. It is
also very like the junctions at the Cape of Good Hope,
described in the same volume. The same theory has been
found to explain them all.
Specimen 7* Fine-grained granite, composed of white
quartz, white feldspar, and olive-green mica. This rock (7)
forms the eastern end of the island ; the schistus next
described (8) the centre, and the breccia mentioned im<^
mediately afterwards (9) the western end.
8. Fine-grained compact micaceous schistus: some of
the specimens appear to contain plumbago. The strata
lie north-west and south-^east, dipping only a few degrees
from the horizontal line.
9. Breccia, composed of angular and contorted frag-
ments of micaceous schistus, and angular pieces of feldspar
and quartz. This rock forms the western end of Hutton's
Island * : it rises in high rugged clifis. The angular pieces
of schistus are of a similar rock to that described above (8).
10. Dyke, porphyritic granite. Composed of white quartz,
white feldspar, and bronze-coloured mica. This dyke cuts
across the schistus last mentioned, in a direction north-^east
* The idand A^6 deBcribed wad so named by Caption MatwiU, b^ott-
plinMit to the naoorj tf die distbguiahed ph9o0opher wheee theory hai'lMKn
med to eiplianihe curious phenomena which it egfaihitg.
Digitized by
Google
cxxviii APPENDIX.
and south-west. It is nearly vertical, and varies in breadth;
from nine to forty feet, with numerous ramifications. ;
11. Dyke of compact whin stone. . This dyke is c6m-
posed of five layers of prisms, whose length is at right
angles to the walls of the dyke- It is nearly vertical. Its
direction north and south, and is about, five feet thick.^
MAIK LAND OF COBEA. ,
12. Lead-coloured, fine-grained, micaceous schistus*
From the main land of Corea, latitude 36^ KX north, Ion*
gitude 126^ 48^ east. The strata lie north-west and south-^
east, and are nearly vertical ; the natives objected. to. ouft
examining the cliffs, though distant less than a quarter o£
a mile from the beach. . i
i . . . - ♦
ANOTHER ISLAND OFF THE COAST OF COREA. .
Latitude 34"" 23^ north, longitude 126^ east.
13. Decomposing fine-grained rock ; composed of flesh-:
coloured feldspar, white quartz, and porcelain clay.
ANOTHER ISLAND NEAR THE ABOVE.
14. Rock composed of white feldspar and quartz. The
strata of this rock were very much contorted. >
,. This rock is the most general of any in this range of
islands, at least as far as we had opportunities of examining/
them. The islands on this coast are very numerous ; they;
lie in great clusters along a line of three degrees and a half
of latitude. The islands vary in length from five or six
miles to as many yards, and are of all forms. We saw.
none that were remarkably high, and none which «eebied'
Digitized by
Google
APPENDIX. Q^xix
volcanic. As our stay on the coast was only nine days,
and as the ships were almost always u&der weigh except
at night, it was quite impossible to make any careful or
valuable geological observations. It offers a splendid field
to future voyagers,
GREAT LOO-CHOO ISI^AND-
1 . Grey stratified lime-stone without shells. This' sps^
cimen was taken from th^ north end of the island, where
the ranges of hills were mostly composed of it : thft itrata
being highly inclined. The hills rise to the height of four
or five hundred feet, and present nothing interesting*
2. Fawn-coloured, cellular, granular limestone. The
cliffs at Napakiang are composed of this rock; it also
appears to stretch along the whole of the south-west and
soutli parts of the coast. In the narrative, this rock has
been erroneously called coral. These cliffs are curiously
hollowed out into horizontal caves, which have all the ap-
pearance of having been worn by the dashing of the waves;
but as it is obvious, that in their present situation the sea
<:an never have reached the face of the cliffs, it seems pro-
bable that the whole coast may have be^n raised up, by a
gentle movement, without dislocating the strata, or dis^
turbing the horizontal position, in which it seems probable
that these caves were formed.
The variety of coralines which girt the shores of this
island was very great, and large collections were made, as
well of these as of the numerous zoophites which filled up
every part of the reefs below high*water mark. This col*
Digitized by
Google
CMX. APPENDIX.
lectioD, of which unfortunately no duplicates were kept»
was afterwards lost.
SULPHUR ISLAND
Lies in latitude 27** 5' north, and longitude 128" 25' east.
An accurate representation of it is given as a frontispiece.
We attempted to land, but the surf broke every where
so high against the rock that this was impossible. There is
a crater on the left side with white smoke issuing from it ;
this has a strong sulphuric smelL The sides of the crater
are stratified. The south end of the island is about four or
five hundred feet high, and is formed of a dark dingy red
rock distinctly stratified; at several places it is cut ver*
tically by great dykes, which being more durable than the
strata which they intersect, stand out from the face of the
cliffs to a considerable distance.
END OF THE APPENDIX.
VOCABULARY.
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULARY OF THE LANGUAGE
SPOKEN AT
THE GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND, IN THE
JAPAN SEA.
COIIPILED BY
. HERBERT JOHN CLIFFORD, ESQ.
LIEUTENANT, BOYAL NAVY.
IN TWO PARTS.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
OBSERVATIONS
ON
THE LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE.
Of the grammar of this language I pretend to little know-
ledge, but the following observations upon some points may
perhaps be worth attending to. The most striking circum-
sttoce is the frequent use of the words noo and ka; the
former of which seems to signify of, or the 's of the English
language, as will appear in choo noo ka^ a man's skin, or the
skin of a man; oSshee noo stinnoo^ the bullock's horn, or
the horn of the bullock ; and in moo noo kee savtfteeyoongj
to dig potatoes out of the ground, or, literally, potatoes of
the earth to dig out.
Kay it will be observed, is used to denote skin, and also
seems to signify a receiver or enclosure, as is expressed in
• the words meizee koy a well of water, meSzee being water,
and ka the place containing the water; and in t/a ka
saut eSchoongy to go out of a place, ka in this instance ex-
pressing the enclosure, ya you, and sawt eSchoong to go out
from, as eSchoong signifies to go.
The adjective is for the most part placed before the sub-
Digitized by
Google
OBSERVATIONS.
stantive, as teeshoSee ickkeegCj an old man; wdsa yoy a mean
house; and w6ckka irrndgpy a yovDg woman.
There is little variety in the termination of the verb, the
tenses being expressed by other means. I have throughout
the vocabulary considered the termination oong to denote
the infinitive, and have translated it as such, even when the
sense points to another mood, merely to preserve con-
sistency ; there are, however, a few exceptions to this, and
some of the verbs will be found to terminate in ang^ ing^
awngy ongy and ung. Those ending in oong seem generally-
to make the participle terminate in ee^ as n^ckkayoongy to
separate, makes the participle wdckkatee, separated. The
negative termiqation of ttie verb is generally nang or rang^
as noSmangy not to drink, is the negative of noSmoangy to
driok; puirang^ the negative of meSoongy to see; and
naSbqorawigy the negative of nodbooyoongy to climb or ascend.
Na is also used as a negative, coSnsoonay not to rub out,
being the negative of co6nshoongy to rub out.
Nangy nArangy and ndshee are negatives used with a sub-
stantive, and are always placed after it, as koSmoo nangy no
clouds ; meizee ndrangy no water ; and fe^ee ndshety no
beard.
Some peculiarities will be found by referring to the fol-
lowing words : deaf; the sole of the foot; head-ache; palm
of the hand; the toe ; and the wrist.
Digitized by
Google
PART I.
VOCABULARY
OF, ^
ENGLISH AND LOO-CHOO WORDS
ALPHABBTICALLT ABRANOXDj
WITH NOTES, AND OCCASIONAL REFERENCES TO THE SENTENCES
IN THE SECOND PART«
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULARY
OF THE
LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE.
Note on the orthography used in the following vocabulary .—-The sounds in the
Loo-Choo words are expressed by the letters which in English correspond
nearest to those sounds. There are no mute vowels. The letter a is in-
variably sounded as in the English word^r. The emphasis is marked by
an accent over the last vowel of the accented syllable. Ee and oo, whether
accented or not, always express one syllable.
English.
Above, or the top of a thing
Alive
Alive, to be
An (evory one)
All drink, every one drinks
Anchor
Angry
Ankle
Answer, to
Arm
Arrow
Awake, to - -
Awaking
Bad
Bad man
Bad building
Loo-X:7u)o*
Wee.
Itch-it'chee.
It'ch-chawx^,
E^nea, or Ignea (Italian gn *.)
Tgnea no6dung.
E6ki.
Ne^tsa.
Sh^mna go o6shee.
Aree ga a^yoong.
Te6noo.
E6a.
06king.
06catee.
Ne6sha.
Ydwna moon, or Y&nna choo.
Wisaya.
* This sound is the same as the Italian gn, and will be found in the words Gnafin^ sig-
nifying more ; Q^anginng^ a man of rank y and also in Nfeta, bad, and Net, two, which are
most commonly pronounced as if a g were prefixed to the » .
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULARY OF THE
English.
Bailer of a canoe
Baize, red
Bake, to
Bake bread, to •
Bamboo-cane
Bamboo (instrument of puniahm<My^)
Basket
Be^
Beard
Beardless
Beat, to . . .
— , as the heart
— - on the gong
-— to, with' the bamboo
Bed . .
BeU . . .
BeUy
BeUy,big
Below, or the bottom of a thing
Bend to, a thmg
Bird
Bird-cage - - -
Bishop at chess (lit priest)
Bite to, as a dog
Bitter - -
Black
Bleed, to, (lit to draw blood)
Blind - <
Blind man . . .
Block . -
Blood
Blow up, to, or light a fire
Loo-Choa.
Yoo-to6ee.
Mooshung.
I'rreechang.
Qu^hee sookoojoong*
D&kee.
Ba&dwe.
Teiroo.
Timma.
Fe6jee.
Fe^jee oashee.
So6-go-700Bg.
NikxN)-chooiig.
Tinna 6dioong(Kt ^pli^ en the gong.)
Qhibbee o&tchoong.
Coocha.
Stchee^iginnee.
WStta,
W&tta migesa.
Stcha.
T^mmeeoong.
H6too.
H6too-coo.
Bodsee, or Bodzee *•
Co6yoong -f-.
Injdssa.
Eor6sa.
Chee-ho6ga-choong.
Me^gua.
Akee me6gua«
Eooro6ma.
CheeJ.
Fo6-tchoong«
* The o in this word is sotiDded as in the English word Bode.
t Sec sentence No. 101 , Psrt II.
X This word also signifies m\\k, and the female breast.
Digitized by
Google
UX)^HOO LANOUA6S.
Engttsh.
l4ȣhoo.
Bl0wi]ig(thiougha musical instruxD6Bt) GAcoo.
Blue (colour)
- T^una-eeroo.
Blue (light colour)
- Me6z-eeroo.
Blunt
- Chirrarung.
Blush (lit red)
- Akassa.
Boat
. Tf mma, or Sab&nnee.
Boat, the bottom of a
« Nak^unma.
Boil, to
- Tdjedng.
Book
- Sheimootsee*.
Bone
. Co6t8ee.
Bonnet, or head-dress yrtmx by
natives
the )
^Hat'cheeMat'chee.
Both alike, or all the same
. Ne^chawng, or Yo6nooinooiig.
Bow to, to a person passing
- De^shoong.
Bow
. Yo6mee.
Bow, to pull a
•
« Yo6mee fe^tchoong.
Bower
. T^mnan.
Boy (lit a man chiki)
- Ic'kkeega wtoabee.
Brass
- Cheijackko, or Tooag.
Bread
. Qu^ee.
Bread-basket, or tray
Breadth
- mbba.
Break, to, a stick
- 06yoQiigt,
- Wy'oong.
Breakers
. Nimee.
Breast
- Mo6nee.
Breathe, to
- Ifchee shoong^.
Bridge
- H&sheef
Bring here
- Moot'chee coo.
* In speaking of books with reference to their number, they say ieeiesee thiemoot»ee,'onit
book ; UUe$ee theenootsee, two books ; but of a single book they only say theemoo^ee | and
we never found that they had any plural termination.
t See sentence No. ill.
} There b a great similarity between this word and that which signifies to he dime, (Itch-
chawng).
§ This word signifies both a ladder and a bridge.
B
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULABY OP THE
EngUA.
Bring fire here
Brinjal (an Indian vegetable)
Broke - -
Brother
Bucket - . *
BuU ...
Bum, to
Butterfly
Button
By and by - - . -
Cake, a sweet flowered
Calf . T -
Calf of the Jeg
Candle - -
Candlestick
Candle and stick together
Cannon - - •
Cap
Carpenter's black line box-
I Carry to, or take away - -^
, a basket on the head ^
■ , a child in the arms
, with abar on the shoulders^
Carrying a basket on the arm
.Cask - - i
Castle ...
Cat ...
Cat, to mew as a
Catch, to - • -
Catch,* to, a butterfly
Chair
Charcoal - - -
Ltx^Choo.
Feeto6tee coo.
Nasibbee.
Ootee, or Chfrreetee. -
We6kee.
T6goo.
Woo 06shee.
Yaddee, or A'kka.
Hab6roo.
Hog^amee, or k&nnee.
A'tookdra*.
Magia qudshee,
Ooshee gua.
Eo6nda.
Daw.
So6coo-f-.
Daw'secoo.
I'shee-be6a.
Cammo6dee, or Maw'tsee.
Stinseeboo.
Mo6tchee e6choong.
T4eroo k&mmeetong^.
D&choong.
Eatara'meeoong.
Te^roo tenakikakittee.
So6coo«
Eego6secoo, or Goose^coo.
Mia, or My'a (Chinese).
Nachoong de6oong.
Kao6toochung.
Kab&roo sk^hdang.
Ee (Chinese).
Chacheejing.
* See Sentences Nos. 26 and 41.
f This word signifies both a cask and a candlestick.
X See Sentence No. 70.
Digitized by
Google
LOaCHOO LANGUAGE.
EngUak.
Cheeks ...
Cheese (literally cow's milk and fat)
Chessmen . «• «
Child (infant) - . . .
Child, male (literally man-child)
Child, female (Uterally woman-child)
Children ...
Chin ...
Chin, the beard of the (lit lower beard)
Chopsticks
Climb, to, a pine-tree
Cloth, or clothes
Cloth, red - - . -
Clouds . . «.
Cock ...
Cocoa-nut tree ...
.Coooa*nuts ...
Cold
Cold water'
Colours - - •
Come, to - -
Come here - -
Com^ to, down a hill
■ on board
Coming up from below
Compass ...
ConksheQ . . .
Cool
Copper
Lo<hChoo.
Hoo.
06shee noo * diee qii&tee.
Cho6njee.
W6rrabee.
Ickkeega w&nrabee.
Inn&go w6rrabee.
Qua.
Oooto6ga.
'Stcha fe^jee.
F&shay, or May^shung.
M itsee kee no6booyooiig.
Ching.
AMssa n6noo.
Ko6moo.
To6ee.
Nilshlkee.
N4ee.
Fe6sa.
Fe^zeeroo Meesae.
E^roo e^roor
Choongf^.
Cungcoo. -
06deeyoong.
Cho6-oong.
Noobo6teecoo.
Kdrahigh, or K&ssee to6ee }.
Ne6nya go6roo.
Seed&sha.
Aco6gannee.
• Jioo seems to express of, or the '* used in the English language : as Ooskee noo chee,
the cow's mtlk, or the milk of the cow ; Ooshee noo ka, the bullock's skin, or the skin of
the bullock j Doockoo noo cho; Loo-choo's people, or the people of Loo-choo j and will be
found in a variety of other instances.
t See Sentences Nos. 18, J 9, and 21.
X The compass was generally called Kattee iooee, which two words signify wind an4 a .
cock or fowl ', bat the landsmen called it KarMgh, which signifies a watch.
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULARY OF THE
EngUih.
Coral
Corer, to, awer with sand
Coug^ to - -
Count, to
Country
Cow
Crab
Crab, to crawl as a
Creep, to
Crow, to - '
Crow
Cry, to
Curlew
Cut, to
Dance
Dark
Daughter
Day (at Napakiang)
<— — - (in the north of the island)
— after to-morrow
— — the following
Daylight
Dead
Deaf (literally, ear not to hear)
Deep
Deity (the Indian God Boudha)
Dice
Dice, to play with
Die, to
Dig, to, up the ground
■ ■ , potatoes ••
Directly (by and by)
- 06roo.
- Sinna sheebstang.
- S^k-quee.
- Oohaw'koo.^xiDg *.
- A'whfee.
- Mee 06shea
- Gradnnee.
- H6yoong.
- Haw'yoong.
- O'tayoong.
- Grdrrasee.
- Nachoong.
- U'nguainan.
^ - Che^oong, or fe^ng, or fe^jooi^.
- Oodooee, or Mak&tta.
- Co6rasing.
- Inn&go o6ngua, or Angua.
- Nit'cheef.
• I'sheeree.
- As&ttee.
- Asi tinnacha.
- He^roo.
- She^noong, or gang.
- Mimmee chee karung.
- Fook&ssa.
- Bo6Ba (Chinese).
- She^go ro6ooo.
- She^go ro6coo ochoong.
. - Nlntoong.
- 06choong.
- Moo noo kee sa(iteeyoong.
. Atookar'ree, or Atookdra.
* This is probably Oowhoko, signifying a great many persons.
t The day at Loo-Choo is divided into six hoars, as also the night. In coonting a number
of days they apply the numerals in a similar manner Co that which will be found in a note on
TwUchee, an hour } but they did not seem to have any names to denote the days of the week.
Digitized by
Google
LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE-
EngHth.
Di^e, to, under water
Dog
Dog barks
Doq\ stir (said to a person
depart)
Door
Draw, to, a picture
— — blood
Dress, to - -
Drink
Drink, to -
wine
-, not to, wine
Drop, to, a thing
Drunk
, to get
Dry, to
, powder
Dung, cow, for manure
Duck, a tame
Eagle
Ear
— ^, left
y right
Ears, to pull the
Earth
East
Eat, to
^,1
— *, to, bcnled rice
Loo-Choo.
- Se6noong.
- Ing.
- I nnoo nachoong.
rifting to?
^ ^Wfa/sa*
- Hashirree.
. E^-katchoongf.
- Chee nahyoong.
. Ching che6oong.
. No6moo.
. No6moong|.
. Sack'kee no6moong.
- Sacklee no6mang.
- Oocbe6roosh6ong.
. We4tee§.
- We^oong.
^ Earach&oong.
- Einshoo fo6shoong.
- 06shee noo 006800.
• A'feeroo.
. Hacklca.
- Mimmee.
• Fe6jeeree noo mimmee.
• Me^jeree noo mimmee.
- Mimmee fe^oong, or fe^tchoong.
- Jee.
- Fbg&ssee.
- K&mpong Ij.
• Mo6noo kdmoong.
- M^eshee k&moong, or kinoung.
* This word is generally used by the master of the house when his guest announces his
intended departure, by saying, Cung, cung,
t See Sentences Nos. 74 and 76.
{ See Sentence:) Nos. 99, 3S> 33, and 37*
§ See Sentences Nos. 34 and 107.
II See Sentences Nos. 31, 36, and 87.
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULARY OF THE
EngHsh.
LoO'Choo.
Egg» - . •
-
Co6ga.
♦Kwat'chee, or fiit'chee (L<
Eeyafsee (Japan.)
Eight
-
Eighteen
-
Ewat'chee joo, or fiitfchee jop.
JEighty
-
Hap^k coo, or Habbiick coo.
Elbow
-
Te6noo fe^jee.
Eleven
-
Too.
Empty, to, or pour out
-
H&rashoong.
Ends of a thing
-
Yo6koo.
Every thing
-
A'dee.co6deet?
Exchange, to, fans
-
Kiyra.
Exclamation of surprise
-
Ye6ah, or Che€-oo-oo.
lyi-yi-yi-yi.
Expression of respect, or salutation - Taw.
I thanks in returning any 1
>How.
thing
Eye
Eyebrows
Eyelashes
Eyes, to open the
■ , dofiing the
Face
FaU, to
Fan
— ^, to, one^s self
•^— , to offer a
Fat
Father
Feathers of a fowl
Mee.
Maioh.
Matsidjee.
Mee ho6ra choong.
Neebo6ee.
Ste^ra, or Ske6ra $•
Taw'shoong, or Tawlring§.
Ojee.
O'jeeshoong.
Ojee k&ra.
Quaitee.
Shoo.
To6ee noo han'nee.
* Sae Numerals, Loo-Choo and Japan, Fart II. after the Sentences.
t This word, which is composed of addee, this, and coodee, that, I am not positive of,
and f have therefore affixed a query against it.
X This is a very difficult word to pronoonce, and i am not certain of having conveyed its
true sound.
§ See Sentence No. 111.
Digitized by
Google
LOaCHOO LANGUAGE.
EngKA.
LoO'Choo.
-
Mee.
Fence of bamboo
-
Dacklee gat chee.
Fiddle
-
Ne^shing.
-
Fe6tchoong (fit. to pull.)
-
Che^roo.
Fifteen
-
Go6njoo.
Fifty
w
Goosh&coo, or gooy&coQ.
Fill, to -
-
I'ddeecoong.
Find, to
-
To6matiuig *• *
Finger
-
E6bee.
-
Choo ah^ee.
^, little
-
E^beegwaw.
-
Nackka e6bee.
——ring
.
Nanna shee.
.
TMmmee.
Fire . -
-
Fee.
— , to put out
-
FeechaM^hee.
— -i-, to, a gun
-
Nanshoong.
Fish
-
Eeof.
-
Coosa eea
-
Tamung eeo.
-
Matchee eeo.
, the back of a
-
E^jee.
, the fin of a
-
^, the gills of a
-
Ajee.
— —, the head of a
-
Chee-boo>4oo.
-
Dzoo.
-
Eto k&keeoong.
•
Che^na.
•
E6o stitfchee.
Five
-
Goo (Loo^Choo) ; ItUtsee (Japan) +
-
Boo-ka-coo.
^ See Sentence No. 55.
t Sec Sentence No. 80.
t See note on Numeiak.
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULARY OF THE
EngUik.
Flag
Flail*
Flesh
Flesh, no
Flower, a red, the name of
Flower of a plant
Flute, to play on the
Fly
Fly, to, as a bird
Foot
, the sole of the
, of a bird
Forehead
Forty
Four
LoO'Choo.
. H&ta.
• Co6ra ma baw *.
• Shishee.
- Shishee ning.
. A'ckka banna.
- F&nna.
. Hinshaw.
. H&yeh.
- .To6beeoong.
• Sh&nna.
. Sh4nna watta (lit belly of the foot).
. Fisha.
. Fitch&yeh.
• Spe^akoo, or Sdbaooo.
C t Shee (Loo-Choo); E4ots see, or jpo
I (Japan).
. Sicca Co6dairf
• She^njoo.
• £edo6shee.
• A'tta be^tsee.
- Meetchittee.
• Hamlxmng.
- Ti-tee.
. abee.
• Tack'kee.
- Que^ngj. '
- Kigung.
- E^choong§.
- Haddee.
- Timma ki e^chocHig.
* The nearest sound to that of flail which a native of Loo-Choo could utter was that of
Fr9ffrooi generally speaking they found great difficulty in pronouncing English words. The
nearest sound to that of our I was Awoo, ^nd to that of tU was Bayroo.
t See note on Numerals.
) See Sentences Not. 46^ 47« and 48.
§ The intention of departing from a house is geoerally announced by Otng^ tumg.
Digitized by
Google
LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE.
EnglUh.
Go, to, fast
— — , up a hill
— -, not to, up a hill
— , to, s'ow
, on shore
Goat
, he
— — , she
Going down below
Gold
Good (for eating)
(proper)
man
— — bye (taking leave)
— — for nothing
— S-, not
tfrand-children
Grass
■ ', to cut
Grasshopper
Grave
Greybeard
Great coat (made of straw,
by the Chinese)
Great man (Chinese Tajin)
■ many
Green
Grind, to, the teeth
Groaning
Hair
Hanmier
— — — •- of a stonecutter
Loa-Choo.
- H&yee sit'choong.
- No6booyoong (lit. to climb^.
- No6boorang.
- YaVna e6choong.
- Am&ki e6choong, or mo6doe(ong.
. Fe6ja.
- Woo Fe6ja.
- Mee Fe^ja.
- Odrittee coo.
- Ching.
. M&sa.
- Choor&sa.
- Yo6kachoo, or E^hoo.
- W6ckkatee.
- M^n^urang.
- Worro6sa.
- Soong mfiga.
- Goosit chee, or Coosd.
- C00S& che^oong.
- She6to, or Sdyeh.
. Hika.
- Fe6jee sheerijee.
worn also)
jNew.
• Ajee, or Pdychin.
- Oowh6ko.
. O'sa.
- Ha giasee gtsaee.
- Do6nee.
- Kurr&zzee *.
- Go5shung.
- 06noo.
* The hair of the natlTes is formed into a knot on the crown of the head« and fastened by
two pins of silver or brass* the one ornamented by a flowered head* called kamma^kuhee, and
the other ooshee^tkushei • that worn by the children is called j>{/a.
C
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULARY OF THE
EngHik.
Hand
, right
, left
Handkerchief
Handsome
Harp
Hat, worn by the natives
— — — — English
Have not got
water
Head, human
Head-ache (lit. sick head)
Head, of a bird
Hear, to -
,1 . -
— — , I cannot (or understand)
Heart
Heaven
, praying to
Heavy
Heel of the foot
Here
Hide, to, or cover (lit cannot see)
——of a bullock
Him (a third person)
Hips
- Kee*
- Me^jeeree.
m Fe^jeeree.
- Tee-sddjee f.
. Choorisa.
« San'gdiing.
- E&ssa.
- Kamo6ree.
- Nang J, or N4rang.
- Me6zee § n&rang.
-. Boosee.
• Seebo6roo y&dong.
«- Tseebo6roa
- Sif choong, or Skit'dioong.
- Mo6noo sit'choong ||.
• Sitcheerang, or Sit'cheek&rang.
- N4coo.
- Ting.
- Ting o6neewhfa ^.
- Bo68a.
- Shinna-a^-roo.
- Coo.
- JSe6mog.
- 06shee noo ka.
- A'ree (me6chaj) **.
• Gamm&coo.
* This word is used t64n0tc a#w a% weU as a haitd; this probably SRiaes from the
similarity ; considering the hand as the tnmfc» and the fingers the branches of the tm*
t A piece of China crape> or veiy fiaA piper^ is used as a handkerchief by the superior
classes of the natives, and is generally worn in ilie bosom : the lower orders suSstitute a courier
kind of paper.
X A negative in frequent use.
§ This word may be applied to being in want of water.
tl See Sentence 1<^. 2.
% A ^rang aspirate.
•* See note on J or me (fi«t penon) next page.
Digitized by
Google
LOaCHOO LANGUACtE.
EngiM.
Loo*
Hisnng
- seesee*
Hoe
- Qudya.
Hold, to take, of a person
. Katfsame6o(»ig.
Holding a thing (a butterfly)
- Meechdwree*.
(Letting a thing escape)
- 06too Batch *.
Hole
• A'nna.
- A'nna ho6yoong.
- Mee hoojittee f .
Hoop of a cask
. Orbee}.
Horn of a bullock
- 063hee noo stinnoo.
Horse
. Ma § (Chinese).
Hot
- A'tteesa.
Hour
- Twit'cheelj.
House
- Ya, or Kat'chee.
House where salt is made
«- M4shoo y a.
Hundred
. Sing.
Hungry
. Y&asL
I, or me (a first person)
- Wangf (cho6ee).
Jar, a large earthen
• E^ee.
-— , its top or cover
- Ho6ta.
Inch, one
. E6nng.
* These two expressions were obtained by catching a buttetfly and then leMhig it go.
t The jeeshee, or vase, is a stone jar in which the bones of the dead aie deposited at the
expiration of seven years after borial.
X The same word iohee) signifies both the hoop of a cask and the girdle worn round the
waist ; this probably originated in the girdle being substituted for the hoop^ which appean to
have been worn formerly.
§ Ma, signifying a horse, is a Chinese word, aad was probably introduced intoLoo-Choo
with that animal.
II The names of the hmm wiUbe foowi ia the second part; the divisiMia of time wiU be
found opposite their different heads of day, nenth, year, &c.
^ While seeking to obtain from the natives the pronouns /, you, and him, I at tot got
eheoee, toy, and meecKay; but on further enquiry I found that these had not thai meaning,
thqr were superseded by wang, ya, and arte, for /, yen, and him; but as I heard chooet, toy,
and meechay repeated in enumerating persons, I have set them down as first, second, and third
persons, that being the sense which they seem to bear. The word chooee, or choo, it would
seem signifies man (homo) in a general seme.
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULARY OF THE
Enjglish.
Inches, ten ;
Infant
Ink
Inkstand
Innde
, or soft of bread
Iron
Jump, to
Key
Kick, to, with the foot
lad (lit. small goat)
Kin, to
, birds
, by the fire of a gun
King, or monarch
King^s palace
Kiss, to, (lit. kisong the mouth)
Kiss
Knee
Kneel, to
Kneeling
Knife, crooked, for cutting grass
, small (a penknife)
Knight, at chess
Knot
, to tie a
Knuckles
Lacker, to
Ladder
Lake, or light purple
Land, or shore
Lantern
■ , folding
Loo-Ckod.
« Eesh&ckkoo.
. W6rrabee.
• Simlnee.
- Sim'mee shee.
- 06chee.
• Mee.
- Titzee.
- M6yoong.
- Quaw.
- King.
- Fe^ja igua.
- She6moong, or Ko6rashoong *.
- H6too e6chung. *
• Doogaltee she^noung.
- K6wung (Chinese).
- Oogo6s-coo.
- Co6chee;sp<j6tee'('.
- Sheemii^ree.
- Stinsee.
- Shiunma git'cheeoong.
- Sh(imma (^t'chee.
• Eer&nna.
- Se6go.
- Samo6ree.
- Co6nja co6tchee.
- Co6njoong.
- Fo6shee.
- No6yoong.
- H&shee.
• Coonmo61a sat'chee.
- Am&ki.
- Tindoo.
- Ch&wching.
* SeeSeDteDceNo.96.
t Sec Sentence No. 99,
Digitized by
Google
LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE.
English,
Lantern, glass
Large
Laugh, to - -
Laughing
Lead (metal)
Leaf (of a tree)
— — , green (lit. the leaf of a tree)
— , withered (lit. a dried leaf)
Lean (not fat)
, to, against a thing
Leaming,-or studying
Let, to, fall a thing
Letter, or character
■ , to seal a
, to write a
Letting go a thing
Loo-Choo song
Lift, to, a thing
Light, not dark, (daylight)
, not heavy
, to, a pipe
Lips
Lip, lower
^, upper
— ^, the beard on the lower
Liquor
Live, or reside, to
Lizard
Look, or see, to
, to, at, or see the sun
, at a distance
Loa^CJuxf.
T6mma^o6roo.
We6sa.
•Wdrrayoong.
Wirratee.
Me6jee kan'nee.
Wha.
Kee noo wha.
Kirree wha.
Yaitee.
Yook&tatoong *.
Cootooba f.
Nigeeoong.
Jee.
Ing sit'choong.
Jee k&tchoong.
(ytoo batch X'
Lo6choo, or Do6choo oota.
Mo6choong.
Fe^roo, or He^roo.
Se6ba.
Stit cha se^ba.
Quaw se6ba.
Coofe^jee.
Sac'kkeedia, or Sam'tchoo (Chinese).
Simmatong §.
iTndlecha.
Me^oong, or Me6ing ||.
Te6da meting.
Hantia-rat'chee.
* See Sentence No. lOi.
f See Sentence No. 6.
X See note, *' Holding a thing.**
§ See Sentences Nos. 81 and 82.
II See Sentences Nos. 38 to 44.
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULARY OF THE
Engtish.
Loo-Choo.
Look, to, closely
-
Te^tsheeoong.
Looking-glass
-
Kdgung.
Long, or length
-
Nagdsa.
Lose, to
-
06toochung.
Make, to, clothes
-
Ching niwyoong *.
-
H&bbeecoong.
-
Che^na o6tchoong f .
, salt
-
M&shoo t&tchoong.
-
Sdtaskoyoongf.
_ i.^^ ^^4.
-
Tdcoo so6kooyoong J.
Making a false step
-
Koonsinda dakat chee.
Male
-
Woo.
Mallet, wooden
.
Chei-chee.
Man (homo)
-
Choo.
(vir)
-
Ickkeegag.
, medical
•
I'shsha.
— — , of rank
-
Piychin, or Qii&ngning (Chinese)
y short
-
Inj&sa.
y sick
-
Tckkeega y&dong.
, the skin of a
-
Choo-noo-ka.
, small
-
Feeoo6sa.
Mast of a ship, or boat
-
Hfisseeda.
Mat
-■
Moosho6roo, or Hitung.
Match, or fire-stick used in the
temples
Kaw||.
Me, or I
-
Wang.
Meal, Ist (at san-rise)
-
Stimmee tetmowig.
y 2nd (two hours after)
.
A'ssa bung.
* Literally to M
t Literally to work rope.
X Skoyoang, or Sookooy^ong^ f ignifiet to bake.
§ This word, which is composed ofickkee and ya {ickkee signifying there, and ga, which
may possibly have been originally ya, you}, appeared to me to bear a similar meaning to oor
you, sir, or you, there, as the natives invaciably called out ickkeega, when wishing to attract
the attention of any one.
n See note on the kawroo. The kaw is also homed when an offering of rice is made on
the kawroo.
Digitized by
Google
LOOuCHOO LANGUAGE.
EngUsh.
Loo4:hco.
Meal, Srd (at noon)
-
Fe6ra mo6moong.
y 4th (at sunset)
-
Yo6 bung.
Measure, to
-
G&wjee h&clddyoong.
Melon
-
To6qua.
Men, a great many
-
Oowhoko Ickkeega.
Mew, to, as a cat
-
Nachoong deeoong.
Midday, or noon
•
Te^da m&tchoo.
Milk
-
Chee.
.
€hee h&yoong.
Million
-
Chaw.
Mine
-
Co6ra wa moong.
Mixed
•
B&tee.
Moon, the
-
Stdiay.
-
It'cfaee stit'cbee, or gwa6tsee ♦.
^full
•
Oostit'chee, or M&roo.
^,half .
•
Micasit'chee.
Monkey
i
S&roo.
More
-
Gn&fing.
Morrow
-
A'cha.
Mother
»
Um'ma.
Mud
«
Do6roo.
Musical instrument, to play on a
-
Ko6too fe^tchoong.
* The following are t
the names of the months or moons.
January
Shaw gwautsee.
February
Nee gwautsee (lit. 2d month).
March
Sang gwautsee (lit. 3d).
April
Shee gwautsee (lit. 4th).
May
Goo gwautsee Git- 5lh).
June
Roocoo gwantoee (lit. 6th).
July
Sitefaee gwautsee (lit. 7th).
August
Fatchee gwautsee (lit. 8th).
September
CkK> gwautsee (lit. Qth).
October
Joo gwautsee (lit. 10th).
November
Stutt moo stitchee, or joo itebee givMitMe.
December
Shee wasee« or joo nee gwnattee.
. Tkt tveadeth day of the londi i
MBtll
i (OoU>ber)i Jm gi9mti$9e, ne^ nUdme, was^
according to Loo-Choo time« the seeoad day of the tenth mooth« >• gwmifee, nee nUchee,
Digitized by
Google
:^
VOCABULAEY OF THE
En^h.
JjQO^Choo.
Mustachios
-
Wafe^jee,
Nail to hang things pn
-
Co6jee.
Naked
-
Harr&ka.
Name . - .
•
Na.
^,my
-
Wana.
y your
-
Yana.
-
A'rree ga na.
Navel
.
Who6soo *.
Neck
-
Co6bee.
, short (lit. no neck)
-
Co6bee nang f .
Needle
•
H&yee skittee.
Net, fishing
-
She6bee.
Night . . .
-
Yo6roo.
-
It'chee yo6roo.
Nine
-
Coo} (Loo-Choo), Eo6nitsee (Japan).
Nineteen
-
Co6njoo.
Ninety
-
Cooh&ooo, or Queeshicoo.
Nipples
-
Chee.
No
-
06ngba,' or Oomba §.
Nod, to
-
N&jeechoong*
North
-
Che^ta.
Noee
.
H6nna.
NoBtrib
-
H6nnakee.
Octagon
-
Hacaclcoo.
Ofier, to
-
Oz&gadee.
-
Oz&gadee saclckee.
-
M&tta oz&gadee.
Old
-
Tee8ho6ee.
-^ man
»
Teesho6ee iclkeega.
Olives
-
E&rang.
• A fttroDg aspirate on the fint fyllable4
t The negative is almost invariably placed after the word.
X See note on numerals.
§ .The sound of the oong^ or 001116, is very diflBcult^ and can only be approximated by
closing the teeth firmly and compressing the sound of owg.
Digitized by
Google
LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE.
EngUsh.
One
Onions
Open, to, or unlock
Open it - - • -
Orange, fruit
, the rind of an
, divisions
, the seed of an
Overturn, to, or upset
Out^de - -
— — of bread (lit. skin)
Paddle of a canoe
Paint, to - - -
Palanquin chtdr
Palm of the hand (lit. belly of the hand)
Pant, to -
Panting
Paper of any kind
Path
Paupaw apple
Pawns at chess
Pencil - -
Perspiration
Pepper pod . ^
Pick up any thing, to
Picture
Pig . . .
Loa-Choo.
fifchee (Loo-Choo), Teitesee, or ta
1 (Japan *.)
Dehchaw.
A'keeoong •(•.
Akirree-f-.
Ko6neeboo.
Ko6neeboo noo ka.
Mee.
Tdnee.
Kooroobdshoong.
Fo6ca.
Ka.
Wayicoo.
06roo:^ sheeno6stang.
K&goo.
Tee noo w&tta§.
E6tchee ho6toong.
Eetchee.
K&bee.
Yam&na meetchee.
Wangsho66e.
To6moo.
Ho6dee.
Addcaddee ||.
Qu&da co6sha.
Mo6choong.
Ke£-ee, or Eackke£.ee.
Bo6ta.
* See note on Numerals.
t See Sentences Nos. 49 to 63.
X Sheenoostang signifies to cover over, and possibly ooroo should have been written eero0,
which is colours and this word, signifying painting, would then M literally to cover over with
colour.
% This is literally the helly of the hand, or the hand^t belly. For an explanation of the
noo see observaiiona on the Loo-Choo language at the beginning.
II This word seeais to derive its origin from ackka, burning.
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULARY OP THE
Ef^gUsh.
Loo-Cheo.
Pin Worn in the habr of boys
-
Je^pha, or Jeewa.
— — flower head worn by men
-
Kam'mashishee.
— — , ladle head, do.
-
Oosheethftshee.
Pinch, to
-
Edtcheeme&x)ng *.
Pine, the wild
-
Adinnee.
, leaves of the
*
Wha.
, fruit of the
-
Ad4nnee nay.
tree
.
M&tesee kee.
Pipe
-
Shirree.
, the mouth-piece of a
»
■Quee po6tchee.
, wooden part of a
-
Saw.
, bowl of a
•
S^a.
, case of a
.
Shirree booko6roo.
Pitchfork
-
Fefoa.
Pivoton which thcscuUofaboat traverses Jefcof.
Place
-
SUtA.
Plank of a boat
•
FdnnaJ.
Plant
*
Meebo68ha.
Plantain, leaf of a
iK
Woo noo fa.
Play, to, at chess
*
' Cho6njee 6choong.
She6go ro6coo 6choong.
Eo6too fe^tchoong §.
1~{4nfihaw.
^M A avkviaij^Al iMaftMBwinom^
Fe^tohoong.'
068ha.
Pleased
.
Plough
-
Sit'chee.
,tX)
Sit'choong.
* This word, Katcheemeeoang, to pinch, appears to be formed of the words Ku, skin,
ehee, blood, and meeoong, to see ; and may be translated to see the hhod thrw^ the skin, or
in the skin,
t This sound is not uplike that which the screwing about the scull of a l^o^ion the pivot
causes.
X The same wo^d signifies a flower.
§ Feetchoong signifies to pull, so thi^t it may with mpre propriety be ap|:died to tbe haip,
OF touching the strings of the violin with the lingers.
Digitized by
Google
LOOuCHOO LANQUAGB.
English.
Lob^Ckdo.
Pcnnt, to, with the finger
- No6choong.
Potatoes, sweet
. - Moo, or Mo&ndee.
Pour in, to
- I^rreeing.
- Che^joong.
Pouring
- Che6jee.
Praying to the Deity
. Bo6sa, or B6sa me6 whfii «.
- Ting o6neewhfa.
Powder
- Einshoo.
^ Einshoo fo6shdong.
Pregnant
- Eissee je^tawng.
Press, to, or squeeze
- She^tskeeoong.
Prick, to, with m knife
^ Hoog6sho(»igf.
Pricking
^ Y4tee.
Prickly pear bush
i- Coaro6jee.
Priest (Bonzes of Clmia)
- B6dzee.
• Bisha oo6room.
^ the belt of ffllk of a
. Qu&ra.
Pull, to, or draw out
•> Injat'chee.
-. No6joong.
- Fe6tchoong, or fif chooDg.
Purple
. Mo61a salfchee.
Push, to, with the hand
• Eo6roo b&shoong %•
Put, to, a thing above or upright
- Tsheeoongt
- Injibhoong.
- E&njoong.
- 06cheeking.
• I'ttee
- E&s8eeme6ooag«
. Ching che^oong.
. T^'AP cH^diAP
m E4bee gimnee 8&sho(»g.
* A strong Aspirate 6d (ht last tyllable.
t See Sentence No. 105.
I Liierally> to vpict.
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULARY OP THE
Quack, to, like a duck
Quarrel, to
Queen, also at chess
Quick
Quick, to be
Bain
^,to
y heavy
. lightly
Bainbow
Bat
Bead, to
Bed
Bind of a shaddock
■ an orange
■■■ (lit skin)
Bibbon, silk
Bibs
Bice
, boiled
Bide, to, a horse
Bight, in writing characters
Bing
— ^ for the finger
■ , to put on a
Bise, to, from a chair
Boad
Bock
Boot (bulb)
Bope
, to make
Bough r
Bound
, a circle
Loo-CJkoo.
- N&choong.
- Titskoong.
- 06na]crra.
- Hdyee.
- Yoohioong.
- A'mee.
- A'mee fo6yoong.
« Sheeje^koo fo6yoong.
- Eookoo fo6yoong.
• Noo-o6jee.
- A'ck-a^4a.
- Yo6moong, or Yo6no^x>ng.
- Ak&sa.
•r Fow noo ka«
- Ko6neeboo noo ka.
. Ka.
. £6choo.
- S&wkee.
- Co6mee. -
- iTmbang, or hang, or o6mbttng *.
-. Man'ayoong.
-' Eitchee y^jee.
•. Co6sayee.
* E6bee g&nnee.
- E^bee gfinnee s^shoong.
- Titchoong.
- Me6chee.
- See, or We^sa isTiee.
- We6-ee.
<• Chinna.
- Chinna o6choong.
m So6roo sooroo.
- Morro6sa.
- Maro6dair.
* For ihe sound of this word see note on the English word no.
Digitized by
Google
LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE.
English^
Round, all round
Rowing in a boat
Rub, to
-, out
-^ not out
Rubber, Indian
Rum, or spirits
Run, to
Running
Sail of a ship or boat
Sail, to, in a boat
Salt
— water
— — to the taste
Salute, to, a person
Sand
Say it, I can
, I cannot
Sea
y the, or ocean
— weed
, high
Seal of a watch
Seam between two planks
Scrape, to
Scratching
Screw, to
Screw
Scull of a boat
Loo^Choo.
Maro6ee.
CQ6jee.
So6sooing,. or 8o6sootee o6tooflhung.
CSe^ree o6too6hoQng, or So6sootee;
C o6teetung, or co6nshoong.
CQ6nsoona.
Ne^ka.
E&raboo. '
Hayay at'dioong ♦.
Hiyay.
Foo.
Hdrashoong.
Mdshoo.
Spookar&sa Me^zee.
Spookar&sa.
K^eeoong.
Sinna.
Ang.
Ntemgf.
Nammee.
06shoo.
Hima, or 06mee.
M00+.
Oonimmee.
Ing, or Fang.
Nigo..
S&joong.
We^gosa.
Me^goorashooDg §.
Jirree.
Doo.
• See Sentence No. 8.
t Narangg or nang, is used on most occasions as the negative.
X The same word signifies sweet potaioes,
§ This word it will be observed signifies both to screw and la scull i this may originate in
the screwing motion of the oar from side to side of the boat.
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULAEY OF THE
EngHih.
TjOo^Cfioa.
Scull, to, a boat
- Me6goorashoong.
See to, or look, (lit to eye)
- Me6oong ♦.
See, I cannot
- Me^rang.
Seed
. Nigh.
Separate, to - -
- W6ckkayoong.
Seven
• Sit'chee (Loo-Choo) ; N&nnatsee (Japan).
Seventeen
- Sit chee joo.
Seventy
* Sit'chee h&coo.
Servant
- To6nioo, or £6ree, or Sad'ge-ee.
Sew, to - -
- N^wyoong, or No-S-yoong.
Shade, or shady
. Kijee.
Shake, to -
- Kiltcheeming.
Shaking a thing
- Yo6too yo6too.
Shallow -
- Asdssa.
Sharp
* Aka, or chfnraring ?
Shave, to -
• So6yoong.
SheU
- 068heemaw.
SheUfish(Ukeacrab)
. A'mang.
Shield
- Timb^yee.
Ship
. Ho^neef.
, large
- Hoobo6nee, or Wes4ra Hedoee.
- Ho6nee gua, or Cooeftra Ho^me^.
i» Ho6nee e^hoong.
- Mo6chee eeohoong.
Shoes, or sandals
- S^fcbock, or Sabaugh.
Short
- Injisa.
Shoulders
- E6tta.
Shrub, with leaves resembling a
tree, probably sago tree
J^ fSootitsee.
Shut, to
• Meeche^oong.
Shut it
. Mechirree,
Skin
. Ka.
* See Sentences No. 38 to 44.
t The Bimilarity in sound of this word to ibal of a ehaiaoter ( AbmioKv) written on a
piece of paper in the hits of the mea employed working for the ships^ has suggeitedtfae idea
that the meaning of the character OMf hawt seait fefonnealo a.ahtp.
Digitized by
Google
LOO^HOO LANGUAGE.
EngUsh.
LothChoo.
Skin, of a bullock
-
066hee noo ka.
, of a man
-
Choo noo ka.
Sick
•
Y^dong.
-
IcUceegayidong.
belly
-
Witta Mdee.
Side, of a person
*
Hiirraga.
^, of a thing
-
Tdttee.
Sigh, to
-
Ho6ee e^chee.
Silk
-
E6choo.
Silver
-
Jing.
( 06tashoong, or o6tayoo8hooQ^ or
,| o6tayoong.
Sing, to -
'
Sister
-
(hiigh.
Sit down, to - -
-
E&xmg.
^
E^chawng, or Eeree.
Yooro6tee.
Six
♦•
II06000 (Loo-Choo); Modtsee (Japan).
Sixteen
-
Ro6coo)oo.
Sixty
-
Bookpickooo.
Sleep, to
-
Nli^oong.
Sleeping
-
Nintee.
Slow
-
Yodna, or Y&wna.
SmaU
-
Codsa.
Smell, to - -
»
SmeU
-
Kabb&8ha«
Smoke, to -
-
Fodtchoong, or kodtdKMmg.
Smoke
-
Kinaee.
Smoking tobacco
-
Tob&cco fodkee.
Smooth
-
N&ndooroosa.
Smooth down, to
-
N&deeyoong.
Snake
-
H&boo.
Snake stings
-
Hdboocodtee.
Snatch, to - -
/*
Edtayoong.
* See Sentenoei Not. 109 and 10S«
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULARY OF THE
English.
Loo-Ckoo.
Sneeze, to - -
-
H6nna fedoong.
Snore, to - -
.-
Nlntoong.
Snuff (lit nose tobacco)
-
Sp^hee, or H6nna Tobacco.
Sole of the foot (lit. belly of the
foot)
Sh&nna w^tta.
Son - .
-
Iclckeega oongua.
Song
-
06ta*
Sore from riding
-
Niutee.
Sorry
-
Natsk^isha.
Sour
.
Se^sa.
South
«
Whfa or fa.
Speak, to - -
-
Mo6nooyoong f.
Spear to catch fish with
-
To6ga o6yoong.
Spectacles (lit. eye-glass)
-
'Mee kigung.
Spider
-
Co6ba.
Spider^s web
-
Co6ba mang.
Spit, to - -
-
Simp&y-oong.
Spittle
-
Simpiyee.
Spoon
-
Kia.
Spy glass
w
To6mee kdgung.
Square ...
-
K&ckkoo.
-
B&njaw gaCinnee.
Squeeze, to -
«•
Minuneejoong.
Stab, to - *
-
Choong.
Stand up, to - -
.*'■•
Titteeoong.
StAnd back to back
-
Co6see no6cha8a.
Stars
-
Fo6shee.
Stay on board ship
-
Ho6nee o6tee.
Stem of a boat
-
Oomo6tee.
Stem of a boat
.
Co6ma to6mo.
• Word* of Loo-Choo longs :
*' Sasa sangcoomeh sangcoomeah kadee yooshee daw, taDtoong tantoong tang.**
A boat soDg: «' Wliee-yo cc. — ^Whec yo ec." The steersman gave *' Whec,»' and was
i'ollowed by the other men with a repetition of " Whee yo ee."
Another boat song : ** Quec yay hanno ha.— Quee yay hanno ha." To both these airs
the rowers kept very good time.
t See Sentences Nos. 1 to 7.. .
Digitized by
Google
LOO^HOO LANGUAGE.
English.
LxhChoo.
Stone
-
Isliee.
«
Oong.
, carved
.
Kftwroo*
Stop
-
Miteef.
Straw '
-
Wdrra.
Strike, to -
.-
B6jeeooong.
String
-
Ko-e6roo.
Strong
-
Cho68a.
wine
-
Chooz&ckkee, or S^kkeechoo.
Sucking
-
No6dee+.
Sugar - - -
-
SiUL
-
06j€e.
-
Sita 8k6yoong.
Sulky
-
H&nradafchee.
-
H^bradat'chee 8o6na«
Sun
-
Te4da.
Sunset
-
Te6da8dga7oong§.
Sunshine
-
Te^at^ttee. .
Sun-rise
-
Te^da igayoong.
Swallowing
-
Nodnootodsha.
Sweet
•
Amftsa.
•
«
Moo, or Mo6ndee.
Swim, to - -
-
We^ng.
Swimming
-
We^jee.
Sword
-
Tat'chee.
A flight of stone steps
-
Eeeefiee.
A single step
-
Cood&mmee.
* The katofoo is a small square stone excavated a little on the upper part, in which an,
offering of rice is made. On the face of this stone is carved a variety of characters denoting,
the rank, &c. of the person who makes the ofiering.
f See Sentences in Part II.
X See Sentences Nos. 29, 32, 33, and 37.
^ See Sentences Nos. 108, IO9, and 1 10.
II Amazackkee is a contraction of the words amasa, sweety and tackkff, wine ; the latter
always changing s into z when preceded by any other word. See Mfine, itrong, weak, kc.
E
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULARY OF THE
To stick a thing in the ground
Table, round
Tail of a bird
Take oflT the hat, to
* Tattoo marks on the right arm
— — — — on the left arm
Tea cup
Loa^fuHK
-^ to break a
— — pot , - .
— , in an octagon bucket
■ , the metal pot in the ininde of
the bucket
—, the cover of a
', the handle of a
, the ears of the bucket of a
Tear, to - - -
— — — a thing in pieces
Tdteeing.
M&dooee.
Dzoo*
H&sseeoong.
06deemaw.
To6ga.
Ch&wun^.
Wy'oong.
Ticoo.
Tdcoo cee.
}
Three
T&coo mee.
Tdooo whfo6ta.
Ticootee.
Tdcoo to6de^.
Yiyoong.
Che^reetawng.
N&da.
Hd ^an aspirate).
Ha gishee gish.
Me^a (Chinese)..
Tirra.
Ko6meegung.
Joa(Loo-Choo); Too (Japan).
Ka fo6shee.
A'ddee.
Ic'kkee.
Mo6moo.
Sanjoo.
Sangbdcoo.
Coodee.
Mang.
OTcoo.
Sang CIxx>-Choo); Me^tesect (Jqaan).
• TatHM marks will be found in Part IF.
Digitized by
Google
LOO^HOO LANGUAGE.
li^giish.
Xoo^Om
Three sided figure
-
Sang cBckkoo.
Thread, sewing
-
E&:hoo*
Thresh, to - -
-
06tchoongf.
Throat - . .
-
No6dee{.
Throw to, a stone at a mark
-
Nftging.
-
06chung-ging.
Thumb
-
Ho6ee £6bee.
Tie to, a knot
-
Coonjoong.
Tide
•
K4dezee.
Tin ...
-
She^dook&nnee.
Tired, or fatigued
-
AmuslieeDoo.
Tobacco
-
Tob&cco § (as in England).
Co6shee sat'chee, or fodsa.
A'ehoo.
To-day
•
To-morrow
-
A'dia.
Toe
-
Shinna eibee (lit. foot finger).
Toe-nail
-
Sh&nna thfmmee.
Tomb
-
H4ka.
Tomb-stone
-
Co6roo ishee.
Tongue
-
Stcha.
Tom, part of any thing
-
Y&dee tung.
Touch, to -
-
Siyoong, or sitfcharaig.
Town
-
Me^ttoo, or Mitta
Tray, or waiter
-
Chirreedeh.
Tread, to - -
-
Kd6raming.
Tremble to, with cold
•
^ Ko6rooyoong.
Tree
-
Eee.
, branch of a
«
E6da.
y Banyan
.
GMidesee m^uroo kee.
— — , with red and white flowers
-
Ho6yoo.
* Eechoo. This word is used to denote thread, silk, aod ribton,
f Oaichoong, or ooekoong, signifies lo work, to play, and lo make,
I Possibly this word implies the act of swallowing.
§ The sound of this word 19 precisely the same as that of our iohacco. I liave, therefore,
spelt it in the same manner.
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULARY OF THE
EngUsfi. Loo^Choo.
I'ree, with large red flowers, which 1
„ J - - >Dee-e6go-kee.
are called acJca bcmna . . J °
Trowsers ... Coo, or Hackkima.
Turban worn by the lower order ofl ,.
the natives
Turn round to
Two
Twelve
Twenty
■ one
■ two
three
four
five
lee.
SIX
• seven
• eight
• nine
Tyger
Vase, or urn
V^ns
Very well (speaking of health)
■ (well done, good)
Victual or dinner box
^ the drawers in it
Ugly
Umbrella
Undress, to - -
Untie, to, a knot
Upper garment
Water
, cold
, sak
, a large jar containing
Me%oyoong.
Nee (Loo-Choo); titesee (Japan).
Ne^joo.
H6coo.
H&ooo it cheejoo.
Hicoo neejoo.
Hdcoo s&njoo.
Hicoo she6njoo, or sheeh&coo.
Hicoo go6njoo, or goohacoo.
Hicoo ro6coojoo.
H&coo sat'cheejoo.
Hicoo fafcheejoo.
Hicoo C06J00.
To6ra.
Je6shee.
Kijee.
Oogdnjoo.
E^tshang.
Pintaw.
Joob&ckkoo.
Ootooro6sa«
Shissee k&ssa.
Ching h^jeeing.
Ho6toochoong.
E^shaw, or Ho6nta.
Me^zee, or Me6see.
A'tsee me^zee, or dtcheeroo.
Fe^sa me6zee, or fe6zeeroo me^zee.
Spookoordsa meezee.
Tooko6ee.
■'Digitized by
Google
LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE.
EngUsh.
Water tub
Walk, to
-^, or crawl as a butterfly
— — , slow
-, quick
Walking hand in hand, as the natives
Wash, to
— — — , or bathe
— — — , clothes
Washing clothes
Watch . - - -
key - - -
We, or a fourth person
Weather - -
, fine - -
, foul or bad
Web-footed bird
-i. — — J beak of a
head
leg .
..«.—-— two legs
tail
wing
Well (lit- water's skin)
West
Wet
Wet, to
What do you call this ?
Wheel of a ship
Whiskers - '
Whisper, to
Whistling
, as a bird
LoO'Choo.
' ( Meez-ofwh6kee (cont« of meezee and
( ofoowookee).
Atchoong.
Se^gatong.
Y&wna e^choong.
Hiyee sitchoong.
Teefe^cha.
Arayoong.
Indeet^woong.
Ching irayoong.
Ching iratee.
E&rahigh.
S4see noo quaw.
Yo6tay.
Tinsee, or tinchee.
Yetinsee ♦, or tinchee.
Yanna tinsee, or tinchee.
Itcho6ma.
Co6chee (lit. mouth).
Makar&jjee.
Sha.
Sh&ndee.
Mdjoo.
H6nnee.
Meezee ka.
Ne6shee.
Inne^tee.
Indeetioong.
No6ndeega.
Cooro6ma.
Binta.
M6nolitchoong.
Feifee.
Ho68a.
See Sentence No. 109.
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULARY OF THE
EngHih.
White
Wick of a candle
Will you give me
Wmd
' to come in
■ to go out
, little
, great
Wind, to, up a watch
y a string round the
Winking
Wine - - , .
glass
kettle
, sweet
, strong
y weak
Wing of a bird
— feathers of a bird
Wipe, to, the face
Wish, to, or bid good bye
Wrist (lit. neck of the arm)
Write, to - - .
Writing-desk
Wrong in writing characters
Woman
■ , plain
, old
, handsome
, young
Loo^Choo.
- Sheero6sa.
- Skeeco6tshee.
- Wang yee quirree ♦.
- Kdssee, or Kizzee.
• K&ssee noochoong.
- K&ssee e^choong.
- Eissee gua.
- Weesa kassee, or tayehfoo-f-.
- Fe^noyoong.
E&ramachoong.
- Mee oochee.
- S^ckkee.
- Timma s&ckka sit'chee.
- D^ckkeezitza.
{Amazack'kee, compounded cyf am&sa
and sackkee.
- Choozdckkee, or sickkeechoo.
- E^awz^ckkee, or s^ckkee ya.
- Hannay.
- Kee.
- So6sooyoong.
- W6ckkayoong.
- Tee noo oo6bee.
- E&tchoong J.
- She6koo.
- Niwshoong.
- Innigo.
- Ootooro6sa inn&go.
- Teesho6ee inn&go.
- Choordsa innigo.
- W6ckka inn&go.
* See Seulences Nos. 45, 47, and 48.
t This is probably ihc taefung (great wind of ihc Chinese, called by us /j^/bow), a severe
gale of wind in the China Sea.
X Sec Sentence No. 73.
Digitized by
Google
LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE.
English,
Wood of any kind
Yawning
Year*
, one
Years, eighteen, of age
y fourteen
— — -, thirty
y twenty-five
YeUow
-, dark
-, dirty or dingy
Yes . . .
Yesterday
Yo^:e, across the shoulders of porters
You (a second person)
Young - - -
woman - - -
Yours - - - -
Loo-Choo.
T&moong.
A'coobee.
Ning.
Itchee ning.
Joo hat chee.
Jo6 shee.
Sdnjoo.
Ne6joo goo.
Che^roo.
E^ssa che6roo, or ^ka che6roo.
Che6roo dingee.
Oo.
Che6noo.
Baw.
Ya (tay).
WockTta.
Wockica inn%o.
Co6ra ya moong.
* The year at Loo-Choo, according to Jeeroo's account^ is divided into twelve months of
thirty day« each> making in all 360 days, and every sixth year one month is intercalated.
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
PART II.
SENTENCES
IN
ENGLISH AND LOO-CHOO;
TO WHICH ABB AODBD
XXXM:H00 and japan numerals, names of HBRSONS, FX4ACBS,
DATS OF THE MOON, ORDERS OF RANK, HOURS OF THE DAT,
TATTOO MARKS,
AND
A COBIPARISON BETWEEN THE LANGUAGES OF L0O-<!H0O AND
JAPAN; LOO-CHOO AND INSU; AND LOO-CHOO, INSU, AND
JAPAN;. ALSO A FEW COREAN WORDS.
Digitized by
Google
NOTE.
In the following Sentences die English is given before the Loo4I!hoo. No
Sentence has been inierted the meaning of which was not distinctly ascertained;
but it happened frequently that the precise impart of some words in a Sentence
was not made out, and in order to enable the reader to judge to what extent this
took place, a literal translation of the words in each Sentence is given in the last
adunm; and where aVord occurs, the meaning of which is doubtful, an asterisk
is put in its place.
In the last column it will be observed that every verb having the termina-
tion oong^ ung, &c is translated as if it were the infimtive, although the sense,
%s denotfMl in the first columoy points to another mood.
Digitized by
Google
SENTENCES,
ENGLISH AND LOO-CHOO.
Of Speaking.
No. Engliah. Loo-Choo. lAieral TroMkOion.
1. I speak - - Mo6n0oyoong - I to speak.
2. I speak, you hear - Mo<>pooyooDg, ya alfdi- I speak, you to hear, or
oong, GT Chlckkee hearing.
3. I speak to you - Ya, or ea mo6iiooyoong. You to speak, or I. You
orwang. Yatoomo6^ * toi^eak.
nooyooDg
4. I speak Chinese • Wang Quintoong mo6» I Chinese to speak.
nooyoong
5. IcannotspeakChinese Wang Qufintoong mo6« I Chinese cannot speak.
noorang
6. I am learning to speak Wang Do6choo oooto6ba I Loo-Choo 1flAitii!?g or
Loo-Choo yo6ahoong-f- studying to *.
7« M&dera speaks En- Tngere M&dera mo6- English Mlidera to qieak.
glish nooyoong
Of Going and Coming.
8. A man running to the H&yay dmma ic'kkeega Running boat man.
boat
9. I am going on shore Wang am&ki e£choong I shore to go.
10. To*morrow I will re- A^cha dio6«oong To-morrow to come.
turn
11. To come back again A'mma ka choong { * * to come.
f Yooshoang probably signifies to recite^ as it is used in requesting a person to ling as well
as in this instance.
Probably instead of amma ha, this should have been omM (shore)> which would make
it coming to the shore, which was the case.
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULARY OF THE
No. MkigUih.
12. I am going on board
18. I came yesterday
14. Gro down there
15. Come up here
16. You go below
17. Togo outof a place
18. To come into a place
19. Tayin f returns -
20. To go in a boat to
Loo-Choo to carry
fish
21. To go to sea in a
boat to catch fish
22. Where is Tayin gone
23. Tayin has gone to
the other ship to
pay his respects
24. When all are drunk
we shall be permit-
ted to go on shore
25. I am going now, he
willcome presently
26. I am going on shore
to dinner
27* lamgcnngonboard
to dinner^
28. When the ships de-
part to-morrow all
iheLoo^Choo peo-
ple will pray
iMhChoo.
Tfmma ki eichoong
Che6noo chung
Am6nka ic'kkee
Noobo6tee coo
Ya oodee me^shawdee -
Y& ka aaut e^choong -
Yi. ka saut choong
TSyin f choo-oong
Do6choo timma e^choong
e6o kat&mmeeoong
Timma e^choong ooshoo
e^che^oong
T&yin mak&yee ga dnjara
Tiyin e^choong hooboc>-
nee meeyoong Shee-
no6ma
I'gnea we6tee am&ki moo-
totee yo6toosha
Atookdrra wang e^oong
atook&rra e6choong
Wang amiki eechoong
Wang hoonee ki e£ch- .
oong nx)6noo kimoong
A'cha ho6nee nittee Do6-
choo mang ho6nee
oocooyoong
LUeral TransiiUian.
Boat * to go.
Yesterday came.
♦ there.
Ascend here.
You ♦ ♦.
♦ ♦ ♦ togo.
♦ ♦ ♦ to come.
The great man to come.
Loo-Choo boat to go fish
to carry.
Boat to go sea fish to catch.
Tayin ♦ ♦ ♦
Tayin to go large ship to
see ♦.
All drunk shore ♦
By and by I to go^ by and
by togo.
I shore to go I to eat.
I ship * to go I to eat
To-morrow ship ♦ Loo-
Choo thousand ship *.
29. To drink wine
Of EaHng and Drinking;.
- Sacldcee no6moong - Wine to drink.
t Torjin, 10 Chinese, signifies a great man; it is translated by Mr. Morrison his
excellency.
Digitized by
Google
LOO-CHOO LANGUAGE.
Uo, Engluh.
80. Sweet ^Hine
31. I eat
8S. I never drink tea -
S3. Tayin and you never
drink wine
84. The parting glass -
85. It is good (to eat) -
86. It is bad, throw it
away
37* It is tea, to drink
Loo-Choo.
Amazaclckee
Mo6noo k&mo(»)g
Cha no6dee n&rang
Tdyin ya sacldcee nod-
dee n&rang
W6ckkarittee
Co6dee m&sa
Ne^sha iskung
Me^zee t&jeeing cha
no6dee
Liieral TramOaikfn^
Sweet wine.
I to eat.
Tea drinking never.
Tayin you wine drink ne-
ver.
Departing.
This good (to eat).
Bad «.
Water to boil tea drinking.
88. To look at the sun
through a g^ass
39. I look, or I see
40. The English gentle-
man is looking
41. Stop, you shall look
presently
4SL Clouds obscure the
sun
43. The branches of the
tree obstruct the
^ght
44. If a Loo-Choo wo-
man should see
you she will be
alarmed
45. Will you give me
that
46. Give me tliat pencil
47. I gave him some
paper
OfLcxMng and Seeing.
Te6da me^ng k&gung Sun to see glass.
M o6noome6oong - I to see.
I'ngere t&yin me^shee- English great man to look
oong at
Mdtee, atookirra ya Stop, by and by you to look
me^sheeoong at
Eo6moo te6da 06800- Clouds sun to confer over.
6stang .
Toomee k%ung kee noo Spy-glass trees branches to
k&ttak^ee me^rang hide.
Do6choo innftgo Tngere Loo-Choo woman English
me^oong n&choong to see, to cry.
Of Giving.
Wang yee quirree
Ho6dee moot'choo
A'ree nee que^tang
giving.
Pencil bring.
Him *
giving.
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULABY OF THE
Na ESfiglUh.
4a By and b7 I wiU
giTe it to my cfail-
dm
49. Shut this, or it
50. Open this, or it
51. Doyouopeathisyor
it
58. Open this book -
58. Openyour watch that
I may look at it
Loo-XJhoo. LUeral TranOaiion.
Atook^iraquagneeqae^ By and by diildxen * to
ooQg pw.
Of Opening and Shutting.
Akittee ninjocnig - Shutting to sleep.
Aklttee mirree, or aki^ Opening it.
tindee
Akitindee, or ya akfnee Opening, or you opening.
Ya ahe^mootaee akirree You book opening.
Akitindee kirnhigh mef^ Opening watch to see.
oong
54. To lose a pencil
55. To find a pencil
OfLoring and Finding.
« Ho6dee o6toodiung - Pencil to lose.
- Ho6dee to6matung - Pencil to find.
56. Two small suns «
57. Afiswboys
58. A few men
59. A great many men
fiO. A few books
61. A great many books
6B. Six kinds of wine •
6S« Making a false step
64. Vases made at Napa
65. Sand spread on a
level plain on
which water is
sprinkled for mak-
ing salt
QfQuantity.
T&tsee te6da gua.
Co6sa w^brabee
Ic\keeko68a -
Ickkeer&ssa
Shefoiootsee s&nsatchee
She6mootsee t6ro
Mo6e^Too noo s&ckkee
OfMaking.
Eo6nsinda ddkatchee -
N4pa je^shee 8co6tee
Sinna o6ahoo sh&ee mi-
shoo titdioong
Two suns small.
Few boys.
Men few.
Men many.
Books few.
Books many.
♦ of wine.
Napa vases made.
Sand sea *
make.
salt to
Digitized by
Google
LOO^HOO LANOUAOE*
No. EngRih. Loo^Choo.
66. Sing a song - Ya o6ta yodahoong
67. Jeeroo flings well^ or Je^roo o6ta yodflhoong
with good taste che£cheego6toa
Literal TrmdaHan.
You song to sing.
Jeeroo soog to nig f
Of Bringing and Carrying.
68. Bring your children
Ya qua saCiteeooo
You diildren bring.
69. Bring fire here
Fee to6teecoo
Fire bring.
70. This vessel carries
Ho6nee je^ee kittap
Ship vases * Oondsgk
vases to Oonting
mittee 06nting
\
71. Boy, bring fire to
Trree fee to6teecoo to-
Boy fire bring, tdbaooo
Ught my pipe
bacco fo6kee
smoke.
72. Bring a cup of water
Chiwung n^ me^zee
Teacup • wvter ♦
here
e^teecoo
here.
Of Writing and SkcUMng.
To write a letter -
Jee k&tchoong
A character to write.
74. Tayin is sketching
Tdyin h&shee noo e6-
Tayin bridge of to sketch.
the bridge
katcho(»)g
^
75. Tayin sketches very
Tdyin yo6katchee choo-
Tayin * sketches
well
r&sa
76. To sketch a Loo-
Do6choo meia eekatch^
Loo-Choo temple to sketch.
Choo temple
oong
OfOamplmetU.
77. Thank you
Edfo6shee
• ♦ ♦.
78. How do you do
Yoo ky moong -
« * *
79. Very weU - -
Oog&ojoo
« • «
•
Oomo6tee shangco6meh
OflAving or Residing.
♦ • #
81. TAyin lives here .
T&yin sunm&joo coo
Tayin lives here.
82. A man living in the
A man living country.
country
8S. I live on board the
Wang ho6neegua^«
I ship small to five.
brig
matong
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULAHY OP THE
No. EngUih. Loo-Choo. Liiena TramJaHm.
OfBumi^ng and Scalding.
84. Fire will bum you Fee y^uldee - - Fire burns.
85* Water will scald you Me^seey&ddee - Water bums.
86. Scalding oneself with Me^zee fidgero6sa yoo Water hot * buhis.
hot water yiddee
OfEnquirtf and Reply.
87. What is the name of No6ndeega co6ra na - What is this name.
this
88. The name of this is Co6ra ga na ya - This * name *.
89. How many children Qui eeoooti^ga - * * *•
have you
90. How old are you or Eeoo6tseega - - * * *.
they
91. I am fourteen years Jo6shee ... Fourteen.
of age
92. I am eighteen years Joohatchee - - Eighteen.
of age
98. »« twenty-five, &c. Ne6joogoo - - Twenty-fire.
MisceOaneaus.
94r. To bcnl potatoes - Mootijeeing - - Potatoes to boiL
96. I am very busy - Yoo jo6natan . - ♦ ♦ ♦.
96. The sting of a snake H&boo co6tee she6noong Snake sting to kill.
wiUkiU
97. Sucking nulk at the Chee no6ma diee - Milk * breast*
breast
98. A child drinking milk Chee no6dee w&rrabee - Milk drinking child.
at the breast
99« A child kissing its Wirrabee(immaco6chee Child mother mouth kiss-
mother spo6tee ing.
100. A woman leaning Innigo k&katong e6ki - Woman to lean anchor,
on an anchor
101. A live shdl-fish will Amang it'chchawng co6- Shell-fish to be alive to bite«
bite yoong
Digitized by
Google
LO0.CHOO LANGUAGE.
No. Emglish. Loo^Choo. Literal TramlaHon.
lOSL This flower has a . Ffinna misa kabisha - Flower sweet smelL
pleasant smeQ
105. This flower has no Fanna nang kaUisha - Flower no smell. .
smell
104. Loo-Choo women Do6chooinn^lgofwho6ooo Loo-choo woman great
are not very o6rung many *♦.
handsome
106. The soodtsee (sago Sootitseewangtse^choong Sootitsee I * *.
tree) pricked me y&tee
106. To plant potatoes Moo jee ho6tee e^ Potatoes ground * *•
yoong
107. Drunk, I vomit We^tee mo6noo h&oh- Dnmk I vomit
oong
106. After sunset it b Te^da 8%atee seed&sha Sun setting cooL
cool
109. When the sun Teida t^ttee, ko6mo6 Sunshine, clouds none, fine
shines, and there nang, ynytinchee weather,
are no clouds, it •
is fine weather
110. The sun sets at six Ro6coo twitchee te4da Six hours sun to set
o'clock sdgayoong
111. The horse fell down. Ma t^writtee t&yin noo Horse feU down, tayin^s
and the tayin e^bee o6tee finger broke,
broke his finger
112. After seven years Sitchee ning, co^tsee Seven years^ bones washing
we wash thebones aritee je6shee ittee vase putting in.
and put them into
a vase
118. Without any flesh Shisheening - • Flesh none.
114u The people of Loo- Do6choo noo choo sibit- Loo-choo people remem-
Choo I shall never teeyo6toosha ber * *.
forget
• 115. You will soon for- Sibittee wiisa -r Remember had.
get them
llfiL Twelve hours make Joo nee twif chee, it'chee Ten two hours, one day*
one day nit'chee
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULARY OF THB
No. English. LoO'Chco. Literal TramJation.
117. Thirty days make Sdnjoo nit'chae, it'ch«e Thirty days one month
one moon, or gwaiitsee
month
118. One year consists It'chee ning, joo nee One year, ten two months.
of twelve months gwaCitsee
NUMERALS.
1
Engtith.
One
Loo-Otoo.
It'chee
Charadert. Japan.
— Te^tsee, or te
1.
s
Two
Nee, or gnee
—
Tfitsee, or ta
S.
3
Three
Sang
sr
Meetsee, or mee
8.
4
Four
Shee
^E)
♦ E^otsee, or yoo
4.
5
Five
Goo, or go
^
I'ttitsee
5.
6
Six
Ilo6ko
A
MoOtsee
6.
7
Seven
St'chee
-t
N^uinatsee
7.
8
Eight
Faf chee, or kwat'chee
/\.
Eeydtsee
a
9
Nine
Coo
n.
Eo6nnit8ee
9.
0
Ten
Joo, or dzoo
t
Too
10.
Both sets of these numerals are in common use at Loo-Choo, though it
would not perhaps be correct to apply them to the same word, as I never recollect
having heard a native say " itchee sheemootsee,^ one book, or " te^tsee twit'chee,^
one hour, but always " te^tsee she^mootsee,^ one book, and " itchee twitchee,''
one hour. I at first imagined " teetsee, tatsee," &c. were ordinals, but I have
since found from Captain Broughton'*s Voyage that they bear a great resemblance
to the numerals of Japan, and as such I have inserted them.
The characters, of which the above are copies, were written by a native.
* The o in this word is to be pronounced u the diphthong oa in boat.
Digitized by
Google
LOOLCHOO LAN6UA0E.
NAMES OF PERSONS.
The Kowung, or King ' - - Shkng fwee.
The Pochin ta fix), or Prince - Shong pung-fwee.
The Chief of the Paychins who at- )
tended the ship J06kooma MowchoW8ho6a.
The second Paychin - • Mad&yra Sh&yoon.
The third do. - - Issacha S&ndoo.
The fourth do. . - Jeima Tsi-se-eu.
His eldest son - ^ Ma^tsee Tsl-chee*
His friend (an elderly man) - 06hoomee Chinchawhee.
The fifth Paychin - - I'ssecha H6ckkeebo6coo.
The sixth do. - - - Je6roo Je6da.
The first Linguist - - M idera Edwsheeoong.
The second Linguist - A^nya To6nshoonfa.
His wife ... 06shee.
One of the junior Paychins - Ydma Too.
The teacher (an old man) * Y&ckkabee 06meejeiroo.
His eldest son - - - Y^kkabee 06mee-nee idiaw.
A boy - - - O'seejee.
One of the principal attendants of the
•^ ,. ^ J. f^M&dam B&shee.
Pochin ta foo
Another - - E^varoo.
NAMES OF PLACES.
Corea ... C6ray.
Pekm - . Peking.
Fokien ... F6tchien.
China .... Qu&ntoong.
Chusan - - - Chodsan.
England ... Tngeree,
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULARY OF THE
The island of Loo*Choo - - Loo-Choo, or Do6-Choo.
The town of Napakiang - - N&pa umme&tto.
The high distant islands seen fix)m
Napa
The Sugar Loaf Island - - E^goos e^ooondee.
Japan - - ^ Niphon.
Canton ... CiaUm.
}-
A'makirreema.
NAMES OF THE DAYS OF THE MOON FROM NEW
TO FULL.
I. Chee t&tchee.
3. H&djee mee nitchee.
3. H&djee mee san nitchee.
4. H^djee mee noo ka.
6. Hddjee mee goo nitchee.
6. Hidjee mee ro6coo nit'chce.
7. Hidjee mee sitchee nitchee.
8. Hadjee mee fatchee nit'chee.
9. Hadjee mee ooo nitchee.
10. Yooka.
II. Joo it'chee nitchee.
12. Joo nee nitchee.
13. Joo san nitchee.
14. Jooyodka.
15. Joo goo nitchee.
Digitized by
Google
:bO(u;Hoo language
THE NINE ORDERS OF RANK
or
PAYCHINS, OR CHIEFS,
WHO ABE DISTINGUISHED BY THE COLOUR OF THEIR BONNETS, CALLED HATCHEE
MATCHEE.
^ , __ , f A pink gitnmd with spotfl^ circles, and
l«t. Chinff ne^stchoo noo Hat^chee J j. , /. 1 1 i n - ui
^ "i diamonds, of black, yellow,' blue,
matichee I i.-x j
t white, and green.
f A pink ground with spots, &c. of red
tod. Acadj.e noo Hat'chee mat'cbee | and yeUow, blue, and Hack.
4th. Mo61a sat'chee noo Hat'chee J A pink or light purple ground, with
mat'chee L spots of the same colour.
6th. Cheiroo dinjee noo Hat'chee f A dingy yellow ground, with spots of
mat'chee 1 the same colour.
6th. Che6roo sy ya noo Hat'chee fA bright yellow ground without
mat'chee (. spots.
7th. ChSddeeming noo Hat'chee C
, , ^ A red ground without spots.
8th. Ak&sa noo Hat chee mat'chee • A red ground without; spots.
9th. O'sa noo Hat'chee mat'chee - A green ground without spots.
The attendants of the chiefs wear a red Hatchee matchee of a coarser texture.
Digitized by
Google
VOCABULAHY OP THE
TATTOO MARKS
ON THE ABACS OF SOME OF THE NATIYES OF THE GREAT LOO-CHOO ISLAND.
This man had
not any mark
on the lefl
arm.
Right arm.
06deemaw.
S.
Right arm.
06deemaw.
Liefx arm.
to6ga.
4.
Co6dee 06demaw.
Right arm.
Left arm.
to6ga.
The four men, whose arms were marked in the above manner, were young
and of the lower order, probably fishermen. It appeared to have been done by
puncturing the skin, and staining it with Indian ink in the manner practised by
our seamen.
The above marks are quite as large as the originals ; they were on the inner
part of the fore arm, close up to the elbow joint. Some were marked on both
arms, others only on the right, but we did not observe any who had them only
on the left arm.
Digitized by
Google
LOaCHOO LANGUAGE.
NAMES OF THE HOURS.
One hour, or one o^clock
- It'chee twit'chee.
Two hours,
or two
- Nee twitchee.
Three
-
- Sang twit'chee.
Four
*
. Shee twitchee.
Five
.
- 600 twitfchee.
Six
-
- !&o6coo twit'chee.
Seven
^
. Sitchee twit'chee.
Eight
-
. Fat'chee twit'chee.
Nine
.
- Coo twi'tchee.
Ten
-.
- Joo twitchee.
Eleven
.
- Joo it'chee twit'chee,
Twelve
.
- Joo nee twitchee.
The day,
^ The night.
The day at Loo-Choo, i. e. between sunrise and sunset, is divided into six
hours, as is also the night
Digitized by
Google
Digitized by
Google
COMPARISON
B£TWE£N TEIE
JAPANESE AND LOO-CHOO LANGUAGES.
Digitized by
Google
NOTE.
The following comparisons are given with the view of pointing out as nearly
as circumstances will permit what resemblance there is between the languages of
the islands of Loo-Choo, Niphon, or Japan, and Insu, lying in the Japan Sea,
and which by some voyagers l|are been oonfli^er^d the ^ame language.
In the first comparison, viz. that between the languages of Loo-Choo and
Japan, the Japanese words are extriu;ted from the translation of Thunberg^s
Voyage to Japan, printed in London 1795, 2d edit vol. iiL
In it^e B^Qo\L^ vi^ that b^twe^ X^oo-Chgo igid Insu, tha Ijam words are
taken from Broughton's Voyage.
A third comparison is ^ven between the languages of Loo-Choo, Niphon,
and Insu, together with the two sets of Numerals in use at Loo-Choo, the
Japanese from Thunberg, and the Insu from Broughton.
It ought to be recollected that as Mr. Thunberg was a foreigner, and wrote
in a different language from that in which the Loo-Choo words have been re-
corded, a difference of sound may be suspected between them when no material
difference really exists between the two languages.
The letter u has been substituted in the spelling of the J^Mnese words for
the V used by Thunberg.
Digitized by
Google
COMPARISON
BVrWEEVTli^
JAPANESE AND LOO-CHOO LANGUAGES.
AU
Anchor
Angry-
Answer, to
Arm - ,
Arrow
Attendant
Bad
Bake, to
Bare (naked)
Bed
BeUy
Bend, to
Bird
Birdcage
Bitter
Bkxxl
Blow, up the ftr%* to?
Boat
Boil, to
Bone
Book
Bow
Branch of arJti^
Brass
Breadth
Ikari
Fandatsuru
Fento sura
Ude
Ja-
Sairio
Warikakuse
Jaku
Haguru
Nedokuri
Stabara
Oru
Tori
Tori no su
Nigaka
T^i^ or Kjets
Fidcu
Temma
Fagiru
Fone
Somots
Jumi
Jeda
Sin^u
Jakohaba
Loo-Choo.
Innea.
EK.
Neetsa.
Aree ga aanyoong.
Teenoor
Eea.
Eeree.
Neesha, or Wasa.
Irree-chang^
Harraka.
Coocha.
Watta.
Tammeeoong;
Hotoo.
Hotoocoo.-
Chee.
Foetchoeng.
Tirama.
Tajeeing.
Cootsee.-
Sheemootsee.
Yoemee.
Eea.
Cheejackkoa
Habba.
* From Thunbeig's Voyagi^
Digitized by
Google
COMPARISON BETWEEN THE
Engtish.
Japanese.
IjXhChoo.
Breast
. Mone
- Moonee.
Breathe, to
- Ikitsuku
. Itcheeshoong.
Bridge
- Fas, has
. Hashee.
Brother
- Siodai
- Weekee.
Buck^
- Tango
- Tagoo.
Button
. Botan
- Kogannee.
Calf of the leg
« Stosone
Candle
. Rosoku
- Daw.
Candlestick
- Roeokstatti
- Soo-coo.
Cannon
- Issibia
- Isheebeea.
Carry away, to
- Mootou
• Mootchee eechocmg.
Cat
- Mio
- Mia.
Charcoal
- Chacheging,
Cheeks
- Hogeta, fo
- Hoo.
Child
- Kodoma
- Warrabee.
Circle
. Mani
- Maioodair.
Castle, or tower
• Siro, so
- Eegoosooo.
Climb, to
- Nagoru
- Noobooyoong.
Cfoth
. Soking
- Ching.
Cock
. Otiwi
- Wootooee.
Cold
• Samkakang
. Feesa.
Compass
. Fobari
- Karahigh.
Colour
. Iro
- Eerooeeeroo.
Come, to
- Kuru
- Choong.
Cool
- Sususi
. Seedasha.
Copper
• Akaganni
. Aooogannee.
Count, to
- S[ansju
- Oohawkoo^ooDg.
Cow
- Us
- Mee ooshee.
Creepy to
. Fau
- fiawyoong.
Cup, tea
- Tiawang
- Chawung.
Dark
. Mime
- Coorasing.
Daughter
- Musme, gogo-
- Innago oongua.
Deep
- Fukai
- Fookassa.
Dig, to
. FoU
• Oochoong.
Die
- Sinnoru anu
- Nintoong.
Dice
- Sail
• Sheego rooooo.
Digitized by
Google
JAPANESE AND LOCWJHOO LANGUAGES.
English.
Japanese.
Loo^Choo.
Door
. T5
-. Hashirree.
Dog
- Inu
- Ing-
Drink
. Nomimono
- Noomoo.
Drink, to
- Nomu
- Noomoong.
Drunk, to be
- Namoji jokfsari
- Weeoong.
Duck, tame
- Afiru
- Afeeroo.
Diy,to
- Earruru
- Karachoong.
Earth) the
. Tjidri
- Jee.
Ear
« Mimi
- Minmiee. .
East
. Figasi
w Fingassee.
Egg
- Tamago
. Cooga-
Elbow
. Ude,fi8i
. Tenoo fegee.
Empty, to
. Akwuru
• Earashoong.
Exchange, to
- Kajuru
r Eayra (fans) ; toexchange
' 1 fans at Loo-Choo.
Face
• Tsera
- Steera.
Fall, to
- Tawareta
- Tawshoong.
Fan
- Oge
- Ojee.
- Kingo, nigofierru
- Wockkatee.
Father
- Tete, toto
- Shoo.
Fat
^ Equru
- Quaitee.
Feather
- Tori no fa
- Tooee noo hannee.
Fin, a fin
. Jok<^rifire
Finger
. Jubi
- Eebee.
Find, to
- Midassu . -
- Toomatung.
Fire
- Fi,finoko
. Fee.
Fifth
- Iwo, sakkana
. Eeo.
Fish
- Iwo tsuru
- Eeo kakeeoong.
Kahing net
- Ami
- Sheebee.
Fhig,a
- Hato
- Hata.
Flower
• Fanna
. Fonna*
Fly, a
. Hai
- Hayeh.
Fly, to
- Toobu
• Toobeeoong.
Friend .
. Ftoobai
- Eedooshee.
Foot
- Assi
* Shynnft.
Firewood
. Takigi .
- Tamoong.
Digitized by
Google
CQMPABISQK BETWEEN THE
E„glUk.
Jkiptm09€.
lao.Chdk
Fun
-
Mits
« 'Maetchetee. -
Girl
m
Kamuame
* Tackkee.
Girdle -
-
. Obee.
Give, to
.
Fureni, jaru
- Queeooog.
Go down to
^•.
Ururu, ini
« Oonttee coo.
Go up to
-^
. Aguru
*. Tfoobooyoong. '
Goat, he
-
Jagi .
. Woofeeja.
Gold
*
Sin
. CliiDg.
Good
«
Jiikka
« ChooMsa.
Goodman
•
Jukka fito^
^ Yookadioo.
Good fornothing
•
Joaaka
•% Macooanuig* '
Hair
-
Kami
* Kurrazzee*
Hammer
-
Kanatsutji
- GrOOfihUBg.
Hand
-
Tee
. Kee.
Handkovhief
-
Te no goi
. Teesadgee.
Hat
-
Kasa
- KttBsa.
Held
.
Kvin
- Boosee.
Headache
.
Heart
-
Kokurro, sing siDgncwQ Naooo.
Hear, to
-
Kikf
• Sitchoong, or skitchsottg^
Heavens
•
Ten
- Ting.
Heavy
-
Omoka, omotaka
.. Boosa.
Hen, a
-
Mflodori, metori
- M^etooee,'
Hide, to
*
Kaksu
• Meerang.
Hip
-
'Memo
- Gammacoo.
Hole, or cavity
-
Anna
^ Anna.
Horn
-
Tsnnno, kaku.
- Stianoo.
Horse .
*
Aki uma
. Ma.
Hot
«
AtAka
. Atteesa,
House
•
Je
• Ya» or katchee.
Ink
•
Sum, sumi
. Simmee. .
Inkstand
-
Susumihake
- Simmee shee*.
Iron
-.
Tets, furoganni
- Titzee.
Key
•
Kagi
- Quaw.
KiU, to
-
Korossu
C Sheenoung, or Kaon
1 shoong, .
Digitized by
Google
JAPANESE AND tOOCBOO X<ANa0A6ES.
Jbigluk
JisyMNWtf.
Loo^Choa.
Kiss
Umaku^i, or Kwut j
isu
Sheemirree.
Sjfe, to
XJmakutji sunt
.
CoQchee spootee.
Knife
fiaka
-
Seego.
Knee
Fisa, fisa no saim
•
Stinsee.
Kneel, to
Fisatatsuru - .
•
Shumma gitcheeoong.
Knot, a
Fimmo «
.
Coonja cQotchee.
Laugh, to
Warau
■ «
Worrayoong.
Learnmg, or studying^ *
Nasau, Kicku
•
Cootooba-
Letter, or diaractor
*
Moiffl, tsi mousi
-
Jee.
Lift to, a tbing
-
Mo^^Mguru
-
Moochoong.
Light to, a pipe
*
-
Sheeoong.
Lip
«
Tsufaa
•
Seeba.
Liquor
-
Sakki
-
rSackkeedia, or Smtchpo
I (Chinese).
Look to, or see
.
Miru
-
Meeoong, or meeing.
Looking-glass
-
Ei^fami
•
Kagung.
Long, or length
-
Nagai
-
Nag&sa.
Lose, to
-
Song sum, makuru
-
Ootoochung*
Live, to
Ino^i
•
Simmatong. -
Lacker^ to
Makie saru
m
Nooyoong.
Man (homo) *
Mono
-
Choo.
Man (vir)
»
Otoko
•
Ickkeega.
Mast
••
Hohasi
•
HaBseeda.
Mat
•
7attami
*
Mooshooroo, or Uttmig«
Match (fire^8tidc>
•
Skedakki, skM
-
Kaw.
Measure, to
-
Siakf, monosasa
-
Qai:gee hackkiyoong*
Mew, to (like a cat)
*
Neko, naku
m
Nachoong deeoong.
Milk
^
TJitji^i
m"
Chee.
Monkey
-
Saru, salu
.
Saroo.
Moon
-
Tsuki
•
Stchay.
-,fun
>-
Mangets
*
Oostitchee, or maroo.
Mother
-
Fasakasa .
■*
Mud
^
Nora
•
Doofoo.
Nail, finger
-
Tsume, jassuru
m
Thimmee.
Naked
.
Hadaka
m
Harraka.
Name
•
]fti •
.
Na.
Digitized by
Google
COMPARISON BETWEEN THE
EngRsh.
Japanese.
Loo-Choo.
Navd
- Fosso, feso
- Whoosoo.
Neck
- Ewabi, nodor
- Coobee.
Needle
. Fan
- Hayee skittee.
Night
- Josari, joru
- Yooroo.
Nipples
. Tjibusa
Chee*
Nod, to
- Gatting sura
- Najeechoong.
North
- Kitta
- Cheeta.
Nose
- Fanna
• Honna.
Nostrilai
- Fanna nosu
- Honnakee.
Offer, to
t ru, nedoaskuru - J ^
Old
- Ta8sgc]i,furu}efuruke Teeshooee.
Open, to
- Akuru
. Akeeoong.
Overturn, to *
- Tawaruru
. Kooroobasho(»ig.
Paper
- Kami
. Eabee.
PeacU
. Fuda
. Hoodee;
Phjflidaii
. Isa
. Ishsha.
Pinch, to
- Nesumu
- Katcheemeeomg.
Pipe (tobacco)
- Kiseru
• Shirree.
Play to, with dice
. Sugoroko utsu
- Sheegoroocoo ochoong.
Plough r
- Seri,8eribetta,t8ukutaut8 Sitdiee.
Plough^ to
- Togajassu
- Sitchoong.
Pour in, to
- Tsugu
- Irrecsng.*
Powder (gun)
- Jenso
• Eenshoo.
Pr^punt
- MuDo^i^ fiirann
- KasseejeeCaung.
Press, to
- Sibimi
. Sheetskeeoong.
Priest
- Boos
. Bodaee.
Push, to
. Sukikakaru-
- KooroobashooDg.
Quarrd^to
- Ijou
. Titskoong.
Quick
- Faijo, fiiijaki
. Hayee.
Rain
- Ame
• Amee.
Rain, to
- Ame no fiuru
- Amee fooyoong.
Rainbow
. Nisi
- Noo, oojee.
Rat
« Nisumi
- Acka-sa.
Read, to
-* Jomu
- Yoomoong.
Rice
- Eome
- Coomee.
Digitized by
Google
JAPANESE AND LOO-CHOO LANGUAGES.
EngKsh.
Rice, boiled
Ride, to, a horse
Ring (finger)
Root
Rope
Round
Row, to, in a boat
Run, to
Sail
Salt
Salt water
Salute, to
Sand
Scrape, to
Screw
Sea
Seal
See, to
Seed
Separate, to
Serpent
Sew, to
Shallow
Shave, to
Shell
Ship
Shoe
Shoulders
Sick
Silk
Silver
Sing, to
Sister (eldest)
Sleep
Sleep, to
Japanese.
Mes
Noru
Ibiganni
Ne
Tsuna no na
Mami
Roosu
Ajiubu
Hoo
Siwo
Siwo mis usiwo
Resuru
Tsunna
Eusagu
Nesi
Ume
Fang hang ingjo
Mini
Tanna
Sam
Kutjinawa hebi
No, noi
Assaiassaka
Soru
Kai
Fune
Kwutsu
Eata
( Itami mono,bioki
( jamai mono
Einno
Gin
Utau
Musme ane
Nur
Nuru
I
Loo-CIux).
- Umbang.
. Manayoong.
- Eebee gannee.
- Wee-ee.
• Chinna.
- Marroosa.
- Coojee.
• Hayay atchoong.
. Foo.
- Mashoo.
- Spookarasa meezee.
- Eameeoong.
- Sinna.
- Sajoong.
- Jirree.
- Ooshoo.
• Ing, or fang.
» Meeoong.
- Ni.
- Wockkayoong.
. Haboo.
- Nawyoong, or noayoong.
« Sooyoong.
- Oosheemaw.
- Hoonee.
- Sabock.
- Eutta.
mono
1
>Yadong.
Eechoo.
Jing.
Ootashoong, or ootayoong.
Oni.
Nintee.
Ninjoong.
Digitized by
Google
\i
COMPARISON BETWEEN THE
Englkh.
Japanese.
LofhCJm.
Slow
- Sisukamai, jcjajora
-
Ycona, yawna.
Small
- Eo, komaka
-
Coosa.
Smell
- Nivi, niwoi
-
Eabbasha.
Smell, to
- Eusamu
-
Eannoung, kashashooog^
Smoke
- Honoo
-
Einsee.
Smoke^ to
- Eemoli
-
Footchoong.
Smoke tobacco, to
« Tabaco, nomu
-
Tobacco, footchoong.
Sneeze, to
- Aksingu
-
Honna feeoong.
Snore, to
- Ibikikaku
-
Nintoong.
Snuff
- Fauna, tabak, ka^
-
Spachee, honna, tobaccou
Sour
- Suika
-
Seesa.
South
* Minami
-
Whfajorfa.
Speak, to
J iVjonoju, musmasuy ju,
\ moosuru
'Moonooyoong.
Spectacles
- M€ganni,fanna,megaiuu
Meekagung.
Spider
- Ewumo
.
Cooba.
Spittle
. Subakki
-
Simpaee.
Spit, to
- Suhakki, hawk
-
Simpayoong.
Spoon
- Saisi
•
Eaa.
Square
., Sikaku
Eackkoo.
Stand up, to
- Okiru
-
Tatteeoong.
Stars
. Fosi
-
FoQshee.
Stone
- Isi iwa
•
Ishee.
Strike, to
- Wutsu, utsu, tataku
-
Bejeecoong.
Sugar
- Satto
-
Sata.
Sun
- Fi, nitji
-
Teeda.
Sunset
- Fi no in
-
Teeda sagayoong.
Sunrise
- Fino, de, fino, agaru
-
Teeda agayoong.
Swallow, to
- Noaoikomu
-
Noonootoosha.
Sweet
- Amaka, «nud
-
Amasa.
Swim, to
- Pjugu
-
Weejoong.
Thigh
• Momo, solomomo
-
Moomoo.
Tteead
. Ito
•
EechoD.
Throw, to
* Naguru
-
Nagmg.
Thumb
* Ojajubi, ojubi
-
Hooee eebee.
Tiger
- Tora
-
Toora.
Digitized by
Google
JAPANESE AND LOO^HOO LANGTTAGES.
English.
Japanese.
Loo-Chco.
Tin
-
Susu
Tongue
-
Sta, sita
. Stcha.
Tooth
-
Jea
- Ha.
Touch, to
-
Kamau, kakaru, ateru
- Sayoong, or Sitchoong.
Tower
-
To
- E^ooscoo.
Town
-
Matji, sotomatji
- Mteatto, metto.
Tremble
-
Fururu
- Eoorooyoong;
Ugly
-
Kisannai
- Ootoorooga.
Umbrella
-
Pisasi
^ Shassee kiissa.
Vein
-
Susi
- Eajee.
Wake, to
-
Okxteorn
- Ooking.
Waken, to
-
Okusu
- Oocatee.
Walk, to
-
Ita
- Atchoong.
Warm
-
Nakka,-at8ka
. Attesa.
Wash
-
Arau •
- Arayoong.
Wat4^h
-
Tokei
- Earahigfa.
Water
-
Mis
- Meezee.
Water tub
-
Furo
- Meezofwokee.
Weather, fine
-
Jukka, fiuri, jui teng
- Yeetinchee, or tinsee.
Weather, foul
-
Warri fiuri
- Yannatinchee, or tinsee.
Well, a
-
Jgawa
- Meezee ka.
West
-
Nis
- Neeshee.
Wet
-
Naroru
- Inneetee.
Wet, to
-
Narassu
- Indeetaoong*
Wheel
-
Eiuruma
- Coorooma.
Wick of a candle
-
Suku, saku
- Skee cootshee.
Wind
.
Ease
- Eassee.
Wind up, to
-
Sutsumu
- Feenoyoong.
Wing
-
Toobu fanne
- Hannay.
Wink, to
-
Manaku
- Meeoochee.
Wood
-
Tagi
- Tamoong..
Write
-
Eaku
- Eatchoong.
Writing desk
-
Fikidassi
- Sheekoo.
Year
-
Fori
- Ning.
Young
-
Wflkai
- Wockka.
Digitized by
Google
COMPARISON BETWEEN, Jus.
NUMERALS.
Japan.
/fWI4«.
Loo-ChoQ.
1 Stozee -
Sheeneap -
Stitz
-
Itchee
.
Teetsee, tee.
2 Statse -
Too
StaU
-
Nee
-
Tat8ee,ta.
8 Mitzee -
Liep
Mitz
-
Sang
-
Meetsee^ mee.
4 Yeatze -
Eenep
Yeatze
-
Shee
-
Eotsee, yoo.
5 Idotzee -
Asheak
Itseitzj
-
Goo
-
Ittitsee.
6 Nitzee -
Ewan
Nitz
-
Rooooo
•
Mootsee.
7 Nanatzee
Arrawan
Nanatzy
-
Stchee
-
Nannatsee.
8 loflee .
Toopish
Yeatz
-
Fatchee
.
Eyatsee.
9 Kokonitz
Lepish
Kokonitz
-
Coo
-
Koonnitsee.
10 Yoo .
Wanna
Too
•
Joo
•
Too,
* From Broughton's Voyage.
Digitized by
Google
COMPARISON
BETWEEN THE
LANGUAGES OF LOO-CHOO AND INSU,
AN ISLAND IN THE JAPAN SEA.
EnglUh.
Insu^.
m
Loo-Choo,
Come here
. Arkee
-
Cung coo.
To walk
- Appeass
-
Atchoong*
To enquire the name of ) _
\. ^Tambene
apy thmg 5
*•
Noondeega.
A ship
. Penzy, or Foonil.
-
Hoonee.
A bow
. Eoo
■-
Yoomee.
An arrow
^ Ay
.
Eea.
The beard
. Creak
-
Feejee.
The teeth
- Meemack
-
Ha.
Aman
- Oikyo
-
Ickkeega.
A woman
- Meanako
-
Innago.
Fish net
- Ya
-
Sheebee.
Tobacco pipe
- Tsheeree
-
Shirree.
Water
. Wakha .
-
Meezee.
To drink
- Horopsee
•
Noomoong.
Abook
- Shoomootza
-
Sheemootsee.
The finger
. Yewbee
•
Eebee.
The thumb
- O yewbee
-
Hoeeeebee.
The thigh
• Momo
-
Moomoo.
The arm
• Oondee
-
Teenoo,
The middle finger
- Nagayewbee
-
Nackkaeebee.
Paper
- Kame
-
Kabee.
Adog
- Enoo
-
Ing.
A cat - .
. Necko
-
Mia.
A child .
- Vasasso
-
Warrabee.
The foot
• Assee
«
Shanna.
Thedua
OloDgyse
-
Ootooga.
* Prom Brooghton't Yojage.
Digitized by
Google
COMPARISON BETWEEN, &c.
English.
Insti.
Loo^Choo.
The ear
- Meemee
-
- Mimmee.
Yes
- 0
-
- Oo.
No
- Ny
-
- Oongba.
Hair
- Kamu
-
- Eurrazzee.
Aboat
- Tunma
-
- Tlmma.
Tea
- Tcha
.
- Cha.
Sugar
- Sado
-
- Sata.
Tobacco
- Tabacco
.
. Tobacco.
Digitized by
Google
COMPARISON
BBTWBKir THE
LANGUAGES OF LOO-CHOO, JAPAN, AND INSU.
English.
Japanese*,
Loo-Choo.
/fMUf-
To walk
. Ita
Atchoong .
- Appeass.
A ship
• Fune
Hoonee
- Penzy, or foonil.
A bow
- Jumi
Yoomee
. Koo.
An arrow
. Ja
Eea
- Ay.
The iSnger
. Jubi
Eebee
- Askippi, yewbee.
The teeth
-Ha .
Ha
- Meemack.
A man
. Otoko
Ickkeega
- Oikyo.
A fish net
- Ami
Sheebee
. Ya.
A knife
- Haka
Seego
- Magiddee.
An oar
. Ro
Wayacoo
- Kanzee*
Water
. Mis
Meezee
. Wakha.
To drink
- Nomu
Noomoong
. Horopsee.
A book
- Somots
Sheemootsee
- Shomotza.
The thumb
- Ojajubi, ojubi -
Hooee eebee
• O yewbee.
The thigh
- Momo, soto momo
Moomoo
-* Momo.
The arm
. Ude
Teenoo
- Oondee.
Paper
- Kami
Kabee
- Eame.
A dog
- Inu
Ing
- Enoo.
A cat
- Mio, neko
Mia
• Necko.
AchUd
- Kodoma
Warrabee
- Yassassa
The lips
- Tsuba
Seeba
- Eoodge.
The foot
. Assi
Shanna
- Assee.
The ear
- Mimi
Mimmee
- Meemee.
The hair
- Kami
Eurrazzee
- Eamu.
A boat
- Temma
Timma
Tea
- Tsjaa
Cha
. Tcha,
Sugar
- Satto
Sata
* Sado.
Tobacco
. Tabako
Tobacco
- Tabaoco.
♦ From Thunberg's Voyage.
t From Broaghton*8 Voyage.
Digitized by
Google
WORDS OBTAINED FROM THE INHABITANTS OF THE WEST
COAST OF COREA.
Engiish.
Corean.
English.
Carean,
No
- Poodong,
♦Good
-
Hota.
Water
- Bool.
♦Earth
-
E,hool.
A pipe
^ Dewton.
♦Enife
.
Ehid. '
Hair
- Bodee.
Jacket
.
Chouksa.
Eyes
- Doon.
Trowsers
-
Choongay.
Mouth
- Jeep.
Shoe
-
Po schien.
Nose .
- Eo.
Stockings, or hoots
Hung inn.
Himd
- So-an.
Tobacco pouch
-
Samb-jee.
Beard
* Shee-om.
Rice (food)
-
Pa^.
Tongue
. . Chay.
Fan
-
Poot^
Ear
- Quee.
Stove
-
ToL
Teeth
. Jee.
White hat
-
Pan-a-ce.
♦Tree
. PhaDg na moo.
Black hat
•
Eat
♦Grass
- Phee.
A cock.
Tac.
* These five words have the h so strongly aspirated that it was rarely we could pronounce
them 10 the satisfaction of the natives.
Their language, upon the whole, is not unpkasing, and it has none of the hanli QHneBe
loofids. The natives have a remarkable facility in imitating our sounds, and (hey in general
speak in a very loud tone of voice. ^
THE EJfD.
T. Davison, Lombard-strect»
Whitefriars, London.
Digitized by
Google
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11